| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-617/1 |
| Registreeritud | 18.09.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 11.10.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Ettepanek - COM(2026) 995, SEC(2026) 995, SWD(2026) 995, SWD(2026) 996, SWD(2026) 997 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 COM(2026) 995 final
2026/0273 (COD)
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and Regulation (EU)
No 1024/2012
{SEC(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 996 final} -
{SWD(2026) 997 final}
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
The free movement of workers, freedom of establishment and freedom to provide services are
fundamental freedoms enshrined in the Treaties, underpinning the ability of Union citizens to
pursue professional and economic activities across the Union. These Treaty freedoms are
complemented by the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union, which
recognises the right to engage in work and to pursue a freely chosen or accepted occupation,
as well as the freedom of Union citizens to seek employment, work, exercise the right of
establishment and provide services in any Member State. They are further supported by the
European Pillar of Social Rights, proclaimed in 2017, whose first chapter on equal
opportunities and access to the labour market emphasises the importance of skills and
employability. In particular, Principle 1 on education, training and lifelong learning
recognises everyone’s right to maintain and acquire skills enabling full participation in society
and successful transitions in the labour market, while Principle 4 provides for the right to
active support to find or change jobs, including re-skilling and job-search assistance.
This long-standing framework is reflected in the Commission’s Political Guidelines for 2024–
2029, which place skills portability and the effective use of skills acquired across borders
among the priorities for strengthening labour mobility and enabling people to make full use of
their skills throughout the Union. In her Political Guidelines for 2024–2029, the President of
the Commission underlined the need to ensure that the Union benefits from high-quality
skills, irrespective of where and how they were acquired, and to facilitate the recognition of
skills acquired in one country in another. These objectives are also reflected in the ‘One
Europe, One Market’ roadmap, launched in April 2026 with the objective of further
deepening and completing the Single Market by the end of 2027, including by removing
remaining barriers, reducing administrative burden and strengthening the Union’s
competitiveness.
This proposal forms part of the Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), which is a key component of
the Fair Labour Mobility Package (FLMP). The SPI was announced under the Union of
Skills, adopted in March 2025 as the Commission’s strategy to strengthen Europe’s human
capital and competitiveness, including by improving the portability of skills and qualifications
across the Union. The present proposal implements Action 2 of the SPI. It aims at further
facilitating and modernising the recognition of professional qualifications in regulated
professions by leveraging digital tools to streamline, accelerate and make recognition
procedures more efficient, while strengthening administrative cooperation between competent
authorities and improving the monitoring of the implementation and functioning of the
recognition system.
By amending the Directive, this proposal aims to reduce the time and cost required to have a
professional qualification recognised in another Member State, making recognition more
transparent and digital.
For regulated professions, Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional
qualifications (‘the Directive’) is a cornerstone of the Union framework for professional
mobility. It facilitates the free movement of professionals by establishing rules for the
recognition of professional qualifications, while taking account of Member States’
EN 2 EN
competence to regulate professions and to lay down requirements for their pursuit in order to
safeguard relevant public interests.
The need for action is supported by the Commission's report on the implementation of the
Directive covering the period 2020–2024, as well as by the studies and stakeholder
consultations underpinning the impact assessment accompanying this proposal. This evidence
points to persistent shortcomings in the availability and quality of information provided to
applicants, inefficiencies and unnecessary burdens in recognition procedures, and challenges
affecting administrative cooperation between competent authorities.
The proposal therefore introduces targeted amendments to simplify and accelerate recognition
procedures, to improve the availability, completeness and reliability of information on
recognition requirements and procedures, and to strengthen administrative cooperation
between competent authorities. Across these areas, it promotes the use of interoperable digital
tools to support more efficient, transparent and user-friendly recognition processes throughout
the Union. The proposal does not alter the conditions under which Member States regulate
professions or the national arrangements for taking recognition decisions.
The other two legislative initiatives under the Skills Portability Initiative concern digital
qualification attestations and recognition of professional qualifications obtained outside the
EU (in a third country). The former relies on the measures developed under the proposal for
the Regulation establishing a framework for portability of skills and qualifications (SPI
Action 1, “Skills Portability Act”). The latter refers to a proposal of the Directive establishing
a framework for the recognition of third-country qualifications held by third-country
nationals, to ensure that holders of such qualifications who are EU nationals are not treated
less favourably than third country nationals (SPI Action 3). When applicable, all three
proposals under the SPI refer to each other to avoid repetitions and ensure coherence.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
This proposal is fully consistent with the existing EU framework governing the recognition of
professional qualifications. Directive 2005/36/EC remains the central Union instrument in this
area, without prejudice to the limited number of sector-specific rules laid down in other Union
legal acts. It also continues to govern both establishment and the temporary and occasional
provision of services in regulated professions. As recognised by Article 3 of Directive
2006/123/EC on services in the internal market, where the provisions of the two Directives
overlap, Directive 2005/36/EC prevails. This proposal does not affect that relationship.
• Consistency with other Union policies
This proposal is consistent with the Union's broader policy and legislative framework on the
digital transformation of public administration. In particular, it complements the Single
Digital Gateway Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 and the Once-Only Technical System
established thereunder, Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 (eIDAS) as amended by Regulation
(EU) 2024/1183 establishing the European Digital Identity framework, and the Interoperable
Europe Regulation (EU) 2024/903 in particular as regards the principle of interoperability by
design and the requirements applicable to binding requirements affecting cross-border
interoperable digital public services. By promoting interoperable digital credentials, trusted
electronic exchanges of information and interoperable public services, the proposal
contributes to the common objective of delivering more efficient, user-friendly and seamless
cross-border administrative procedures across the Union.
EN 3 EN
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
The proposal is based on the same legal basis as Directive 2005/36/EC, namely, Articles 46,
53(1) and 62 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). These
provisions empower the Union to adopt measures facilitating the free movement of workers,
the freedom of establishment and the freedom to provide services, including through the
mutual recognition of diplomas, certificates and other evidence of formal qualifications and
the coordination of national provisions governing access to and the pursuit of regulated
professions.
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
The initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, an area of shared competence
between the Union and the Member States pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU. Accordingly, the
principle of subsidiarity applies.
EU-level action is this area has been established as necessary and appropriate since the
adoption of the original framework in 2005, and subsequent updates to this common
framework can only be achieved through action at Union level.
Coordinated action is necessary because professional recognition inherently requires cross-
border interaction between competent authorities, including information exchange,
qualification validation, and document verification. Because these challenges are structural
and transnational, isolated national measures cannot ensure reciprocity, establish common
operational rules, or eliminate heterogeneous practices. Furthermore, integrating digital tools
to streamline these procedures requires a unified approach; developing such solutions
independently at the national level risks fragmentation, duplication, and lack of
interoperability.
Union action is also essential to strengthen transparency and enforcement. Current monitoring
relies heavily on complaints by individual applicants and Member States’ self-reported data,
which fail to provide a comprehensive basis for identifying systematic non-compliance.
Action at EU level is required to establish consistent, comparable data to enable more timely
and more accurate monitoring, supporting targeted corrective measures. By streamlining
information requirements, deadlines, and cooperation practices, a coordinated framework
reduces administrative effort, lowers reporting costs, and minimizes divergent assessments.
Ultimately, only coordinated national systems can achieve this level of transparency; Union
intervention is necessary to resolve persistent administrative burdens and legal uncertainty,
ensuring the existing framework operates as intended and Treaty-conferred rights can be
effectively exercised in practice.
EU-level action also offers clear economies of scale. A single, streamlined framework is
significantly more cost-effective than multiple, parallel national systems requiring complex
technical interfaces. While national administrations will incur initial adaptation costs, these
will be well offset by long-term efficiency gains, reduced reporting burdens, and lower error
rates. Ultimately, uncoordinated national approaches cannot achieve the required consistency
or scale, making Union intervention the most effective way to ensure Treaty rights are able to
be meaningfully exercised.
EN 4 EN
• Proportionality
The proposal concerns the revision of Directive 2005/36/EC, an area where the need for
Union action is already established. The proposed amendments are limited to addressing
specific implementation shortcomings, namely fragmented information, unnecessarily
burdensome recognition procedures, uneven levels of digitalisation and inefficiencies in
administrative cooperation between competent authorities.
The proposal does not harmonise the substantive rules governing regulated professions or the
conditions for the recognition of professional qualifications. Member States remain fully
responsible for regulating professions, determining professional qualifications, assessing
applications and taking recognition decisions. Rather, the focus of the proposed measures is
on procedural improvements, such as clarifying certain procedural obligations, strengthening
administrative cooperation and facilitating the use of interoperable digital tools.
The proportionality of these measures was thoroughly evaluated across all policy options in
the impact assessment, balancing expected benefits against implementation effort.
Proportionality was assessed in the comparison of the policy options considered in the impact
assessment. The assessment also examined whether the scope, intensity and implementation
requirements of the proposed measures were commensurate with the objectives pursued. The
preferred option was selected as the most effective response while remaining strictly
necessary and proportionate. Although it entails a greater degree of intervention than
alternative options, this reflects the magnitude and persistence of the problems addressed and
remains confined to procedural aspects of the recognition framework, fully respecting
Member States' competence over the regulation of professions or substantive recognition
decisions as well as their competence in safeguarding public health, safety and the quality of
services.
• Choice of the instrument
As this proposal amends Directive 2005/36/EC, the appropriate legal instrument is a directive.
A coordinating amendment concerning Regulation 1024/2012 is ancillary to the amendment
of Directive 2005/36/EC.
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
No ex-post evaluation was carried out specifically for the preparation of this proposal. The
most recent evaluation of the Directive was conducted in the context of its 2013 revision.
Subsequently, the main innovations introduced by Directive 2013/55/EU, namely the
European Professional Card and the Alert Mechanism, were subject to a dedicated assessment
in 2018. The decision not to undertake a further evaluation was based on the availability of a
recent and comprehensive implementation report for the years 2020-20241, published only a
few months before the preparation of this proposal. That report and the accompanying Staff
Working Document (SWD)2 provide an extensive assessment of the functioning of the
Directive, drawing on a broad range of evidence, including data from the Regulated
Professions Database, targeted surveys of competent authorities, national coordinators and
professional organisations, as well as other stakeholder input. It offers a detailed analysis of
1 COM(2026) 86 final 2 SWD(2026)64 final
EN 5 EN
the implementation of the existing framework, identifies the main challenges encountered in
practice and provides a robust evidence base for the preparation of this proposal.
• Stakeholder consultations
As detailed in the impact assessment accompanying this proposal, the preparation of the
initiative was supported by extensive stakeholder consultation activities.
In addition to the consultations carried out in the context of the recent implementation report,
the Commission conducted an open public consultation as part of the Skills Portability
Initiative as well as a series of targeted stakeholder consultations. Furthermore, a range of
targeted consultation activities were organised with competent authorities, national
coordinators, professional organisations and representatives of regulated professions, as well
as targeted surveys of competent authorities and citizens who had undergone recognition
procedures.
These consultation activities provided valuable evidence on the practical functioning of the
current framework, the challenges encountered by applicants and competent authorities, and
stakeholders' views on possible policy responses. Together with the other sources of evidence
supporting the impact assessment, they informed both the identification of the problems the
development of the measures included in this proposal.
The consultation activities revealed broad agreement among stakeholders on the main
challenges affecting the functioning of the current recognition system. In particular,
stakeholders consistently identified shortcomings in the information available to applicants,
inefficiencies in recognition procedures and scope for improving administrative cooperation
between competent authorities. There was also broad support for further digitalisation and
simplification of recognition procedures as a means of reducing administrative burden and
improving efficiency. Stakeholders further emphasised the need to support competent
authorities in implementing the Directive through common tools, clearer rules and
strengthened cooperation.
These views are reflected in the proposal, which addresses both shortcomings in the design of
the current framework and challenges relating to its implementation. On the one hand, it
introduces new common structural elements, most notably a mandatory European digital
workflow supporting recognition procedures across the Union. On the other hand, it
strengthens the implementation of the existing framework by clarifying procedural rules to
apply the Directive more consistently. Together, these measures are intended to remove the
main obstacles identified by stakeholders and improve the efficiency, predictability and
consistency of recognition procedures across the Union.
• Collection and use of expertise
The Impact assessment accompanying this legislative proposal was support by an external
study commissioned from EY Advisory Services S.p.A and Istituto per la Ricerca Sociale.
• Impact assessment
An impact assessment was carried out in support of this proposal and was informed by an
external study prepared for the Commission.
The impact assessment examined three policy options aimed at improving the consistent
implementation and effectiveness of the Directive. The first option focused on promoting
EN 6 EN
greater administrative convergence through non-legislative measures, such as guidance,
recommendations, peer learning and the exchange of good practices. The second option
combined targeted legislative amendments with increased digitalisation by proposing a
common European digital solution while allowing Member States to continue using
interoperable national systems. The third and preferred option complemented the digital
transformation of recognition procedures with a broader package of legislative measures
addressing additional sources of administrative burden and inefficiency, including the quality
of information provided to applicants, administrative cooperation between competent
authorities, document requirements, fees, paper-based procedures and procedural deadlines.
The third option was selected as the preferred one because it is expected to achieve the
objectives of the initiative most effectively while ensuring cost-effectiveness. It combines a
common European digital recognition solution, developed and financed by the Commission,
with legislative amendments designed to improve the operation of the recognition system. By
providing a common digital infrastructure at Union level, the preferred option reduces
implementation costs for Member States, creates economies of scale, and supports a more
consistent implementation of the Directive.
The impact assessment concludes that the preferred option will generate significant economic
and social benefits. It is expected that the preferred option will reduce the administrative costs
incurred by applicants and competent authorities in recognition procedures, while shortening
processing times and enabling professionals to enter the labour market more quickly.
Employers are also expected to benefit from faster and less cumbersome recruitment, reduced
vacancy durations and improved access to skilled workers.
Beyond these direct benefits, the proposal is expected to improve the functioning of the
internal market for professional services by facilitating the more efficient allocation of skills
across Member States. This is expected to contribute to addressing labour and skills shortages,
improving labour market matching, increasing labour productivity and strengthening the
resilience and competitiveness of the European economy. The proposal is also expected to
generate positive social impacts by improving employment opportunities, supporting upward
career mobility and enhancing income security for professionals seeking to exercise their
profession in another Member State.
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
The proposal contributes to the objectives of regulatory fitness by simplifying the recognition
of professional qualifications and reducing administrative burdens for applicants, competent
authorities and employers. It directly addresses the procedural complexities and inefficiencies
identified in the current framework, while preserving the core principles of the Directive and
Member States' responsibility for recognition decisions.
For applicants, the proposal makes it simpler to request and quicker to obtain a recognition
decision. Reducing reliance on paper-based processes, promoting the use of digital
attestations, limiting documentary requirements and providing more complete and
standardised information on recognition procedures should make recognition procedures more
predictable, reduce the number of incomplete applications and requests for additional
information, and lower the time and costs associated with preparing and submitting
applications.
For competent authorities, the proposal introduces a common digital workflow, integrating
artificial intelligence support, strengthens administrative cooperation and provides clearer
EN 7 EN
procedural rules. These measures are expected to reduce administrative effort, avoid
duplication of work, streamline the handling of recognition procedures and improve the
consistency and efficiency of decision-making across Member States.
For employers, faster and more predictable recognition procedures are expected to facilitate
recruitment, improve workforce planning and accelerate access to qualified professionals,
including in sectors experiencing labour and skills shortages.
The proposal contributes to the Union’s competitiveness by shortening the time needed to fill
vacancies in regulated professions. Small and medium enterprises are expected to benefit
proportionately more, while no new obligations are imposed on businesses.
Although the implementation of the new digital infrastructure will require initial investment
in IT systems, training and organisational adjustments, these transitional costs are expected to
be outweighed by lasting reductions in administrative burden, shorter processing times and a
more efficient and coherent recognition system across the Union.
• Fundamental rights
By facilitating the recognition of professional qualifications across Member States, the
proposal supports the effective exercise of the freedoms of movement, namely establishment
and the provision of services within the internal market and freedom of movement for
workers. By reducing administrative and regulatory barriers, the proposal enables mobile
professionals to pursue their profession on the basis of their qualifications and merits,
irrespective of their nationality and the Member State in which they obtained their
qualifications. In doing so, it contributes to the principles of equal treatment and non-
discrimination, as enshrined in Article 21 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights, and
facilitates the effective exercise of the rights conferred by the Treaties. It also promotes the
right to engage in work and to pursue a freely chosen occupation, as enshrined in Article 15 of
the Charter of Fundamental Rights, in particular paragraph 2, which guarantees Union citizens
the freedom to seek employment, to work, to exercise the right of establishment and to
provide services in any Member State.
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
The proposal has budgetary implications for the Union budget related to the development,
deployment and operation of the European Digital Recognition Solution (EDRS), which will
be developed, financed and operated by the Commission, within three years after entry into
force of this Directive.
The EDRS will provide a common digital workflow for the recognition of professional
qualifications across the Union and will include interfaces for applicants and competent
authorities, AI-assisted functionalities to support the processing of recognition applications,
interoperability with relevant Union systems, including the Single Digital Gateway Once-
Only Technical System and the European Digital Identity Wallet, analytical and statistical
functionalities, and integration with the enhanced Regulated Professions Database.
For 2027, the resource of the deployment of the system will come from EaSI. This initiative
should be financed within the agreed envelope of the programme For the following years, the
resources needed may be provided in the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF 2028-
2034, in particular the EU Facility under the National and Regional Partnership Plans. The
Commission assesses that the HR needs will be covered by redeployment to meet the needs
EN 8 EN
generated by this proposal. The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and
beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual
Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in
the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the
MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure.
All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
The Commission will keep Member States informed about the development of EDRS,
allowing them to prepare for its deployment. In any case, the EDRS must be made operational
ahead of the date for the transposition of the corresponding procedural obligations of the
Member States under this proposal. Member States are not required to bear costs for
developing or adapting national solutions supporting recognition processes, as the EDRS
together with other EU solutions such as IMI will fully cover the functionality that competent
authorities need to process applications for recognition of professional qualifications.
By providing and financing a common Union-wide digital infrastructure, the proposal avoids
the need for Member States to develop and maintain separate national solutions, thereby
reducing implementation costs, creating economies of scale and supporting the consistent
implementation of the Directive across the Union. The detailed budgetary implications of the
proposal are set out in the accompanying financial statement.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
The Commission will monitor implementation in close cooperation with the national
coordinators and competent authorities. Monitoring will focus on the extent to which the
proposal succeeds in simplifying recognition procedures, reducing administrative burden and
costs, and improving administrative cooperation.
Monitoring will be based on two complementary sources: biennial reporting by Member
States, coordinated by the national coordinators, and annual data generated through the
EDRS. The first data collection will take place before the deployment of the new system to
establish a baseline, followed by regular monitoring after implementation.
The monitoring framework includes indicators measuring the quality and completeness of
information provided to applicants, the efficiency and timeliness of recognition procedures,
the administrative burden associated with recognition applications, and the effectiveness of
administrative cooperation between competent authorities. A detailed set of indicators,
together with the data sources and collection methods, is set out in the Impact Assessment
accompanying this proposal. The Commission will carry out an evaluation of the Directive
approximately five years after the expiry of the transposition deadline.
• Explanatory documents (for directives)
Pursuant to Article 3 of this Directive, Member States are required to transpose its provisions
into national law and to notify the Commission of the corresponding national measures. When
notifying those measures, Member States should provide sufficient information to enable the
Commission to assess the completeness and correctness of transposition. This information
should clearly indicate how the provisions of the Directive have been implemented in national
law.
EN 9 EN
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
Article 1 sets out the amendments to Directive 2005/36/EC. Article 2 contains an amendment
of the provisions referred to in the annex of Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 on administrative
cooperation through the Internal Market Information System (‘the IMI Regulation’). Article 3
contains the provisions on transposition, Article 4 concerns the entry into force of the
amending Directive, and Article 5 specifies its addressees.
The substantive amendments introduced by Article 1 are organised around the following main
themes:
Digitalisation of recognition procedures: The proposal replaces the existing European
Professional Card framework with a European Digital Recognition Solution established by
new Article 56b. While recognition decisions remain the responsibility of Member States, the
entire administrative workflow will be carried out through a common digital infrastructure
used by all competent authorities. The proposal also introduces a digital-only principle
through Article 56c.
Faster and more predictable recognition procedures: The proposal introduces, through
Article 56d, deadlines for each key procedural step, creating a structured workflow from the
submission of an application to the final recognition decision. This replaces the current
approach, under which only the overall duration of the procedure is defined, and substantially
reduces the maximum duration of recognition procedures under both the automatic
recognition system and the general system. For temporary and occasional provision of
services, Article 7(4) similarly shortens the duration of prior checks. To reinforce compliance,
the new Article 56e introduces a financial compensation mechanism for applicants affected by
excessive delays in the administrative handling of their recognition applications.
Simplification of procedural requirements: The proposal further harmonises the procedural
framework by clarifying, through amendments to Article 50, that competent authorities may
request only the documents expressly provided for by the Directive. Article 50(8) requires
Member States to accept those documents in any official language of the Union, while Article
56c(3) establishes rules on communication with applicants. A new Article 51a introduces
common principles governing recognition fees. Together, these measures reduce unnecessary
administrative burdens, improve legal certainty and promote more consistent application of
the Directive.
Modernisation of notifications and reporting: The proposal modernises the notification
framework by amending Article 59(1), requiring Member States to submit notifications
concerning regulated professions through the Internal Market Information System. It also
strengthens the Commission's role in monitoring the implementation of the Directive through
amendments to Article 60, enabling reporting to rely on statistical information generated by
the European Digital Recognition Solution and thereby improving the quality, comparability
and availability of implementation data.
Strengthened cooperation and governance: The proposal introduces a more structured
governance framework through new Article 60a, strengthening cooperation between the
Commission and the Member States within the Group of Coordinators on the Recognition of
Professional Qualifications. Annual work programmes will provide a clearer framework for
monitoring implementation, identifying common challenges, exchanging good practices and
preparing future developments of the recognition system. The strengthened governance
EN 10 EN
framework is also intended to facilitate and streamline the use of the Directive's delegated
powers, in particular with regard to the establishment of Common Training Frameworks.
Equal treatment of EU nationals and third-country nationals: Amendments to Articles
2(2), 3(3) and 10(g) of Directive 2005/36/EC align the Directive with [Directive xxxx/xxx/EU
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals], which establishes a framework
for the recognition of third-country qualifications held by third-country nationals. The
existing provisions are replaced by new rules on recognition of qualifications obtained outside
the Union in Title Va, ensuring coherence between the two legal frameworks while preserving
the distinction between the general system and automatic recognition under Directive
2005/36/EC as well as the main features underlying each of those systems.
EN 11 EN
2026/0273 (COD)
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and Regulation (EU)
No 1024/2012
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 46, Article 53(1) and Article 62 thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national parliaments,
Having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee3,
Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure,
Whereas:
(1) The Single Market is a cornerstone of European integration and a key driver of the
Union’s competitiveness, prosperity and resilience. Its full potential depends, inter
alia, on enabling people to move freely across the Union and to put their skills and
qualifications to use wherever they are needed. Facilitating mobility contributes to a
better allocation of skills across the Union, helps address labour and skills shortages
and strengthens the capacity of the Union economy to respond to changing economic
and demographic needs. Therefore, remaining barriers to the mobility of professionals
should be reduced. This is particularly important in the field of regulated professions,
where access to or pursuit of a professional activity is subject to the possession of
specific professional qualifications. Differences in national qualification requirements
may raise obstacles to the mobility of qualified professionals between Member States.
(2) Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council4 sets out the
rules governing the recognition of professional qualifications for access to and pursuit
of regulated professions and is a crucial instrument supporting the mobility of workers
and services within the Single Market. It establishes a Union framework for the
recognition of professional qualifications and thereby plays a central role in enabling
professionals to exercise their right to free movement while ensuring that the
requirements governing access to regulated professions in the host Member State are
appropriately taken into account. In order to further facilitate professional mobility
within the Single Market, that framework should be modernised and made simpler,
3 OJ C […], […], p. […]. 4 Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the
recognition of professional qualifications, OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 22, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2005/36/oj
EN 12 EN
faster and more efficient, in particular by making better use of digital tools,
streamlining recognition procedures and strengthening administrative cooperation
between competent authorities.
(3) Directive 2005/36/EC, which lays down rules governing the recognition of
professional qualifications of Union citizens, already contains specific rules
concerning qualifications obtained in third countries. In particular, its Article 2(2)
provides that each Member State may, in accordance with its national rules, permit
Member State nationals holding evidence of professional qualifications obtained in a
third country to pursue a regulated profession on its territory and that, in the case of
professions covered by Title III, Chapter III, that recognition is to respect the
minimum training conditions laid down in that Chapter. In addition, Article 3(3) of
Directive 2005/36/EC, first sentence, read in conjunction with Article 10, point (g),
ensures that, where a Member State national has obtained recognition of their third-
country qualification in one Member State and has three years of certified professional
experience in that profession within the same Member State, their third-country
qualification is to be regarded as evidence of formal qualifications under that
Directive, which should entitle them to recognition of their evidence of professional
qualifications under the general system when seeking access to the profession in
another Member State. With the adoption of [Directive xxxx/xxx/EU on the
recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals5], establishing a framework for
the recognition, for the purpose of establishment, of third-country qualifications held
by third-country nationals, it is appropriate to ensure that Directive 2005/36/EC also
establishes a coordinated approach to the recognition of qualifications obtained by
Member State nationals outside the Union.
(4) To that end, the necessary adjustments should be made to Directive 2005/36/EC to
ensure coherence between the two legal acts. It is therefore necessary to include a new
Title Va of Directive 2005/36/EC so as to ensure that each Member State develops
appropriate procedures for the recognition of professional qualifications obtained
outside the Union held by nationals of a Member State. Such procedures should ensure
that nationals of a Member State seeking recognition of their professional
qualifications in a host Member State for the purposes of establishment are not subject
to rules that are less favourable than those applicable to the third-country nationals
seeking recognition of their professional qualifications in that Member State.
(5) The distinction between, and underlying logic of, the general system of recognition
and the system of automatic recognition established by Directive 2005/36/EC should
be preserved, while taking due account of the specificities of qualifications awarded
outside the Union to ensure that the conditions required for access to and pursuit of the
profession in the host Member State are met.
(6) In its Special Report 10/24 on the recognition of professional qualifications in the
Union,6 the European Court of Auditors considered that, while Directive 2005/36/EC
is an essential mechanism, it is used sparsely and inconsistently. To improve the
system of recognition of professional qualifications, it notably recommended annual
updating of Annex V to that Directive, reducing the deadline for recognition through
the automatic system that benefits professions for which mandatory minimum training
5 […] 6 Special report 10/2024: The recognition of professional qualifications in the EU – An essential
mechanism, but used sparsely and inconsistently
EN 13 EN
requirements are set under the Directive, as well as ensuring reliable and consistent
information for citizens.
(7) Procedures for the recognition of professional qualifications can come with a high
burden for applicants. Professionals seeking recognition of qualifications acquired in
another Member State are required to submit multiple supporting documents,
including certified copies and translations, sometimes in paper form, and to bear fees
which vary considerably between Member States. Such requirements may discourage
professionals from pursuing opportunities in other Member States. Reducing the
reliance on physical documents while ensuring access to underlying information is
therefore key to facilitate the free movement of professionals within the Union.
(8) While most procedures for the recognition of professional qualifications under
Directive 2005/36/EC are completed within the applicable timeframes, persistent
delays in some cases continue to affect applicants and may hinder the timely access to
regulated professions. Such delays can entail significant costs or lost opportunities for
applicants while also affecting employers awaiting the recruitment of qualified
professionals, particularly in sectors facing labour and skills shortages. It is therefore
necessary to modernise, simplify and improve the efficiency of procedures for the
recognition of professional qualifications by laying down precise deadlines for the
exchange of information and for mutual assistance between the competent authorities
of the host Member State and those of the home Member State.
(9) To be able to submit complete recognition applications, applicants should be provided
with reliable information to support them in the process of recognition of their
qualifications. They should be able to understand, at an early stage, whether and under
which conditions they may access a regulated profession in another Member State. It
is therefore necessary to ensure that clear, trustworthy and up-to-date information is
available for applicants before starting a procedure and that they are appropriately
guided towards the relevant profession, applicable national rules and required
supporting documents.
(10) The European Professional Card introduced by Directive 2013/55/EU of the European
Parliament and of the Council7 has remained confined to a limited number of
professions and, given its case-specific design, has not proven capable of being scaled
up into a broader or more comprehensive solution for the recognition of professional
qualifications. To ensure a smooth and orderly transition to that solution, the European
Professional Card (EPC) should therefore be phased out gradually. To that end,
Member States should, during a limited transitional period, continue issuing the EPC.
(11) To facilitate the recognition of professional qualifications, a common Union IT
solution, the European Digital Recognition Solution, should be established at Union
level to support the digitalisation of procedures for the recognition of professional
qualifications. That system should provide a common digital infrastructure enabling
applicants to submit applications and supporting documents, including by reusing
relevant data from national identity or credential systems, and to receive information
on the status and outcome of their applications. It should facilitate secure and efficient
cooperation between competent authorities, reduce administrative burden and undue
7 Directive 2013/55/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 amending
Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional qualifications and Regulation (EU)
No 1024/2012 on administrative cooperation through the Internal Market Information System ( ‘the IMI
Regulation’ ) OJ L 354, 28.12.2013, pp. 132–170,ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2013/55/oj
EN 14 EN
delays, and simplify procedures for applicants and competent authorities. It should
also contribute to the consistent application and uniform implementation of Directive
2005/36/EC across Member States, while fully respecting data protection requirements
and the organisation and functioning of national administrative systems.
(12) The introduction of stricter procedural timeframes for the exchange of information and
mutual assistance between the competent authorities should be accompanied with
measures that support Member States in making that cooperation more efficient
through a common digital workflow. The European Digital Recognition Solution
should therefore support secure communication, full traceability of procedural steps,
legal certainty and the timely handling of applications.
(13) The use of digital solutions should contribute to the more efficient organisation of
procedures for the recognition of professional qualifications. To that end, based on the
digital qualification attestations made available under [Regulation(EU)XXX
establishing a framework for portability of skills and qualifications and amending
Regulation (EU) 2018/1724]8, applicants should be able to obtain, by digital means,
formal evidence of qualifications issued by the competent authorities of the home
Member State and to verify, prior to submission, whether their application is complete,
including as regards the adequacy of supporting documents and translations. Digital
tools should also support competent authorities in the assessment of applications,
including the examination of supporting evidence, facilitate the secure exchange of
information with authorities in other Member States, and improve communication
with the applicants. These improvements should contribute to shorter processing times
for applications and to a reduction in the applicable deadlines.
(14) The Internal Market Information System (‘IMI’), established by Regulation (EU) No
1024/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council9, is a tool supporting
administrative cooperation between competent authorities in the recognition of
professional qualifications under Directive 2005/36/EC. The European Digital
Recognition Solution established under Directive 2005/36/EC should build on and
interoperate with IMI, avoiding duplication of communication channels and preserving
the accumulated functionality of the existing tool. The Annex to that Regulation
should be amended in accordance with the amendments to the provisions of this
Directive.
(15) Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council10
established the Single Digital Gateway and the Once-Only Technical System, enabling
the cross-border exchange of evidence between competent authorities without
requiring users to resubmit documents already held by another public authority. Its
continued implementation can support more efficient recognition procedures by
allowing supporting documents exchanged through the Once-Only Technical System
to be used within the European Digital Recognition Solution, reducing the burden on
applicants to obtain and submit certified copies of evidence already available through
public registers or authorities in another Member State.
8 […] 9 Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on
administrative cooperation through the Internal Market Information System and repealing Commission
Decision 2008/49/EC, OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p.1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2012/1024/oj 10 Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 October 2018
establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance
and problem-solving services and amending Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012, OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p.
1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1724/oj
EN 15 EN
(16) The publicly available database of regulated professions referred to in Article 59(1) of
Directive 2005/36/EC set up and maintained by the Commission provides a centralised
overview of professions that are regulated in each Member State, the applicable legal
provisions, and the competent authorities responsible. To ensure legal certainty and
consistency, that database should constitute the single authoritative source of
information on the regulatory status of professions across the Union, and Member
States should keep the information they notify complete, accurate and up to date.
(17) Language barriers can complicate and delay recognition procedures. Recent advances
in machine translation, including the Commission's eTranslation service, make it
possible to process documents submitted in another official language of the Union by
facilitating understanding of their content. The continuous improvement in the quality
of machine translation is steadily increasing confidence in translated documents and is
reshaping the contribution of human translators towards quality assurance and
verification. Competent authorities should therefore be able to rely on machine
translation integrated into the European Digital Recognition Solution to facilitate the
handling of applications, while preserving the possibility of requesting a certified
human translation where appropriate.
(18) To support the digitalisation of procedures under Directive 2005/36/EC, the European
Digital Recognition Solution, which would be built on a Union-wide infrastructure for
digital qualification attestations should allow applicants to use and share trusted digital
evidence across borders more efficiently. The European Digital Recognition Solution
established by this Directive constitutes a cross-border digital public service within the
meaning of Regulation (EU) 2024/903 of the European Parliament and of the Council
(Interoperable Europe Act)11 and is subject to the requirements laid down in that
Regulation, including the obligation to carry out an interoperability assessment. In
accordance with the requirements applicable to European Digital Identity Wallets
under Regulation (EU) 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council12, the
European Digital Recognition Solution should be interoperable with the EU Digital
Identity Wallet so that applicants can submit, reuse and securely share, under their
control, pre-authenticated digital documents stored therein, including evidence of
formal qualifications. By relying on standardised digital qualification attestations and
interoperable systems, such a framework should help competent authorities access
reliable and up-to-date information more quickly, accelerate verification, reduce
repeated requests for the same evidence, and support faster, more consistent
recognition decisions across Member States.
(19) To support the digitalisation of recognition procedures under Directive 2005/36/EC,
Member States should ensure the secure receipt and verification of credentials, as well
as their use in the digital processing of recognition requests and the issuance of
recognition decisions. The European Digital Recognition Solution should further
reinforce confidence of applicants and employers in the use of digital evidence in
cross-border recognition procedures for regulated professions. Digital qualification
attestations issued in accordance with [Regulation(EU)XXX establishing a framework
11 Regulation (EU) 2024/903 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 March 2024 laying
down measures for a high level of public sector interoperability across the Union (Interoperable Europe
Act), OJ L, 2024/903, 22.3.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/903/oj 12 Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on
electronic identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market and
repealing Directive 1999/93/EC, OJ L 257, 28.8.2014, p. 73, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj
EN 16 EN
for portability of skills and qualifications and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724]
should enable competent authorities to rely on their authenticity without carrying out
further checks. For other documents submitted in support of recognition requests,
where checks of authenticity are necessary, greater digitalisation should enable
competent authorities to carry out such checks more efficiently and consistently,
helping to detect irregularities and prevent fraudulent submissions.
(20) To guarantee equal treatment and effective access, applicants who are unable to
undergo the procedure by electronic means only, including due to limited digital skills,
should not be disadvantaged in the exercise of their rights under Directive
2005/36/EC. Member States should make appropriate arrangements to enable such
applicants to pursue the relevant procedures by non-electronic means, while ensuring
that their applications are handled with the same diligence, without undue delay and
subject to the same procedural safeguards as applications submitted through the digital
solution. In this context, documents submitted in the course of such procedures may be
provided in different formats, including paper documents that have been scanned and
converted into electronic form, as well as electronic documents including electronic
attestations of attributes set out in Commission Implementing Regulation (EU)
2024/297913. The use of different formats should not lead to discrimination against the
applicant provided that the authenticity, integrity and, where relevant, origin of the
documents can be appropriately assessed. Where an applicant makes use of non-
electronic means for justified reasons, Member States should ensure that the
competent authority, or another designated body, enters the necessary data and
documents into the digital system without undue delay and keeps the applicant
appropriately informed of the progress of the procedure. Member States should also
provide adequate technical and digital support to applicants using the digital solution,
in particular to those with limited digital skills, to ensure effective access on an equal
basis.
(21) Competent authorities may, in the examination of applications for the recognition of
professional qualifications, be assisted by the European Digital Recognition Solution.
Such assistance could entail the assessment of the completeness of applications with
respect to the appropriate information and relevant evidence provided, the authenticity
of documents submitted, the identification of substantial differences between the
training evidenced by the applicant and the national training requirements, the
indication of possible compensation measures (aptitude tests or adaptation periods) in
accordance with Directive 2005/36/EC, and the identification of similar previously
assessed cases with a view to promoting consistency in decision-making.
(22) The Commission and Member States, in their respective capacities as processor and
controllers, within the meaning of Article 29(3) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the
European Parliament and of the Council14 and Article 28(3) of Regulation (EU)
13 Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2024/2979 of 28 November 2024 laying down rules for the
application of Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards
the integrity and core functionalities of European Digital Identity Wallets, OJ L, 2024/2979, 4.12.2024,
ELI:http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2024/2979/oj 14 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj
EN 17 EN
2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council15, should implement
appropriate technical and organisational measures to safeguard personal data against
unauthorised access, accidental loss, or unlawful processing.
(23) Where an excessive delay is attributable to the competent authority and not to the
applicant, it should entitle the latter to an appropriate and proportionate compensation
for the economic disadvantage caused by the delay.
(24) The benefits of automatic recognition could be further extended to additional
professions through fuller use of the mechanism established by Directive 2005/36/EC
for the development of common training frameworks. Where a common set of
minimum knowledge, skills and competences necessary for the pursuit of a specific
profession can be identified and is shared by at least one third of the Member States,
common training frameworks can provide an effective means of promoting
professional mobility while respecting national regulatory approaches and training
systems. To attain this objective, a strengthened cooperation among competent
authorities is needed through the Group of Coordinators established by Commission
Decision 2007/172/EC16. While contributing to the overall consistent and effective
implementation of Directive 2005/36/EC, including through the preparation of annual
work programmes and the exchange of experience and best practices, the Group
should also serve as a forum for outreach to and exchange with professionals, their
representative organisations and social partners, including on labour market needs,
quality standards and professional autonomy. In particular, it should contribute to
identifying emerging common sets of knowledge, skills and competences, assessing
needs and expectations in the professions, and exploring opportunities for the
development of common training frameworks in accordance with this Directive.
(25) To ensure coherence, transparency and proportionality, and to avoid duplicative
reporting obligations, the additional monitoring and evaluation requirements linked to
the digitalisation and simplification measures introduced by this Directive should be
integrated into the reporting framework established by Article 60 of Directive
2005/36/EC. Evaluation should in particular assess the functioning of the European
Digital Recognition Solution, its effect on administrative burdens and procedure
duration, and its impact on the mobility of professionals and addressing labour and
skills shortages in the internal market.
(26) Directive 2005/36/EC and Regulation (EU) 1024/2012 should therefore be amended
accordingly.
(27) The European Data Protection Supervisor was consulted in accordance with Article
42(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council
and delivered its opinion on [date]17.
15 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
16 Commission Decision 2007/172/EC of 19 March 2007 setting up the group of coordinators for the
recognition of professional qualifications, OJ L 79, 20.3.2007, pp. 38–39 (BG, ES, CS, DA, DE, ET,
EL, EN, FR, IT, LV, LT, HU, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SL, FI, SV), OJ L 219M, 24.8.2007, pp. 367–368
(MT), ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2007/172/oj 17 OJ C , , p. .
EN 18 EN
HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:
Article 1
Amendments to Directive 2005/36/EC
Directive 2005/36/EC is amended as follows:
(1) Article 1 is replaced by the following:
'Article 1
Subject matter
1. This Directive establishes rules according to which a Member State which makes access to
or pursuit of a regulated profession in its territory contingent upon possession of specific
professional qualifications (‘the host Member State’) shall recognise professional
qualifications obtained in one or more other Member States (‘the home Member State’) and
which allow the holder of the said qualifications to access and pursue the said profession in
the host Member State.
2. This Directive also establishes rules concerning partial access to a regulated profession and
recognition of professional traineeships pursued in another Member State.
3. This Directive also lays down rules under which a host Member State shall recognise
professional qualifications obtained in a third-country for the purpose of establishment in that
Member State and which allow the holder of the said qualifications to access and pursue the
profession in that Member State under conditions that are not less favourable than those for
third-country nationals.';
(2) Article 2 is amended as follows:
(a) the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
'1. This Directive shall apply to all nationals of a Member State wishing to pursue a
regulated profession in a Member State, including those belonging to the liberal
professions, on either a self-employed or employed basis, and who obtained their
professional qualifications in another Member State or in a third country';
(b) paragraph 2 is deleted;
(3) Article 3 is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 1 is amended as follows:
(i) point k is deleted;
(ii) the following point o is added:
'(o) ‘digital qualification attestation’ an attestation of a qualification that is
awarded in a digital format in accordance with Regulation (EU) xxxx/xxx on
portability of skills and qualifications and amending Regulation (EU)
2018/172418';
(b) paragraph 3 is deleted;
18 […]
EN 19 EN
(4) Article 4 is amended as follows:
'Article 4
Effects of recognition
1. The recognition of professional qualifications by the host Member State shall allow
beneficiaries to gain access in that Member State to the same profession as the one for which
they are qualified in the home Member State or in the third country where they obtained their
qualifications under the same conditions as its nationals.
2. For the purposes of this Directive, the profession which the applicant wishes to pursue in
the host Member State shall be considered the same as the one for which they are qualified in
their home Member State or in the third country if the activities covered are comparable.
3. By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of this Article, partial access to a profession in the
host Member State shall be granted under the conditions laid down in Article 4f.';
(5) Articles 4a, 4b, 4c, 4d and 4e are deleted;
(6) Article 4f is amended as follows:
'Article 4f
Partial access
1. The competent authority of the host Member State shall grant partial access, for the purpose
of establishment, on a case-by-case basis, to a professional activity in its territory only when
all the following conditions are fulfilled:
(a) the professional is fully qualified to exercise in the home Member State or in
the third country the professional activity for which partial access is sought in
the host Member State;
(b) differences between the professional activity legally exercised in the home
Member State or in the third country and the regulated profession in the host
Member State as such are so large that the application of compensation
measures would amount to requiring the applicant to complete the full
programme of education and training required in the host Member State to
have access to the full regulated profession in the host Member State;
(c) the professional activity can objectively be separated from other activities
falling under the regulated profession in the host Member State.
For the purpose of the first subparagraph, point (c), the competent authority of the
host Member State shall take into account whether the professional activity can be
pursued autonomously in the home Member State or in the third country.
2. The competent authority of the host Member State shall grant partial access, for the purpose
of temporary and occasional services in the host Member State, on a case-by-case basis, to a
professional activity in its territory only when all the following conditions are fulfilled:
(a) the professional is fully qualified to exercise in the home Member for the
professional activity for which partial access is sought in the host Member
State;
(b) differences between the professional activity legally exercised in the home
Member State and the regulated profession in the host Member State as such
are so large that the application of compensation measures would amount to
requiring the applicant to complete the full programme of education and
EN 20 EN
training required in the host Member State to have access to the full regulated
profession in the host Member State;
(c) the professional activity can objectively be separated from other activities
falling under the regulated profession in the host Member State.
For the purpose of the first subparagraph, point (c), the competent authority of the
host Member State shall take into account whether the professional activity can be
pursued autonomously in the home Member State or in the third country.
3. Partial access may be rejected if such rejection is justified by overriding reasons of general
interest, suitable for securing the attainment of the objective pursued, and does not go beyond
what is necessary to attain that objective.
4. Applications for the purposes of establishment in a Member State shall be examined in
accordance with Chapters I and IV of Title III for professionals seeking partial access based
on professional qualifications obtained in their home Member State and in accordance with
Title Va for professionals seeking partial access based on the professional qualifications
obtained in a third country.
5. Applications for the purposes of providing temporary and occasional services in the host
Member State concerning professional activities that have public health or safety implications
shall be examined in accordance with Title II.
6. By way of derogation from Article 52 of this Directive, the professional activity shall be
exercised under the professional title of the third country or of the other Member State once
partial access has been granted. The host Member State may require use of that professional
title in the languages of the host Member State. Professionals benefiting from partial access
shall clearly indicate to the service recipients the scope of their professional activities.
7. This Article shall not apply to professionals benefiting from automatic recognition of their
professional qualifications under the provisions referred to under Title Va of this Directive.';
(7) Article 7 is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
'1. Member States may require that, where the service provider first moves from one
Member State to another in order to provide services, the service provider shall inform
the competent authority in the host Member State in a written declaration to be made
in advance including the details of any insurance cover or other means of personal or
collective protection with regard to professional liability. Such declaration shall be
renewed once a year if the service provider intends to provide temporary or occasional
services in that Member State during that year.';
(b) in paragraph 4, the second subparagraph is replaced by the following:
'Within two weeks of informing the applicant that the declaration referred to in
paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article is complete, as stipulated in Article 56d(4), the
competent authority shall notify the service provider of its decision which may be one
of the following:
(a) not to check the professional qualifications;
(b) where the professional qualifications have been checked:
(i) to require the service provider to take an aptitude test; or
(ii) to allow the provision of services';
EN 21 EN
(8) in Article 8, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
'1. The competent authorities of the host Member State may ask the competent authorities of
the Member State of establishment, in the event of justified doubts, to provide any
information relevant to the legality of the service provider’s establishment and good conduct,
as well as the absence of any disciplinary or criminal sanctions of a professional nature. In the
event that the competent authorities of the host Member State decide to check the service
provider’s professional qualifications, they may ask the competent authorities of the Member
State of establishment for information about the service provider’s training courses to the
extent necessary to assess substantial differences likely to be harmful to public health or
safety. The competent authorities of the Member State of establishment shall provide that
information in accordance with Articles 56 and 56d. In the case of non-regulated professions
in the home Member State, the assistance centres referred to in Article 57b may also provide
such information.';
(9) in Article 10, point (g) is deleted;
(10) Article 14 is amended as follows:
(a) in paragraph 3, the second subparagraph is replaced by the following:
'This applies also to the cases provided for in Article 10 points (b) and (c), in Article
10 point (d) concerning medical doctors and dental practitioners, in Article 10 point (f)
when the migrant seeks recognition in another Member State where the relevant
professional activities are pursued by nurses responsible for general care or specialised
nurses holding evidence of formal qualifications as a specialist who have taken part in
the training leading to the possession of the titles listed in Annex V, point 5.2.2.';
(b) the following paragraph 8 is added:
'8. Member States shall ensure that applicants who fail an aptitude test, or one or more
tests forming part of an adaptation period, are given the opportunity to retake the
respective tests. Member States shall ensure that feedback detailing assessment results
and areas for improvement is provided to applicants, and that applicants are entitled to
at least two further attempts to pass each test that they have failed.';
(11) in Article 21, paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
'1. Each Member State shall recognise evidence of formal qualifications as doctor giving
access to the professional activities of doctor with basic training and specialised doctor, as
nurse responsible for general care, as dental practitioner, as specialised dental practitioner, as
veterinary surgeon, as pharmacist and as architect, listed in Annex V, points 5.1.1, 5.1.2,
5.2.2, 5.3.2, 5.3.3, 5.4.2, 5.6.2 and 5.7.1 respectively, which satisfy the minimum training
conditions referred to in Articles 24, 25, 31, 34, 35, 38, 44 and 46 respectively, and shall, for
the purposes of access to and pursuit of the professional activities, give such evidence the
same effect on its territory as the evidence of formal qualifications which it itself issues.
Such evidence of formal qualifications shall be issued by the competent bodies in the Member
States and accompanied, where appropriate, by the certificates listed in Annex V, points 5.1.1,
5.1.2, 5.2.2, 5.3.2, 5.3.3, 5.4.2, 5.6.2 and 5.7.1 respectively.
Member States shall ensure that any person to whom they award the evidence of formal
qualifications in that Member State referred to in Annex V, points 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.2.2, 5.3.2,
5.3.3, 5.4.2, 5.6.2, and 5.7.1, may request that the relevant certificate accompanying that
evidence of formal qualification, listed in Annex V, be issued as a digital qualification
attestation in accordance with [Regulation(EU)XXX establishing a framework for portability
of skills and qualifications and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724]. Any person holding
EN 22 EN
such evidence of formal qualifications and, where appropriate, the relevant certificate listed in
Annex V, which was issued in a non-digital form, may request from the issuing Member State
a digital qualification attestation of that certificate in accordance with [Regulation(EU)XXX
establishing a framework for portability of skills and qualifications and amending Regulation
(EU) 2018/1724].
The provisions of the first and second subparagraphs shall not affect the acquired rights
referred to in Articles 23, 27, 33, 37, 39 and 49.
The provisions of the third and fourth subparagraphs are without prejudice to the provisions
of [Regulation(EU)XXX establishing a framework for portability of skills and qualifications
and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724] concerning digital qualification attestation.';
(12) in Article 25, the following paragraph 6 is inserted:
'6. In order to reflect generally acknowledged changes in the medical terminology across the
Union, the Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 57c
in order to update the generic name of specialties in points 5.1.3 and 5.3.3 of Annex V. ';
(13) Articles 50 and 51 are replaced by the following:
'Article 50
Documentation and formalities
1. Where the competent authorities of the host Member State decide on an application for
authorisation to pursue the regulated profession by virtue of this Title, those authorities may
require solely the documents and certificates listed in Annex VII.
Where the host Member State decides to impose a requirement as to the date of issue of the
documents referred to in Annex VII, points 1(d), (e) and (f), it shall accept documents issued
within a specific period that may not be shorter than the three months preceding the date on
which they are submitted.
The Member States, bodies and other legal persons shall guarantee the confidentiality of the
information which they receive.
2. In cases of justified doubts, the host Member State may require from the competent
authorities of a Member State confirmation of the authenticity of the attestations and evidence
of formal qualifications awarded in that other Member State, as well as, where applicable,
confirmation of the fact that the beneficiary fulfils, for the professions referred to in Chapter
III of this Title, the minimum training conditions set out respectively in Articles 24, 25, 28,
31, 34, 35, 38, 40, 44 and 46.
3. By way of derogation from paragraph 2, Member States shall not require confirmation of
authenticity where evidence of formal qualifications is submitted as a digital qualification
attestation or where attestations or evidence are obtained through the technical system for the
cross-border automated exchange of evidence, as established under Regulation (EU)
2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council19. This shall be without prejudice to
the possibility for Member States to verify compliance with the minimum training
requirements applicable under Chapter III of this Title.
19 Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 October 2018
establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance
and problem-solving services and amending Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012, OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p.
1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1724/oj
EN 23 EN
4. In cases of justified doubt, where evidence of formal qualifications has been issued by a
competent authority in a Member State and includes training received in whole or in part in an
establishment legally established in the territory of another Member State, the host Member
State shall be entitled to verify with the competent body in the Member State of origin of the
award:
(a) whether the training course at the establishment which gave the training has
been formally certified by the educational establishment based in the Member
State of origin of the award;
(b) whether the evidence of formal qualifications issued is the same as that which
would have been awarded if the course had been followed entirely in the
Member State of origin of the award;
(c) whether the evidence of formal qualifications confers the same professional
rights in the territory of the Member State of origin of the award.
5. In cases of justified doubts, the host Member State may require from the competent
authorities of a Member State confirmation of the fact that the applicant is not suspended or
prohibited from the pursuit of the profession as a result of serious professional misconduct or
conviction of criminal offences relating to the pursuit of any of their professional activities.
6. Exchange of information between competent authorities of different Member States under
this Article shall take place through the Internal Market Information system (IMI) established
by Regulation (EU) 1024/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council20.
7. Where a host Member State requires its nationals to swear a solemn oath or make a sworn
statement in order to gain access to a regulated profession, and where the wording of that oath
or statement cannot be used by nationals of the other Member States, the host Member State
shall ensure that the persons concerned can use an appropriate equivalent wording.
8. Member States shall accept the documents referred to in paragraph 1 in any of the official
languages of the Union.
Article 51
Procedure for the mutual recognition of professional qualifications
1. The competent authority in the host Member State shall examine an application for
authorisation to practise a regulated profession without undue delay and shall adopt a duly
substantiated decision within two weeks after the date on which the applicant is informed in
accordance with Article 56d(4) that the application is complete and no additional information
is required. That deadline may be extended by four weeks in cases falling under Chapters I
and II of this Title.
2. The decision of the competent authority, or failure to reach a decision within the period
laid down in paragraph 1, shall be subject to appeal under national law.';
(14) the following Article 51a is inserted:
'Article 51a
Fees and charges
20 Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 25 October 2012 on
administrative cooperation through the Internal Market Information System and repealing Commission
Decision 2008/49/EC, OJ L 316, 14.11.2012, p.1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2012/1024/oj
EN 24 EN
1. A host Member State shall either waive fees for recognition procedures and compensation
measures or ensure that any fees charged do not exceed the actual costs incurred in providing
the service to applicants.
2. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, Member States may impose flat-rate charges if
they can be justified by the average cost of providing the service to applicants.
3. Any potential or actual damage claims or compensations that could be derived from the
non-respect of the deadlines laid down in Article 56d shall not be considered in the
calculation of costs of service or costs of processing applications.
4. Member States shall ensure that detailed information on the structure of the fee and
justification for any charges imposed as part of the recognition process is publicly available
and easily accessible.
5. Through IMI or another electronic interface that the Commission shall make available for
that purpose, each Member State shall notify the Commission of the fees charged for
recognition procedures and for compensation measures for each profession. Through the same
interface, each Member State shall notify any changes to these fees before these changes take
effect.';
(15) in Article 53(3), the second subparagraph is replaced by the following:
'Controls may be carried out only after the recognition of a professional qualification.';
(16) in Article 56, paragraph 2 is replaced by the following:
'2. The competent authorities of the home and the host Member States shall exchange
information regarding disciplinary action or criminal sanctions taken or any other serious,
specific circumstances which are likely to have consequences for the pursuit of activities
under this Directive.
The competent authorities of the home Member State shall examine the veracity of the
circumstances and shall decide on the nature and scope of the investigations which need to be
carried out and shall inform the competent authorities of the host Member State of the
conclusions which the competent authorities of the home Member State draw from the
information available to them.';
(17) the following Articles 56b, 56c, 56d, 56e and 56f are inserted:
'Article 56b
European Digital Recognition Solution
1. The Commission shall establish and maintain a comprehensive European Digital
Recognition Solution ('the EDRS'), available in all official languages of the Union, which
shall provide a platform for the submission of declarations made in accordance with Article 7
and for applications for recognition of professional qualifications under Title III.
2. The EDRS shall provide the following functions:
(a) allow competent authorities to configure the evidence that a professional is
required to provide when applying for the recognition of professions notified
pursuant to Article 59(1), and the evidence that a professional must provide for
prior checks pursuant to Article 7(4);
(b) allow applicants to create, edit, withdraw, and monitor any declarations made
in accordance with Article 7 or any applications for recognition under Title III;
EN 25 EN
(c) allow applicants to provide all required supporting evidence from a range of
sources and in various formats, including scanned paper documents, electronic
attestations of attributes stored in a European Digital Identity Wallet in
accordance with Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and
of the Council21, and documents requested through the technical system for the
cross-border automated exchange of evidence established under Regulation
(EU) 2018/1724 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
(d) perform an initial automated assessment of the completeness of the application
and accompanying supporting evidence before the applicant submits the
declaration or application;
(e) make applications and declarations with supporting evidence accessible to the
host Member State;
(f) acknowledge receipt of the application to the applicant.
For the purposes of the first subparagraph, point (a), the solution shall allow
competent authorities to configure the required supporting evidence for each
procedure type and profession. It shall also ensure that, for applications under Title
III, the required evidence does not exceed that set out in Article 50 read in
conjunction with Annex VII, and that, for the declarations made in accordance with
Article 7, the required evidence does not exceed that specified in that Article.
3. The EDRS shall build on and interoperate with IMI. It shall allow direct use of the
functionality of IMI for secure communication between competent authorities, and it shall
facilitate secure communication of competent authorities with the applicant.
4. In the development and operation of EDRS the Commission shall ensure that it is designed
to support competent authorities in their work to assess applications and to take decisions on
recognition, including through machine translation of documents, and to support the
verification of authenticity of evidence.
5. The EDRS shall ensure that the applicant is informed without undue delay of the
completion of each stage of the procedure, and of any compensation that is due in accordance
with Article 56d.
6. The Commission shall publish on its website the formats and standards the EDRS uses for
the issuance, in the form of digital qualification attestations, of recognition decisions taken by
Member States.
Article 56c
Digital processing of applications
1. Member States shall ensure that declarations made under Article 7 and requests for
recognition under Title III are submitted through EDRS.
In cases where the applicant is not able to use EDRS, Member States shall provide the
applicant with the option to submit declarations and applications in non-electronic format. In
such exceptional circumstances, the Member State shall upload without undue delay the
submitted information into EDRS, ensuring all submissions are processed within this EDRS,
21 Regulation (EU) No 910/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 July 2014 on
electronic identification and trust services for electronic transactions in the internal market and
repealing Directive 1999/93/EC, OJ L 257, 28.8.2014, p. 73, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj
EN 26 EN
and regularly informing the applicant on the progress of the processing of the application or
declaration.
2. Competent authorities shall use IMI and EDRS to exchange information that is needed for
the processing of applications and declarations with the competent authorities of other
Member States or with applicants.
3. Member States shall ensure that any official communication to applicants is made in all
official languages of that Member State that are also official languages of the Union, and at
least one other official language of the Union. Member States shall ensure that any official
communication to applicants, such as acknowledgement of receipts, decisions and any other
information related to the procedure, shall be transmitted through EDRS.
Article 56d
Procedure for the digital processing of applications
1. Competent authorities of the host Member State shall assess the completeness of the
application and of the evidence provided and inform the applicant through EDRS of any
missing documents no later than one week after submission of the application or declaration.
2. Competent authorities of the host Member State shall communicate to the home Member
State any justified doubts they have on the supporting evidence issued by that Member State
and identify any need for information or attestations to be provided by that Member State.
To this end, no later than one week after the submission of the complete file of the application
or declaration, the host Member State shall request the home Member State to provide
through EDRS the required information, confirmation or attestations needed to proceed with
the application or to dispel any justified doubts.
3. Competent authorities of the home Member State shall provide any evidence or attestations
that are requested through EDRS within two weeks. For procedures under Article 7(4), and
Chapters I and II of Title III, this period may be extended by two additional weeks upon
request of the home Member State.
4. After having access to the complete file, and having received, if required, any other
supporting evidence in accordance with paragraphs (1) to (3), the host Member State shall
without undue delay inform the applicant through EDRS that the application file for
recognition made in accordance with Title III or the declaration made in accordance with
Article 7(4) is complete and no additional information is required from the applicant or the
home Member State to process the application or to perform the required prior checks.
5. For declarations made under Article 7, with the exception of those requiring a prior check
pursuant to paragraph 4 of that Article, the host Member State shall inform the applicant via
EDRS without undue delay after receipt of the declaration that the execution of services in its
territory may start immediately.
6. In relation to procedures under Title III and to the outcome of prior checks carried out in
accordance with Article 7(4), point (b), the final decision taken by the host Member State
shall be issued in the form of a digital qualification attestation through EDRS.
EN 27 EN
Article 56e
Non-respect of deadlines
1. If the home Member State exceeds the deadlines set out in Article 21(1) or Article 56d(3)
by more than five calendar days, it shall ensure that applicants are entitled to claim and
receive compensation for the delay. The compensation shall take the form of a lump sum for
each day of non-respect of the deadline, starting on the first day after the expiry of the
relevant deadline and ending on the date the home Member State treated all open requests for
evidence or attestations related to the application.
2. If the host Member State exceeds the deadlines set out in Article 51 or Article 56d by more
than ten calendar days, it shall ensure that applicants are entitled to claim and receive
compensation for the delay. The compensation shall take the form of a lump sum for each day
of non-respect of the deadline, starting on the first day after the expiry of the relevant deadline
and ending on the date of receipt of the final decision by the applicant. No compensation shall
accrue in respect to any period between a request made by the host Member State and the date
on which the home Member State or, under Title Va, the third country issuing the
qualification provides the evidence or the attestations requested. Such periods shall be taken
into account for the purposes of paragraph 1.
3. Member States may set a maximum amount for the total compensation payable under
paragraphs 1 and 2 expressed as a specific number of daily lump sum compensations.
4. At the request of the applicant and without prejudice to paragraph 5, Member States shall
pay the compensation referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 as soon as the recognition procedure
or the processing of the declaration is completed.
5. Member States shall ensure that applicants have the right to seek, in accordance with
national law, compensation in respect of any damage or loss suffered exceeding the lump sum
compensation due to the non-respect of deadlines by that Member State.
Article 56f
Processing of personal data
1. Processing of personal data through the EDRS shall be carried out only to the extent that is
necessary for for carrying out tasks laid down in paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6.
2. Each Member State shall designate one or more competent authorities responsible for
operating its connection to the EDRS.
3. Where the competent authorities of the home and host Member States exchange personal
data through the EDRS for the purposes of this Directive, they shall act as joint controllers,
within the meaning of Article 26 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament
and of the Council22, solely in respect of the cross-border processing operations that are
strictly necessary for that exchange, including the transmission, routing, receipt, consultation
and technical provision of the personal data concerned through the EDRS, as well as the
management of related access rights, logging, security measures and incident handling.
22 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
EN 28 EN
4. The Commission shall act as a processor, within the meaning of Article 3, point (12), of
Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council23, on behalf of the
joint controllers referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, for the processing of personal data
carried out through the EDRS. In that capacity, it shall provide, technically maintain and
operate the solution, and ensure its interoperability, security, and supervision in accordance
with this Directive. The processing operations carried out by the Commission on behalf of the
joint controllers and the respective responsibilities of the Commission and those joint
controllers shall be governed by arrangements concluded in accordance with Article 29(3) of
Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and, where applicable, Article 28(3) of Regulation (EU)
2016/679. This paragraph is without prejudice to the responsibilities of the competent
authorities of the Member States, acting as controllers or joint controllers, for processing
operations falling within their respective competence under this Directive.
5. The competent authority of the host Member State shall be the controller, within the
meaning of Article 4, point (7), of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 for the processing of personal
data necessary for the following:
(a) the handling of applications for recognition of professional qualifications;
(b) the assessment of applications, including the verification of supporting
information;
(c) the adoption of decisions and the management of redress procedures;
(d) the handling of personal data related to declarations for provision of services.
6. The competent authority of the home Member State shall be the controller, within the
meaning of Article 4 point (7), of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 for the processing of personal
data necessary for the following:
(a) verifying qualifications or confirming the authenticity of documents;
(b) providing supporting information or documents to the applicant or to the host
Member State;
(c) responding to requests for information made by the applicant and/or the host
Member State, pursuant to this Directive.
7. Where the processing of personal data by the competent authorities of the host or the home
Member State involves automated individual decision-making concerning the applicant,
including profiling, within the meaning of Article 22 of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the
European Parliament and of the Council, Member States shall ensure appropriate safeguards
ensuring that decisions affecting the recognition of professional qualifications are taken in a
lawful, fair and transparent manner. These safeguards shall at least include:
(a) the right of the data subject (applicant) to obtain meaningful information on the
use of automated processing in the examination of the application;
(b) the right of the data subject (applicant) to request that the decision be reviewed
by a natural person competent to assess the application;
(c) the right of the data subject (applicant) to express his or her point of view and
to submit observations or additional evidence;
23 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj
EN 29 EN
(d) the right of the data subject (applicant) to contest the decision by means of the
remedies available under national law.
8. Access to personal data processed pursuant to this Directive shall be limited to:
(a) the Commission, to the extent necessary for the operation, maintenance,
security and supervision of the solution;
(b) the competent authorities of the host and home Member States, to the extent
necessary for the performance of their tasks under paragraphs 3, 5 and 6 of this
Article.
9. Personal data shall be shared between the Commission and the competent authorities of the
Member States, or between the competent authorities of the host and home Member States,
only to the extent necessary for the purposes of paragraphs 3, 5 and 6 of this Article. Such
sharing shall not affect the responsibility of each controller for the processing operations
falling within its competence.
10. Each controller referred to in paragraphs 5 and 6 shall determine, within the limits of
applicable Union and national law, the retention periods for personal data applicable to the
processing operations for which it is responsible. Those periods shall be proportionate and
limited to what is necessary for the purposes of processing. The Commission shall ensure the
automatic deletion, 36 months after the completion of the recognition procedure, of the record
of that procedure and of the documents used therein from the solution, without affecting the
availability of those documents through the technical system for the cross-border automated
exchange of evidence established under Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 of the European
Parliament and of the Council, for their subsequent reuse.
11. The Commission and the competent authorities of the Member States shall cooperate,
within the scope of their respective responsibilities, to ensure the secure and lawful processing
of personal data under this Directive, including as regards:
(a) access management and logging;
(b) incident handling and personal data breach notification;
(c) data quality and accuracy;
(d) the handling of requests from data subjects and supervisory authorities.';
(18) in Article 57(1), point (b) is deleted;
(19) Article 57a is deleted;
(20) Article 57c is amended as follows:
(a) paragraph 2 is replaced by the following:
'2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in the third subparagraph of Article
3(2), Article 20, the second subparagraph of Article 21(6), Article 21a(4), Article
25(5), Article 25(6), the second paragraph of Article 26, the second subparagraph of
Article 31(2), the second subparagraph of Article 34(2), Article 35(4) and (5), the
second subparagraph of Article 38(1), the third subparagraph of Article 40(1), the
second subparagraph of Article 44(2), Article 49a(4) and Article 49b(4) shall be
conferred on the Commission for a period of five years from 17 January 2014. The
Commission shall draw up a report in respect of the delegation of power not later than
nine months before the end of the five-year period. The delegation of power shall be
tacitly extended for periods of an identical duration, unless the European Parliament or
EN 30 EN
the Council opposes such extension not later than three months before the end of each
period.';
(b) paragraph 3 is replaced by the following:
'3. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in the third subparagraph of Article
3(2), Article 20, the second subparagraph of Article 21(6), Article 21a(4), Article
25(5), Article 25(6), the second paragraph of Article 26, the second subparagraph of
Article 31(2), the second subparagraph of Article 34(2), Article 35(4) and (5), the
second subparagraph of Article 38(1), the third subparagraph of Article 40(1), the
second subparagraph of Article 44(2), Article 49a(4) and Article 49b(4) may be
revoked at any time by the European Parliament or by the Council. A decision to
revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power specified in that decision. It
shall take effect the day following the publication of the decision in the Official
Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified therein. It shall not affect
the validity of any delegated acts already in force.';
(c) paragraph 5 is replaced by the following:
'5. A delegated act adopted pursuant to the third subparagraph of Article 3(2), Article
20, the second subparagraph of Article 21(6), Article 21a(4), Article 25(5), Article
25(6), the second paragraph of Article 26, the second subparagraph of Article 31(2),
the second subparagraph of Article 34(2), Article 35(4) and (5), the second
subparagraph of Article 38(1), the third subparagraph of Article 40(1), the second
subparagraph of Article 44(2), Article 49a(4) and Article 49b(4) shall enter into force
only if no objection has been expressed either by the European Parliament or the
Council within a period of two months of notification of that act to the European
Parliament and the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the European
Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they will not
object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the European
Parliament or of the Council.';
(21) Article 59 is replaced by the following:
'Article 59
Transparency
1. Member States shall notify to the Commission a list of existing regulated professions,
specifying the activities covered by each profession, and a list of regulated education and
training, and training with a special structure, referred to in Article 11, point (c)(ii), in their
territory. Any change to those lists shall also be notified to the Commission via IMI before its
entry into force. The Commission shall set up and maintain a publicly available database of
regulated professions, including a general description of activities covered by each profession.
2. By 18 January 2016, Member States shall notify to the Commission the list of professions
for which a prior check of qualifications is necessary under Article 7(4). Member States shall
provide the Commission with a specific justification for the inclusion of each of those
professions on that list. Member States shall notify any changes to that list to the Commission
via IMI.
3. Member States shall examine whether requirements under their legal system restricting the
access to a profession or its pursuit to the holders of a specific professional qualification,
including the use of professional titles and the professional activities allowed under such title,
are compatible with the following principles:
EN 31 EN
(a) they shall not directly nor indirectly discriminate on the basis of nationality or
residence;
(b) they shall be justified by overriding reasons of general interest;
(c) they shall be suitable for securing the attainment of the objective pursued and
shall not go beyond what is necessary to attain that objective.
4. Paragraph 1 of this Article shall also apply to professions regulated in a Member State by
an association or organisation within the meaning of Article 3(2) and any requirements for
membership of those associations or organisations.
5. Before introducing any new requirements referred to in paragraph 3, Member States shall
inform the Commission and shall indicate the reasons for considering that those requirements
comply with points (a), (b) and (c) of that paragraph.';
(22) the following Title Va is inserted:
'TITLE Va
RECOGNITION OF QUALIFICATIONS OBTAINED IN A THIRD COUNTRY
Article 59a
Applicable provisions
1. Member States shall establish procedures for the recognition of professional qualifications
obtained in a third country. For that purpose, Chapter 2 of Title II, Article 11, Article 27,
Article 29(1) and (3) to (5), Article 30(1), Article 31, Article 32(1), (2), (4) and (7) to (10) and
Article 37 of [Directive xxxx/xxx/EU on the recognition of qualifications of third-country
nationals 24] shall apply mutatis mutandis.
2. For the purposes of this Title, Article 3(1) point (c) of this Directive shall be understood as
referring to diplomas, certificates and other evidence, issued by an authority in a third country
designated pursuant to legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions of that third
country, certifying successful completion of professional training.
3. For the purposes of paragraph 1 of this Article, Title III of this Directive shall not apply,
except Article 52(1) and (2), as provided in paragraph 4 of this Article.
4. For the purposes of paragraph 1 of this Article, Article 52(1) and (2), Title IV and Title V
of this Directive shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recognition of professional qualifications
obtained in a third country , with the exception of Article 55a.
Article 59b
Minimum training requirements for certain professions
Where Articles 24, 25, 28, 31, 34, 35, 38, 40 and 44 of this Directive set out minimum
conditions on the training for certain professions, the recognition of professional
qualifications under this Title shall be contingent upon fulfilment of those minimum
conditions.
Article 59c
Use of services for the assessment of authenticity
24 […]
EN 32 EN
For the purposes of assessing an application within the scope of this Directive, the competent
authority of a Member State may request from the Commission to assess the authenticity of
qualifications, diplomas, certificates or other evidence of formal qualifications issued in a
third country, pursuant to Article 28 of [Directive xxxx/xxx/EU on the recognition of
qualifications of third-country nationals].';
(23) Article 60 is replaced by the following:
'Article 60
Evaluation, statistics and reporting
1. From [the date falling 4 years after the adoption of this Directive] Member States shall,
every two years, send a report to the Commission on the application of the system. The report
shall contain general observations and a description of the main problems arising from the
application of this Directive.
2. The Commission shall, every year, provide the Group of Coordinators established under
Commission Decision 2007/172/EC with a statistical summary of the processing of
applications through the solution referred to in Article 56b. This summary shall include the
number of decisions taken, broken down by Member State, by profession, by type of
procedure and by outcome, as well as statistics on processing times and delays. This statistical
summary shall not include any personal data.
3. Every five years from [the date falling 8 years after the adoption of this Directive] the
Commission shall publish a report on the implementation of this Directive.
4. With a view to evaluating the functioning of EDRS referred to in Article 56b of this
Directive, the first report published in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Article shall carry
out an evaluation of this Directive. The Commission shall present a report on the main
findings of that evaluation to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic
and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions regarding the use of digital tools, the
reduction of administrative burden and costs, the availability of relevant information to
applicants, and the duration of recognition procedures.
5. Member States shall provide all the necessary information for the preparation of the reports
referred to in paragraph 3 and 4.';
(24) the following Article 60a is inserted:
'Article 60a
Cooperation between the Commission and the Member States
1. The Commission shall cooperate with the Group of Coordinators established under
Decision 2007/172/EC25, on matters related to the implementation of this Directive with a
view to sharing best practices, identifying the need for guidance and promoting convergence
among Member States.
2. The Commission shall adopt an annual work programme for the Group of Coordinators. It
shall make that work programme, together with the relevant preparatory documents, publicly
available.
25 Commission Decision 2007/172/EC of 19 March 2007 setting up the group of coordinators for the
recognition of professional qualifications, OJ L 79, 20.3.2007, pp. 38–39 (BG, ES, CS, DA, DE, ET,
EL, EN, FR, IT, LV, LT, HU, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SL, FI, SV), OJ L 219M, 24.8.2007, pp. 367–368
(MT), ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2007/172/oj
EN 33 EN
3. The annual work programme shall include:
(a) priority topics and issues to be addressed;
(b) appropriate tools and methods to be applied;
(c) expected outputs and deliverables, including those deriving from potential
work on common training frameworks in accordance with Article 49a, together
with indicative timelines, where appropriate;
(d) the subgroups to be established, maintained or discontinued, together with their
mandates.
4. The Commission shall submit the draft annual work programme to the Group of
Coordinators for endorsement no later than at the final meeting of the preceding year.
5. The Group of Coordinators shall establish a subgroup for the digitalisation of recognition
procedures. The subgroup’s tasks shall be the following:
(a) to establish cooperation between Member States’ authorities and the
Commission on questions relating to the digitalisation of procedures for the
recognition of professional qualifications;
(b) to facilitate the implementation of Articles 56b(4), 56c to 56e of this Directive;
(c) to liaise with other relevant recognition networks and expert groups on
digitalisation, in particular the Digitalisation Group established on the basis of
[Regulation(EU)XXX establishing a framework for portability of skills and
qualifications and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724], to ensure synergies
are fully exploited.
6. The Commission may adopt work programmes for the subgroups of the Group of
Coordinators upon submitting the draft work programme for endorsement by the subgroup
concerned. It shall make those work programmes, together with the relevant preparatory
documents, publicly available.';
(25) Annex VII is amended in accordance with the Annex to this Directive.
Article 2
Amendment to Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012
Point 2 of the Annex to Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 is replaced by the following:
‘2. Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the
recognition of professional qualifications: Article 8, Article 21a, Article 50, Article
51a(5), Article 56, Article 56a to 56f and Article 59(1), (2) and (5) and Article 60(1)
of Directive 2005/36/EC, and in Article 11(1) of Directive (EU) 2018/958.’
Article 3
Transposition
1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions
necessary to comply with this Directive by 2 years after entry into force at the latest. They
shall forthwith communicate to the Commission the text of those provisions.
EN 34 EN
When Member States adopt those provisions, they shall contain a reference to this Directive
or be accompanied by such a reference on the occasion of their official publication. Member
States shall determine how such reference is to be made.
2. Member States shall apply the measures referred to in paragraph 1:
(a) from 2 years after entry into force of this Directive as regards Article 1,
paragraphs 3(a)(i), 5, 12, 15, 18, 20 and 24;
(b) from [the date of application of Directive xxxx/xxx/EU on the recognition of
qualifications of third-country nationals] as regards Article 1, paragraphs 1, 2,
3(b), 4, 6, 9, 10, 22 and 25;
(c) from [3 years after entry into force] of this Directive as regards Article 1,
paragraphs 3(a)(ii), 7, 8, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23 and Art. 2.
3. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions of
national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.
Article 4
Entry into force
This Directive shall enter into force on the […] day following that of its publication in the
Official Journal of the European Union.
Article 5
Addressees
This Directive is addressed to the Member States.
Done at Strasbourg,
For the European Parliament For the Council
The President The President
EN 1 EN
LEGISLATIVE FINANCIAL AND DIGITAL STATEMENT
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ................................................. 3
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative ...................................................................................... 3
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned .............................................................................................. 3
1.3. Objective(s) .................................................................................................................. 3
1.3.1. General objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.2. Specific objective(s) ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact ...................................................................................... 3
1.3.4. Indicators of performance ............................................................................................ 3
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to: ................................................................................. 4
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative .............................................................................. 4
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative ............................................................ 4
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone. ................................................................................. 4
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past .................................................. 4
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments ....................................................................................... 5
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment ................................................................................................................ 5
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact .................................... 6
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned ............................................................. 6
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES................................................................................... 8
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules .................................................................................... 8
2.2. Management and control system(s) ............................................................................. 8
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed .................. 8
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them............................................................................................................ 8
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure) ........................................... 8
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities ................................................................ 9
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE ............ 10
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget line(s)
affected ....................................................................................................................... 10
EN 2 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations ................................... 12
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations.................................... 12
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget ............................................................................. 12
3.2.1.2. Appropriations from external assigned revenues ....................................................... 17
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations......................................... 22
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations ............................... 24
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget .............................................................................. 24
3.2.3.2. Appropriations from external assigned revenues ....................................................... 24
3.2.3.3. Total appropriations ................................................................................................... 24
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources.............................................................. 25
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget....................................................................................... 25
3.2.4.2. Financed from external assigned revenues ................................................................ 26
3.2.4.3. Total requirements of human resources ..................................................................... 26
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments ................ 28
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework.............................. 28
3.2.7. Third-party contributions ........................................................................................... 28
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue ..................................................................................... 29
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................... 29
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance .............................................................................. 30
4.2. Data ............................................................................................................................ 30
4.3. Digital solutions ......................................................................................................... 31
4.4. Interoperability assessment ........................................................................................ 31
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation .............................................................. 32
EN 3 EN
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative
Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council amending
Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional qualifications as regards the
digitalisation of recognition procedures and recognition of professional qualifications
issued outside the Union and Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012.
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned
People, society and social model, Free movement of persons, labour mobility
Freedom of establishment, freedom to provide services
Digitalisation of public administrations
1.3. Objective(s)
1.3.1. General objective(s)
Improve the functioning of the EU system for the recognition of professional
qualifications by amending Directive 2005/36/EC
1.3.2. Specific objective(s)
Improve the availability, completeness and reliability of information on recognition
requirements and procedures.
Simplify and accelerate recognition procedures.
Strengthen administrative cooperation between competent authorities.
These objectives will be pursued through the increased use of interoperable digital
tools and workflows, supporting more efficient, transparent and user-friendly
recognition processes across the Union.
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact
Specify the effects which the proposal/initiative should have on the beneficiaries/groups targeted.
Professionals seeking recognition of their qualifications will benefit from faster,
simpler and more predictable recognition procedures, improved access to
information on recognition requirements and procedures, and quicker access to
employment in another Member State.
Competent authorities will benefit from more efficient and interoperable digital
workflows, reduced administrative burden and costs, improved administrative
cooperation, and more consistent implementation of the Directive across the Union.
Employers will benefit from faster recruitment processes, shorter vacancy durations
and improved access to skilled workers, helping to address labour and skills
shortages.
The economy is expected to benefit from a better-functioning internal market for
professional services, supported by a common European digital recognition solution
that creates economies of scale, reduces implementation costs, facilitates a more
efficient allocation of skills across Member States, improves labour market matching
and productivity, and strengthens resilience and competitiveness.
EN 4 EN
Society is expected to benefit from enhanced labour mobility, improved employment
opportunities, greater upward career mobility and increased income security for
professionals exercising their profession in another Member State. By improving the
allocation of skills across the Union, the proposal will also help address labour and
skills shortages and reinforce the delivery of services in sectors of particular
importance to society, including healthcare and education.
1.3.4. Indicators of performance
Specify the indicators for monitoring progress and achievements.
Progress towards the specific objectives will be monitored through the following
indicators:
Availability and quality of information for applicants:
Presence and completeness of the information required under the Directive on
national portals.
Consistency between information provided through national portals and the RegProf
database.
Share of incomplete or incorrectly prepared applications attributable to information
gaps.
User satisfaction with the clarity and accessibility of information provided on
recognition procedures.
Efficiency of recognition procedures:
Average processing time for recognition procedures.
Average number of documents, translations and certified copies requested per
application.
Administrative effort required by competent authorities to process applications.
Share of recognition decisions adopted within the deadlines laid down in the
Directive.
Administrative cooperation between competent authorities:
Average response time to requests for administrative cooperation.
Average number of information requests and confirmation exchanges required per
recognition case.
Satisfaction of competent authorities with the quality and usefulness of the
information received from their counterparts.
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to:
✓a new action
a new action following a pilot project / preparatory action26
the extension of an existing action
a merger or redirection of one or more actions towards another/a new action
26 As referred to in Article 58(2), point (a) or (b) of the Financial Regulation.
EN 5 EN
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative
The Commission will start developing and testing the European Digital Recognition
Solution during the transposition period. Member States will have to transpose the
Directive and initiate the necessary legal, administrative and technical preparations.
After the expiry of the transposition deadline, the European Digital Recognition
Solution should be operational and Member States should have completed the
implementation and technical preparations necessary to apply the revised recognition
framework.
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone.
Reasons for action at EU level (ex-ante)
The initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, an area of shared
competence. Since the recognition of professional qualifications inherently involves
cross-border interactions between competent authorities, including the exchange of
information, validation of qualifications and verification of documents, effective
action requires a common Union framework. Member States acting individually
cannot establish common operational rules, ensure reciprocity or prevent divergent
administrative practices. Likewise, the deployment of interoperable digital solutions
cannot be achieved through isolated national initiatives without creating
fragmentation, duplication and a lack of interoperability. Union action is therefore
necessary to improve the functioning of the existing framework, enhance
transparency and monitoring, strengthen administrative cooperation, and ensure that
professionals can effectively exercise their Treaty rights to free movement.
Expected generated EU added value (ex-post)
The proposal is expected to generate EU added value by improving the legal
framework for the recognition of professional qualifications across the Union and
supporting it with unified digital tools. It will increase legal certainty and the
consistency of implementation, reduce administrative burdens and compliance costs
for both competent authorities and applicants, and improve the efficiency and
transparency of cross-border recognition procedures. The common European digital
recognition solution will create significant economies of scale by replacing the need
for multiple parallel national solutions and facilitating interoperability across
Member States. The proposal will also strengthen monitoring and enforcement
through the availability of comparable Union-wide data, enabling the Commission
and Member States to identify implementation problems more effectively and
support the consistent application of Union law. Together, these benefits will
contribute to a better-functioning internal market, more efficient labour mobility and
a more effective exercise of the Treaty rights of citizens and professionals
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past
The experience gained from the implementation of the 2013 revision of Directive
2005/36/EC demonstrates the benefits of introducing digital elements into
EN 6 EN
recognition procedures, while also highlighting the limitations of an approach based
primarily on voluntary and decentralised implementation. Although digital tools have
improved certain aspects of administrative cooperation and information exchange,
their uptake has been uneven across Member States and they have not resulted in a
scalable, end-to-end digital recognition process. These lessons point to the need for a
more integrated and interoperable approach based on a common digital workflow at
Union level, while preserving Member States' competence for decisions on the
recognition of professional qualifications.
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments
The proposal is compatible with the current Multiannual Financial Framework. The
development, deployment and operation of the European Digital Recognition
Solution will be financed from existing Union programmes and budgetary resources
dedicated to digital public administration and the functioning of the internal market,
without requiring the creation of new financial instruments.
The initiative creates important synergies with existing Union instruments and
policies. It builds on the European Digital Identity framework and the eIDAS
Regulation through the use of interoperable digital credentials and trusted electronic
exchanges. It is fully consistent with the Interoperable Europe framework, the Single
Digital Gateway and the Once-Only Technical System by promoting interoperable
public services, reducing repetitive requests for documents and enabling more
efficient cross-border administrative cooperation. It also complements the
digitalisation of qualifications under the Skills Portability Initiative, where the
digitalisation of qualifications (Action 1) facilitates recognition procedures, while the
European Digital Recognition Solution (Action 2) provides concrete large-scale use
cases that support the uptake of digital qualifications. Together, these initiatives
contribute to the broader objective of delivering interoperable, user-friendly and
efficient digital public services across the Union.
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment
The preferred financing option is direct financing from the Union budget, as the
initiative requires the development, deployment and operation of a common
European Digital Recognition Solution that will be used across all Member States. A
centrally financed solution ensures economies of scale, avoids duplication of
development and maintenance costs, and guarantees interoperability and consistent
implementation across the Union.
Alternative approaches based on separate national developments or decentralised
financing would require multiple parallel investments, increase integration costs and
create risks of fragmentation and inconsistent implementation. Financing through
existing Union programmes and budgetary resources allows the initiative to build on
existing digital infrastructure and expertise while ensuring efficient use of Union
funds. Where appropriate, existing resources will be redeployed to support the
implementation of the initiative.
The current proposal does not entail additional resources as compared to the situation
in the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework and it builds on the current staff
assigned to the implementation of Directive 2005/36/EC. From 2028 on, the costs
linked to the proposal will be borne by the EU Facility under Heading 1 of the 2028-
EN 7 EN
2034 multiannual financial framework, subject to its adoption and the EU annual
budgetary procedure.
EN 8 EN
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact
limited duration
– in effect from [DD/MM]YYYY to [DD/MM]YYYY
– financial impact from YYYY to YYYY for commitment appropriations and
from YYYY to YYYY for payment appropriations.
✓unlimited duration
– Implementation with a start-up period from YYYY to YYYY,
– followed by full-scale operation.
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned
✓Direct management by the Commission
– ✓ by its departments, including by its staff in the Union delegations;
– by the executive agencies
Shared management with the Member States
Indirect management by entrusting budget implementation tasks to:
– third countries or the bodies they have designated
– international organisations and their agencies (to be specified)
– the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund
– bodies referred to in Articles 70 and 71 of the Financial Regulation
– public law bodies
– bodies governed by private law with a public service mission to the extent that they
are provided with adequate financial guarantees
– bodies governed by the private law of a Member State that are entrusted with the
implementation of a public-private partnership and that are provided with adequate financial
guarantees
– bodies or persons entrusted with the implementation of specific actions in the
common foreign and security policy pursuant to Title V of the Treaty on European Union, and
identified in the relevant basic act
– bodies established in a Member State, governed by the private law of a Member
State or Union law and eligible to be entrusted, in accordance with sector-specific rules, with
the implementation of Union funds or budgetary guarantees, to the extent that such bodies are
controlled by public law bodies or by bodies governed by private law with a public service
mission, and are provided with adequate financial guarantees in the form of joint and several
liability by the controlling bodies or equivalent financial guarantees and which may be, for
each action, limited to the maximum amount of the Union support.
Comments
EN 9 EN
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules
Monitoring of performance will focus on the extent to which the proposal succeeds
in improving the availability, completeness and reliability of information on
recognition requirements and procedures, simplifying and reducing the cost and
administrative burden of recognition procedures, and strengthening administrative
cooperation between competent authorities.
The Commission will carry out monitoring in cooperation with the national
coordinators and competent authorities in the Member States. Monitoring will rely
on Monitoring will rely on statistics generated by the digital recognition system,
collected annually by the Commission; biennial reporting by competent authorities,
consolidated by National Coordinators; biennial reviews and surveys conducted by
the Commission.
The monitoring framework will include indicators measuring the completeness and
consistency of information on recognition requirements and procedures, the share of
incomplete or incorrectly prepared applications attributable to information gaps, user
satisfaction with the clarity and accessibility of information, the average processing
time for recognition procedures, the average number of documents, translations and
certifications requested, the administrative effort required to process applications,
compliance with procedural deadlines, the average response time to requests for
administrative cooperation, the average number of information requests and
confirmation exchanges per recognition case, and competent authorities' satisfaction
with the quality and usefulness of the responses received.
A pre-implementation benchmark will be established through a first data collection
in 2028. The baseline year for monitoring will be 2029, when the benefits of the
initiative are expected to begin materialising following the deployment of the
European Digital Recognition Solution. The monitoring framework will provide the
evidence necessary to support the evaluation of the initiative approximately five
years after the expiry of the transposition deadline.
2.2. Management and control system(s)
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed
Direct management, as per article 62.1(a) of the Financial Regulation, is the
preferred mode of implementation, as the actions will be carried out by the European
Commission, specifically Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and
Inclusion (DG EMPL), which will ensure the coordination with Member States and
the various stakeholders.
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them
The controls are part of the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new activities
will be subject to the same risk identification and mitigation approach.
EN 10 EN
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure)
The controls are integrated into the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new
activities will generate negligeable additional control costs at DG level.
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities
The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed are implemented, the
financial interests of the Union are protected by the application of preventive
measures against fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective
checks and by the recovery of the amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are
detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties. The Commission is
authorised to carry out checks and verifications in situ under this Decision, in
compliance Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996
concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in
order to protect the European Communities financial interests against fraud and other
irregularities. If need be, investigations shall be carried out by the European Anti-
Fraud Office and shall be governed by Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the
European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations
conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office.
EN 11 EN
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial
Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the
post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on
the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary
procedure. All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
Under reserve of adoption of the Draft Budget 2027 for this budget line as proposed
by the Commission, the 2027 work programme a total of EUR 3.5 million has been
programmed under 07.020400: ESF+ - Employment and Social Innovation strand, in
order to support the business analysis, management of data quality, and IT
development of digital systems to support processes for the recognition of
professional qualifications, in particular EDRS.
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget
line(s) affected
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading of
multiannual
financial
framework
Budget line Type of
expenditure
Contribution – to be determined at later stage for
EFTA, (potential) candidate countries and third
countries
Number
Diff./Non-
diff.27
from
EFTA
countries 28
from
candidate
countries
and
potential
candidates 29
From
other
third
countries
other assigned
revenue
To be determined after the adoption of the
MFF and in the context of the annual
budgetary procedure for the EU Facility –
Successor of 07 02 04 00 – ESF+ EaSI
strand
Diff./Non
-diff. YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO NO
07.020400: ESF+ - Employment and
Social Innovation strand
Diff./Non
-diff. YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO
27 Diff. = Differentiated appropriations / Non-diff. = Non-differentiated appropriations. 28 EFTA: European Free Trade Association. 29 Candidate countries and, where applicable, potential candidates from the Western Balkans.
EN 12 EN
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of operational appropriations
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of operational appropriations, as explained below
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Heading of multiannual financial framework Number 1 - Economic, social and territorial cohesion, agriculture, rural and maritime
prosperity and security
DG: EMPL
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
TOTAL MFF 2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
Operational appropriations
Budget line – successor 07 02 04 Commitments (1a) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments (2a) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes30
Budget line (3) n.a. n.a.n.a.n.a.n.a.n.a.n.a.n.a.
TOTAL appropriations Commitments =1a+1b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
for DG EMPL Payments =2a+2b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Total Heading 1 Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
30 Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former ‘BA’ lines), indirect research, direct research.
EN 13 EN
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
MFF 2028-
2034
TOTAL operational
appropriations
Commitments (4)
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
p.m.
Payments (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from the
envelope for specific programmes
(6) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TOTAL
appropriations
under HEADING 1
Commitments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
• TOTAL
operational
appropriations (all
operational
headings)
Commitments (4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
• TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from
the envelope for specific programmes
(all operational headings)
(6) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TOTAL
appropriations
Under
Heading 1 to 3
Commitments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
EN 14 EN
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
(Reference amount)
For 2027, the resource of the deployment of the system will come from EaSI. This initiative should be financed within the agreed envelope of the
programme.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next
Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to
the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure.
All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
Heading of multiannual financial framework 4 ‘Administrative expenditure’31
DG:EMPL
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028-2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
Human resources 0.388 0.388 0.3880 0.3880 0.3880 0.388 0.388 2.716
Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG
EMPL Appropriations 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 2.716
31 The necessary appropriations should be determined using the annual average cost figures available on the appropriate BUDGpedia webpage.
EN 15 EN
TOTAL appropriations under HEADING 4 of
the multiannual financial framework
(Total
commitments =
Total payments) 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 2.716
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF 2028-
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
TOTAL
appropriations under
HEADINGS 1 to 4
Commitments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
of the multiannual
financial framework Payments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next
Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to
the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure.
All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations (not to be completed for decentralised agencies)
Commitment appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Indicate
objectives
and outputs
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Enter as many years as necessary to show
the duration of the impact (see Section1.6) TOTAL
OUTPUTS
EN 16 EN
ò Type
32
Aver
age
cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost
N o
Cost Total
No
Total
cost
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE No
1 33
…
- Output p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
- Output
- Output
Subtotal for specific objective
No 1
SPECIFIC OBJECTIVE No 2 ...
- Output
Subtotal for specific objective
No 2
TOTALS p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
32 Outputs are products and services to be supplied (e.g. number of student exchanges financed, number of km of roads built, etc.). 33 As described in Section 1.3.2. ‘Specific objective(s)’
EN 17 EN
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of appropriations of an
administrative nature
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of appropriations of an administrative
nature, as explained below
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
HEADING 4
Human resources 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.3880.3880.388 2.716
Other administrative expenditure 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 2.716
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Other expenditure of an administrative nature
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0000.0000.000 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
TOTAL 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 0.388 2.716
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources
– The proposal/initiative does not require the use of human resources
– The proposal/initiative requires the use of human resources, as explained
below
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget
Estimate to be expressed in full-time equivalent units (FTEs) 34
VOTED
APPROPRIATIONS
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033
2034 and
subsequent
years
Establishment plan posts (officials and temporary staff)
20 01 02 01 (Headquarters and
Commission’s Representation
Offices)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
20 01 02 03 (EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
• External staff (inFTEs)
20 02 01 (AC, END from the
‘global envelope’) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
34 Please specify below the table how many FTEs within the number indicated are already assigned to the
management of the action and/or can be redeployed within your DG and what are your net needs.
EN 18 EN
20 02 03 (AC, AL, END and
JPD in the EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Admin. Support
line
• at
Headquarte
rs
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[XX.01.YY.YY] • in EU
Delegation
s
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(AC, END - Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) -
Heading 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Outside Heading 4
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Considering the overall strained situation in Heading 4, in terms of both staffing and the level of
appropriations, the human resources required will be met by staff from the DG who are already
assigned to the management of the action and/or have been redeployed within the DG or other
Commission services.
The staff required to implement the proposal (in FTEs):
To be covered by
current staff
available in the
Commission
services
Exceptional additional staff*
To be financed
under Heading 4
or Research
To be financed
from BA line
To be financed
from fees
Establishment
plan posts
2 N/A N/A N/A
External staff
(CA, SNEs, INT)
0 N/A N/A N/A
Description of tasks to be carried out by:
Officials and temporary staff Tasks will include overseeing the development and ensuring the legal and
technical compliance of the European Digital Recognition Solution (EDRS);
coordinating the transition from existing EU recognition tools to the EDRS,
including the necessary adaptations required for a smooth replacement of
current systems in cooperation with Member States; establishing and managing
the monitoring and reporting framework, including the collection of statistics
and performance indicators; and ensuring the continuous review and evolution
of the system so that it remains fit for purpose and adapts to future legal,
technical and policy developments.
External staff N/A
EN 19 EN
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments
Compulsory: the best estimate of the digital technology-related investments entailed
by the proposal/initiative should be included in the table below.
Exceptionally, when required for the implementation of the proposal/initiative, the
appropriations under Heading 4 should be presented in the designated line.
The appropriations under Headings 1-3 should be reflected as “Policy IT expenditure
on operational programmes”. This expenditure refers to the operational budget to be
used to re-use/ buy/ develop IT platforms/ tools directly linked to the implementation
of the initiative and their associated investments (e.g. licences, studies, data storage
etc). The information provided in this table should be consistent with details
presented under Section 4 “Digital dimensions”.
TOTAL Digital
and IT
appropriations
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year TOTAL
MFF
2028 -
2034 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
HEADING 4
IT expenditure (corporate)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Subtotal
HEADING 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Outside HEADING 4
Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Subtotal outside
HEADING 4 p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.
TOTAL p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.p.m.
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework
The proposal/initiative:
– can be fully financed through redeployment within the relevant heading of the
multiannual financial framework (MFF)
The proposal builds on the Commission’s proposal for the MFF 2028-2034, subject
to its adoption and to the EU annual budgetary procedure, and in particular on the
EU Facility under Heading 1.
– requires use of the unallocated margin under the relevant heading of the MFF
and/or use of the special instruments as defined in the MFF Regulation
– requires a revision of the MFF
3.2.7. Third-party contributions
The proposal/initiative:
EN 20 EN
– does not provide for co-financing by third parties but might be interesting for
EEA EFTA countries or (potential) candidate countries
– provides for the co-financing by third parties estimated below:
Appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year Year Year Year Year Year Year
Total 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034
Specify the co-
financing body
(EFTA,
(potential)
candidate
countries, third
countries
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL
appropriations
co-financed
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue
– The proposal/initiative has no financial impact on revenue.
– The proposal/initiative has the following financial impact:
– on own resources
– on other revenue
– please indicate, if the revenue is assigned to expenditure lines
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Budget revenue line:
Appropriations
available for
the current
financial year
Impact of the proposal/initiative 35
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033
Year
2034
Article ………….
For assigned revenue, specify the budget expenditure line(s) affected.
N/A
Other remarks (e.g. method/formula used for calculating the impact on revenue or
any other information).
N/A
35 In the case of traditional own resources (customs duties, sugar levies), the amounts indicated must be net amounts,
i.e. gross amounts after deduction of 10 % for collection costs, as proposed in COM(2025)574.
EN 21 EN
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance
High-level description of the requirements of digital relevance and related categories (data, process digitalisation & automation, digital solutions and-
or digital public services)
Reference to the
requirement Requirement description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
Article 56b, 56c
and 56d
Development, operation and use of
the European Digital Recognition
Solution.
The Commission must develop and
operate a European Digital
Recognition Solution for declarations
under Article 7 and recognition
procedures under Title III. Key
functions include:
• procedure configuration by
competent authorities
• applicant creation-editing-
withdrawal-monitoring of
applications
• submission of supporting
evidence from multiple sources
and formats (including digital
European Commission:
develops and operates the
system
Home and Host competent
authorities (users)
Applicants professionals
(users)
Application
processing and
decision on
recognition
Data
Digital public services
Digital solutions
Process digitalisation or
automation
EN 22 EN
qualification attestation format)
• integration with SDG OOTS
for retrieval of evidences
• automated assessment of
completeness
• Notifications to applicant,
including immediate
acknowledgement of receipt
upon submission of the
application
• integration with IMI
• requests for missing evidence
• deadlines for home-host
authorities
• alternative evidence if home
authority delays
• secure communication with
applicants
• decision-making support for
authorities through machine
translation and authenticity
verification
• transparent status information
on application progress
• issuing final decisions as digital
qualification attestations.
EN 23 EN
Member States must:
• ensure all declarations and
recognition requests are
submitted through the system
• use only the system and its IMI
integration for inter-authority
exchanges
• send official communication to
applicants through the system
• offer applicants a language
choice
• allow non-electronic
submission only in justified
exceptional cases, with the
Member State entering the
information into the system.
Article 56f
Processing of personal data.
The article provides rules on the
processing of personal data processing
in the system, including: the purposes
of processing, the Commission as
processor for system management and
infrastructure security, host Member
State as controller for processing of
recognition applications and
declarations for provision of services,
home Member State as controller for
verifying qualifications, confirming
European Commission
Host Member State
Home Member State
Applicants-data subjects
System administrators.
Processing of
personal data
Data
Digital public services
Digital solutions
EN 24 EN
authenticity of documents, responding
to requests (supporting information,
documents) of the applicant or the host
Member State, transparency, training
and audits, obligation for the
Commission concerning the automatic
deletion after 36 months.
Article 60(1),
(1b)
Statistics and reporting from the
system.
The European Commission must
publish:
1. An annual statistical summary
to the Group of Coordinators
using information recorded in
the European Digital
Recognition Solution. This
statistical summary shall
include:
a. The number of decisions
taken, broken down
i. By Member State
ii. By profession
iii. By type of
recognition
procedure
iv. By outcome
(decision)
European Commission
Group of Coordinators
Member States indirectly, as
data providers through
system use.
Reporting of
recognition processes
statistics
Data
Digital solutions
EN 25 EN
b. The statistics on processing
times of applications and
delays
4.2. Data
High-level description of the data in scope
Type of data Reference to the requirement(s) Standard and-or specification (if applicable)
Digital qualification attestations of formal
qualification • Article 56b, 56c, 56d
• Article 56f
Electronic attestations of attributes as defined under
eIDAS Regulation and Commission Implementing
Regulation 2024/2979(EU), OOTS evidence
Non-digital evidences of formal qualification and
other supporting evidences (as listed in Annex VII) • Article 56b, 56c, 56d
• Article 56f
Annex VII
Personal information accompanying declarations
under article 7 and recognition procedures • Article 56b, 56c, 56d
• Article 56f
n/a
Annual statistical summary of recognition
procedures (includes numbers of decisions,
breakdowns, outcomes, processing times and
delays)
• Article 60(1), (1b)
n/a
Alignment with the European Data Strategy
Explanation of how the requirement(s) are aligned with the European Data Strategy
EN 26 EN
In terms of compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation, the main roles and responsibilities related to personal data protection are
already set out in Article 56f.
No data is planned to be published as open data.
Alignment with the once-only principle
Explanation of how the once-only principle has been considered and how the possibility to reuse existing data has been explored
The use of the once-only technical system (OOTS) has already been envisaged for the retrieval of evidences of qualifications from competent
authorities in the Member States. Additionally, the use of the EUDI Wallet as an option for uploading evidence in the central European Digital
Recognition Solution facilitates the interoperable reuse by the citizen/professional of evidences already present in his/her wallet.
Additionally, the application of the once-only principle will continue to be supported – as is the case already today – by the use IMI for
cooperation between public administrations in the Member States. This cooperation helps public administrations avoid asking citizens for
additional documents, in the cases where such information can be retrieved from other public administrations via IMI.
Explanation of how newly created data is findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable, and meets high-quality standards
• Personal data (including professional qualifications or information within recognition procedures) is in general not supposed to be
findable or reusable.
• Interoperability of evidence on professional qualifications is guaranteed through the use of EUDI Wallets or OOTS evidences. Such
standard will ensure mutual understanding of qualifications between Member States. While these standards will not be used for all
evidence types, at least in an initial stage, the supporting system will be ready to adapt to new standardised evidences as soon as they
become available.
• Statistical data on recognition procedures and on the use of the EDRS system, as indicated in Article 60, will be published by the EC on
the public part of the RegProf database.
• It is worth mentioning that, as already happening today (i.e. no changes compared to current situation):
o Information on regulated professions, procedures, fees, and appeal routes will be findable and accessible by citizens on national
online sites (as mandated by article 57).
o Information on the list of regulated professions, including a general description of activities covered by each professional will
EN 27 EN
be findable and accessible by citizens on the publicly available database of regulated professions set up by the Commission (as
mandated by Article 59 (1)).
Data flows
High-level description of the data flows
Type of data Reference(s)
to the
requirement(s)
Actors who
provide the
data
Actors who
receive the data
Trigger for the
data exchange
Frequency (if
applicable)
Application information accompanying
declaration under article 7 and
recognition procedures
Development,
operation and
use of the
European
Digital
Recognition
Solution.
Processing of
personal data
Professional
(citizen)
Competent
authority in host
Member State
(via EDRS)
Submission of
declaration under
Article 7 on EDRS
by the professional
Once per
declaration
Digital qualification attestations of
formal qualifications
Development,
operation and
use of the
European
Digital
Recognition
Solution.
Digital
qualification
Professional
(citizen)
Competent
authority in host
Member State
(via EDRS)
Application
preparation for
recognition
procedure by
professional
Once per
application
EN 28 EN
attestations as
supporting
evidence.
Non-digital evidences of formal
qualifications and other supporting
evidences (as listed in Annex 7)
Development,
operation and
use of the
European
Digital
Recognition
Solution
Professional
(citizen)
Competent
authority in host
Member State
(via EDRS as
uploaded
attachments)
Application
preparation for
recognition
procedure by
professional
Annual statistical summary of
recognition procedures (includes
numbers of decisions, breakdowns,
outcomes, processing times and delays)
Statistics and
reporting from
the system.
European
Commission
Group of
Coordinators
Annually
4.3. Digital solutions
High-level description of digital solutions
Digital
solution
Reference(s)
to the
requirement(s)
Main mandated
functionalities
Responsible
body How is accessibility catered for?
How is
reusability
considered?
Use of AI
technologies
(if
applicable)
European
Digital
Recognition
Solution
(EDRS)
Article 56b
and 56c
Article 60(1),
(1b)
Key functions include:
• procedure
configuration by
competent
European
Commission
The EDRS shall be accessible for
persons with disabilities by
complying with the
relevant accessibility requirements
of the Web accessibility directive
The system will
be built on
existing (or in
the process of
being built)
An AI module
is foreseen to
support the
decision-
making in the
EN 29 EN
authorities
• applicant
creation-editing-
withdrawal-
monitoring of
applications
• submission of
supporting
evidence from
multiple sources
and formats
• integration with
SDG OOTS
• integration with
EUDI Wallets
• automated
completeness
assessment
(against
procedure
requirements) of
the application
prior to
submission
• Notifications to
applicant,
including
immediate
acknowledgeme
(Directive (EU) 2016/2102)
components,
including:
• the IMI
workflow
engine and
back-office
module for
competent
authorities
• the
upcoming IMI
front-office
for citizens
• the
existing
RegProf
database for
information
on regulated
professions
and
requirements
• the
EUDI
framework for
issuing and
presenting
digital
recognition
procedure.
Note: The AI
capabilities
will act as a
support, it will
not replace
human
oversight, the
decisions on
recognition,
including the
statement of
reasons,
should remain
the sole
responsibility
of the
competent
authorities
This will
include:
evidence
classification,
evidence
authenticity
and veracity
detection
(detection of
tampering,
forgeries,
EN 30 EN
nt of receipt
upon
submission of
the application
integration with
IMI for secure
message
exchange
between the
competent
authorities of
Member States
• requests for
missing
evidence
• deadlines for
home Member
State and host
Member State
competent
authorities
• Searches for
alternative
evidence by host
Member
competent
authority if
home Member
State’s
competent
qualification
attestations
• the
OOTS system
for retrieving
evidences
from
competent
authorities
etc.),
translation,
matching of
evidence
against
national
procedure
requirements
(including
analysis of
substantial
difference in
training
requirements),
the
identification
of similar
previously
assessed cases
with a view to
promoting
consistency in
decision-
making
EN 31 EN
authority delays
in providing
requested
evidence
• secure
communication
with applicants
• support for
authorities
through
machine
translation,
completeness
assessment in
line with
national
requirements,
and authenticity
verification of
provided
evidence
• transparent
status
information on
the progress of
application
• issuing final
decisions as
digital
qualification
EN 32 EN
attestations.
• Statistical
reporting on the
implementation
of the directive
(including the
number of
decisions taken,
broken down by
Member State,
by profession,
by type of
procedure and
by outcome, as
well as statistics
on processing
times and
delays)
For each digital solution, explanation of how the digital solution complies with applicable digital policies and legislative enactments
EDRS
Digital and-or sectorial policy (when these are
applicable)
Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act The system will implement dedicated AI functionalities to process documents
submitted by applicants. These functionalities do not involve any of the practices
prohibited under Article 5 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1689. They are limited to
EN 33 EN
narrow procedural tasks, namely document classification and the detection of
tampering, and do not perform profiling of natural persons; all outcomes are subject
to human review and no decision affecting applicants is taken automatically by the
system. On that basis, the functionalities are not expected to be classified as high-
risk, in line with Article 6(3)(a) and (c) of the AI Act, and this assessment will be
documented as required before deployment. Compliance with the transparency
obligations under Article 50 will be verified at the design stage and the necessary
information provided to applicants where those obligations apply. Should the
functionalities rely on general-purpose AI models, these are expected to be made
available through the European Commission's corporate AI services, the related
obligations under Articles 53 to 55 resting with the provider of the model; the
applicable requirements will be verified accordingly.
EU Cybersecurity framework No specific cybersecurity requirements are mandated by the legislative proposal.
eIDAS Integration of the EDRS system with the EUDI Wallets ecosystem is foreseen, in
order to allow applicant to store digital qualification attestations of formal
qualifications in a format of electronic attestations of attributes. This also entails that
eIDAS-compliant authentication to the system will be required. EU Login will be
used for this purpose.
Additionally, the integration with the EUDI ecosystem is foreseen to allow the
EDRS system to issue the attestation of the final decision of the recognition process
as a digital credential in the format of electronic attestations of attributes, directly to
the Wallet of the applicant.
Single Digital Gateway and IMI The EDRS will be built based on IMI (both for the citizen/applicant front-office
module and the back-office module for competent authorities), and it will be
integrated with IMI message exchange module.
Others • SPI Action 1: The action 1 of the Skills Portability Initiative will define the
format of the EUDI digital qualification attestations to be issued by
EN 34 EN
competent institutions in the Member States and uploaded by the citizen
during the recognition process. Synchronisation with action 1 is then crucial.
• ESCO: In order to improve interoperability, a mapping between the current
classification of professions in the RegProf database and the ESCO
classification is foreseen.
• Europass: Europasscould serve as both the starting point and the application
interface. Applicants could retrieve information already stored in Europass to
populate their application and prepare and submit their recognition request
directly through the platform.
4.4. Interoperability assessment
High-level description of the digital public service(s) affected by the requirements
Digital public
service or category
of digital public
services
Description Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Interoperable
Europe Solution(s)
Other interoperability solution(s)
European Digital
qualification
recognition service
Service used by applicants and
competent authorities to manage
the overall recognition process.
Article 56b and 56c
Article 60(1), (1b)
n/a IMI, EUDI Wallets
Impact of the requirement(s) as per digital public service on cross-border interoperability
Digital recognition service
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and • The service will need to be aligned -
EN 35 EN
sectorial policies
Please list the applicable digital and
sectorial policies identified
with the eIDAS Regulation and its
implementing acts in order to support
retrieval and storage of digital
qualification attestations in the format
of electronic attestations of attributes
as set out in the Commission
Implementing Regulation (EU)
2024/2979.
• Provision included in the AI act will
also need to be reviewed and verified
during the design and implementation
phase of the service, and appropriate
measures and safeguards put in place
to ensure transparency, personal data
protection and the prevailing of
human oversight over AI
recommendations and outputs in the
recognition decision process
• The IMI regulation will also apply as
the system will be mainly based on
IMI components.
• SPI Action 1: Action 1 of the Skills
Portability Initiative will define the
format of the EUDI digital
qualification attestations to be issued
by competent institutions in the
Member States and uploaded by the
citizen during the recognition process.
Organisational measures for a • The service is run under the -
EN 36 EN
smooth cross-border digital public
services delivery
Please list the governance measures
foreseen
responsibility of the European
Commission, including its operations,
and leverages on the existing IMI
organisation and governance.
• The service will provide multilingual
support to make sure that it can be
smoothly used by applications and
administrations in all MSs.
• Article 56c mandates Member States
to ensure that all declarations and
requests for recognition are submitted
through the system (apart from
exceptional case).
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data
Please list such measures
• Information on regulated professions
(included in the RegProf database,
part of IMI) will be standardised
across Member States and reused by
the EDRS. This measure will include
a mapping between the current
taxonomies used in RegProf to
classify professions and the ESCO
classification.
• Qualifications in digital qualification
attestations format will also be
standardised, in synergy with the
work being carried out by SPI action
1.
• Non-standard qualifications and other evidences
(e.g. manually scanned documents) might continue
to pose an interoperability problem. Complete
standardisation of all possible documentation (e.g.
in digital qualification attestation format),
including documents not strictly related to the
professional qualification process, is not realistic in
the short-term. However, all standardisation efforts
will be supported where necessary, and the service
will be adapted to support new digital evidence in
standard format.
Use of commonly agreed open • OOTS (once-only technical system)
EN 37 EN
technical specifications and
standards
Please list such measures
will be integrated and related
specifications (e.g. on evidence
format) used for interoperability.
• The EUDI framework, including
technical specifications and reference
standards, will be reused to support
digital qualification attestations for
professional qualifications and (where
possible) other documents. The SPI
action 1 will define the exact format
of the digital qualification attestations
for qualifications.
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation
High-level description of measures supporting digital implementation
Description of the measure Reference(s) to the requirement(s) Commission
role
(if applicable)
Actors to be
involved
(if applicable)
Expected timeline
(if applicable)
Pilot project for the use of AI in
application assessment for the
applicant
The use of AI capabilities, such as a chatbot, is
being considered to support applicants during the
application preparation stage. This functionality
would assist applicants by answering questions
related to their application for the recognition of
professional qualifications or to a declaration
under Article 7 for the provision of services.
Where necessary, it would also direct applicants to
Commission
(EMPL.B5) and/
or contractor
Before end of
2026/Q1 2027
EN 38 EN
the relevant national assistance centres for further
support in resolving their queries. A pilot project
would be needed to assess this use case and
evaluate how it should function in practice.
Setting up of sub-groups to assist
in the work of the GoC (Group of
Coordinators)
In accordance with Article 5 (3) of Commission
decision of 19 March 2007 setting up the group of
coordinators for the recognition of professional
qualifications (2007/172/EC), subgroups could be
set up when the Commission’s representative
deems that the involvement of experts or
observers with specific competence on a subject
on the agenda of the Group of Coordinators is
necessary.
Support and
facilitation
Commission
Setting up working groups in
Member States for acceptance and
roll-out of EDRS
Working groups would need to be set up in the
Member States to coordinate the testing activities
during the delivery phases of the project
Support and
facilitation
Commission,
Member States
Data Protection Impact
Assessment (DPIA)
Under Regulation (EU) 2018/1725, a data
protection impact assessment (DPIA) is required
before processing where a type of processing is
likely to result in a high risk to the rights and
freedoms of natural persons, in particular when
using new technologies and taking into account
the nature, scope, context and purposes of the
processing.
In the context of EDRS, a DPIA would be
required due to the following reasons:
Controller Commission
(EMPL.B5,
EMPL.A4, DPC
of EMPL,
DPO), EDPS
(optional)
EN 39 EN
1. Systematic and extensive evaluation of
personal aspects based on automated
processing, including profiling, where
decisions are based on that processing and
those decisions produce legal effects
concerning the person or similarly
significantly affect them;
2. Use of new or innovative technologies;
3. Processing on a large scale of special
categories of data referred to in Article 10;
For EDRS, the special category of data under
Article 10 that would apply are for cases when:
a. The processing is necessary for the
purposes of carrying out the
obligations and exercising specific
rights of the controller or of the data
subject in the field of employment and
social security and social protection
law
b. The processing is necessary for
reasons of substantial public interest,
on the basis of Union law which shall
EN 40 EN
be proportionate to the aim pursued,
respect the essence of the right to data
protection
c. the processing is necessary for the
purposes of preventive or
occupational medicine, for the
assessment of the working capacity of
the employee, medical diagnosis, the
provision of health or social care or
treatment or the management of health
or social care systems and services on
the basis of Union law
d. the processing is pursuant to contract
with a health professional
e. the processing is necessary for reasons
of public interest in the area of public
health, such as protecting against
serious cross-border threats to health
or ensuring high standards of quality
and safety of healthcare and of
medicinal products or medical
devices, on the basis of Union law
4. Processing of personal data relating to criminal
convictions and offences referred to in Article 11
EN 41 EN
Contents of a DPIA:
According to Article 39 (7), the DPIA must
contain at least:
1. A systematic description of the envisaged
processing operations and the purposes of
the processing, including where applicable,
the legitimate interest pursued by the
controller
2. An assessment of the necessity and
proportionality of the processing
operations in relation to the purposes
3. An assessment of the risks to the rights and
freedoms of data subjects
4. The measures envisaged to address the
risks, including safeguards (e.g.,
encryption, pseudonymisation, incident
response procedures, logging and audit
trails, etc.) , security measures and
mechanisms to ensure the protection of
personal data and to demonstrate
compliance with this Regulation taking
into account the rights and legitimate
interests of data subjects and other persons
EN 42 EN
concerned.
EDPS prior consultation If the DPIA indicates that the processing would
result in a high risk in the absence of measures
taken to mitigate the risk, the controller
(Commission in the case of EDRS) must consult
the EDPS prior to processing. This is covered by
Article 40 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.
When consulting the European Data Protection
Supervisor, 1, the controller shall provide the
European Data Protection Supervisor with:
a. the respective responsibilities of the
controller, joint controllers (where
applicable) and processors involved in the
processing;
b. the purposes and means of the intended
processing;
c. the measures and safeguards provided to
protect the rights and freedoms of data
subjects pursuant to this Regulation;
d. the contact details of the data protection
officer;
Controller Commission
(EMPL.B5,
DPC of EMPL,
DPO), EDPS
EN 43 EN
e. the data protection impact assessment
provided;
f. any other information requested by the
European Data Protection Supervisor.
Accessibility assessment of the
digital platform • Ensure equal access and inclusion for use
of the tool by all individuals, including
persons with disabilities, thereby
supporting non-discrimination
• Improve overall usability and user
experience
• Identify potential accessibility issues at an
early stage
• Reduce operational, compliance and
reputational risks
• Ensure compatibility with relevant
assistive technologies, such as screen
readers, magnification software, voice
recognition tools, and keyboard-only
navigation.
Commission Before roll-out of
EDRS tool
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 COM(2026) 995 final
ANNEX
ANNEX
to the
Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and Regulation No
(EU) 1024/2012
{SEC(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 996 final} - {SWD(2026) 997 final}
EN 1 EN
ANNEX
Annex VII to Directive 2005/36/EC is amended as follows:
(1) point 1 is amended as follows:
(a) point (b) is replaced by the following:
‘(b) Copies of the attestations of professional competence or of the evidence of formal
qualifications giving access to the profession in question, or corresponding digital
qualification attestations, and an attestation of the professional experience of the person
concerned, where applicable.
The competent authorities of the host Member State may invite the applicant to provide
information concerning the applicant’s training to the extent necessary in order to determine
the existence of potential substantial differences with the required national training, as laid
down in Article 14. Where it is impossible for the applicant to provide this information, the
competent authorities of the host Member State shall address the contact point, the competent
authority or any other relevant body in the home Member State.’;
(b) points (d) and (e) are replaced by the following:
‘(d) Where the competent authority of a host Member State requires of persons wishing to
take up a regulated profession proof that they are of good character or repute or that they have
not been declared bankrupt, or suspends or prohibits the pursuit of that profession in the event
of serious professional misconduct or a criminal offence, that Member State shall accept as
sufficient evidence, in respect of nationals of Member States wishing to pursue that profession
in its territory, the production of documents issued by competent authorities in the home
Member State or the Member State from which the foreign national comes, showing that
those requirements are met.
Where the competent authorities of the home Member State or of the Member State from
which the foreign national comes do not issue the documents referred to in the first
subparagraph, such documents shall be replaced by a declaration on oath, or, in States where
there is no provision for declaration on oath, by a solemn declaration, made by the person
concerned before a competent judicial or administrative authority or, where appropriate, a
notary or qualified professional body of the home Member State or the Member State from
which the person comes; such authority or notary shall issue a certificate attesting the
authenticity of the declaration on oath or solemn declaration.
(e) Where a host Member State requires of its own nationals wishing to take up a regulated
profession, a document relating to the physical or mental health of the applicant, that Member
State shall accept as sufficient evidence thereof the presentation of the document required in
the home Member State. Where the home Member State does not issue such a document, the
host Member State shall accept a certificate issued by a competent authority in that State.’;
(2) point 2 is replaced by the following:
‘2. Certificates
To facilitate the application of Title III, Chapter III, of this Directive, Member States may
prescribe that, in addition to evidence of formal qualifications that is not presented in the form
EN 2 EN
of a digital qualification attestation, the person who satisfies the conditions of training
required must provide a certificate from the competent authorities of that person’s home
Member State stating that this evidence of formal qualifications is that covered by this
Directive.’
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 995 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
Subsidiarity Grid
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and the Regulation
(EU) No 1024/2012
{COM(2026) 995 final} - {SEC(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 996 final} - {SWD(2026) 997 final}
1
Subsidiarity Grid
- As proposed by the Committee of the Regions with guidance in blue
- Obviously, the answers to the questions below, the explanatory memorandum and – if
applicable – the impact assessment should be consistent. This may require some iterations.
- Please try to stay under 10 pages.
1. Can the Union act? What is the legal basis and competence of the Unions’ intended action?
1.1 Which article(s) of the Treaty are used to support the legislative proposal or policy initiative?
The proposal is based on the same legal basis as Directive 2005/36/EC, namely Articles 46, 53(1) and 62 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). These provisions empower the Union to adopt measures facilitating the free movement of workers, the freedom of establishment and the freedom to provide services, including through the mutual recognition of diplomas, certificates and other evidence of formal qualifications and the coordination of national provisions governing access to and the pursuit of regulated professions.
1.2 Is the Union competence represented by this Treaty article exclusive, shared or supporting in nature?
The initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, which is an area of shared competence between the Union and the Member States pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU. Accordingly, the principle of subsidiarity applies. The evolution of an EU legal framework since 2005, incuding its amending and modernising in 2013, with further modernisation now proposed through SPI Action 2, demonstrates that EU-level action in this area is necessary and appropriate.
Subsidiarity does not apply for policy areas where the Union has exclusive competence as defined in Article 3 TFEU1. It is the specific legal basis which determines whether the proposal falls under the subsidiarity control mechanism. Article 4 TFEU2 sets out the areas where competence is shared between the Union and the Member States. Article 6 TFEU3 sets out the areas for which the Unions has competence only to support the actions of the Member States.
2. Subsidiarity Principle: Why should the EU act?
2.1 Does the proposal fulfil the procedural requirements of Protocol No. 24: - Has there been a wide consultation before proposing the act? - Is there a detailed statement with qualitative and, where possible, quantitative indicators
allowing an appraisal of whether the action can best be achieved at Union level?
The preparation of the initiative was supported by extensive stakeholder consultation activities. In addition to the consultations carried out in the context of the recent report on the implementation of the Professional Qualifications Directive, the Commission conducted a public consultation as part of the Skills Portability Initiative and targeted stakeholder consultations. Furthermore, the external
1 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E003&from=EN 2 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E004&from=EN 3 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:12008E006:EN:HTML 4 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12016E/PRO/02&from=EN
2
contractor supporting the preparation of the impact assessment organised a range of targeted consultation activities with competent authorities, national coordinators, professional organisations and representatives of regulated professions, as well as targeted surveys of competent authorities and citizens who had undergone recognition procedures. These are described in the explanatory memorandum accompanying the draft legal act and further detailed in the impact assessment supporting the proposal.
2.2 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the conformity with the principle of subsidiarity?
Yes, the explanatory memorandum and impact assessment explain that the initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, which is an area of shared competence between the Union and the Member States pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU. Accordingly, the principle of subsidiarity applies. The current initiative aims to improve this existing legal framework for recognition at EU level. Changes to the EU framework can only be done through EU level action. Recognition procedures inherently require interaction between competent authorities in different MS, including the exchange and verification of information, validation of qualifications, and clarification of documentation. Unilateral efforts by MS to streamline their own procedures do not resolve these issues, as they neither ensure reciprocity nor establish common operational rules for cooperation. These issues are structural and cross-border in nature and cannot be adequately addressed through isolated national measures Without coordinated action at Union level, the system remains dependent on heterogeneous practices and ad hoc communication, limiting the potential for simplification and efficiency gains. Moreover, the integration of digital tools to facilitate recognition procedures requires a common framework to be effective. If developed separately at national level, such tools would risk fragmentation, duplication and lack of interoperability.
Union action is also necessary to strengthen transparency and enforcement of the existing rules. At present, the monitoring of recognition procedures relies largely on MS’ self-reported data and individual complaints, which does not provide a comprehensive or reliable basis for assessing compliance and to enforce the rules in the event of systematic incompliance. Action at EU level is needed to ensure consistent and comparable data to support both national and EU-level corrective measures. Such transparency cannot be achieved through uncoordinated national systems. In the absence of Union intervention, the identified problems are likely to persist, resulting in continued delays, administrative burdens and legal uncertainty for applicants and CA A further coordinated EU framework would lead to more consistent and reliable recognition decisions across MSby streamlining information requirements, deadlines and cooperation practices. This can also facilitate the availability of reliable and comparable data, reduce administrative effort, lower reporting costs, and minimise risks of errors or inconsistencies, while enabling more timely and accurate monitoring. EU-level action also offers economies of scale and avoids duplication of efforts. A common EU approach to key aspects of the recognition process is more cost-effective than multiple parallel national solutions, which may be incompatible or require complex interfaces. EU-level intervention ensures interoperability, thereby maximising the benefits of digitalisation and preventing fragmentation. While Union action requires initial adaptation efforts by national administrations, these costs are expected to be offset by long-term efficiency gains, reduced administrative burden, and improved service delivery. Overall, EU action provides a more efficient and coherent solution than uncoordinated national approaches, delivering benefits that cannot be achieved at the same scale or consistency by MS acting alone.
3
2.3 Based on the answers to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be achieved sufficiently by the Member States acting alone (necessity for EU action)?
(a) Are there significant/appreciable transnational/cross-border aspects to the problems being tackled? Have these been quantified?
(b) Would national action or the absence of the EU level action conflict with core objectives of the Treaty5 or significantly damage the interests of other Member States?
(c) To what extent do Member States have the ability or possibility to enact appropriate measures?
(d) How does the problem and its causes (e.g. negative externalities, spill-over effects) vary across the national, regional and local levels of the EU?
(e) Is the problem widespread across the EU or limited to a few Member States?
(f) Are Member States overstretched in achieving the objectives of the planned measure?
(g) How do the views/preferred courses of action of national, regional and local authorities differ across the EU?
The proposal addresses an inherently cross-border issue. The recognition of professional qualifications involves a qualification obtained in one Member State being assessed for the purpose of exercising a regulated profession in another Member State. Recognition procedures therefore require cooperation between competent authorities across national borders. The procedure itself generates direct administrative costs for both applicants and competent authorities through the preparation, submission and processing of recognition applications. The accompanying impact assessment quantifies these administrative costs and the savings expected from the proposal. It also quantifies the monetised benefits of shorter recognition procedures, reflecting faster labour market integration of mobile professionals, as well as broader economic and social benefits, including improved recruitment opportunities for employers, better matching of skills to labour market needs, higher labour productivity, reduced overqualification, greater labour market resilience and improved employment opportunities for professionals.
The proposal contributes directly to the effective exercise of the freedom of establishment and the freedom to provide services, which are core objectives of the Treaties. While Member States remain fully responsible for deciding which professions to regulate and for taking individual recognition decisions, unilateral national action cannot establish a coherent framework for cross-border recognition. Divergent procedures, incompatible digital solutions and differing administrative practices would continue to create obstacles to mobility and reduce the effective functioning of the internal market. Coordinated Union action is therefore necessary to establish common procedural rules and common digital infrastructure for recognition procedures.
At the same time, the proposal fully respects Member States' competences and administrative autonomy. Member States remain free to organise their administrative systems and implement the provisions of the Directive in accordance with their national legal and administrative traditions. The proposal does not affect their competence to regulate professions or to decide individual recognition cases. Rather, it is limited to those aspects where coordinated Union action provides clear added value. In particular, the Commission will develop, finance and operate the European Digital Recognition Solution, providing Member States with a common digital infrastructure that
5 https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/eu-in-brief_en
4
reduces implementation costs, avoids duplication of effort and ensures interoperability. This supporting tool is complemented by clearer procedural rules, implementation guidance, training and strengthened administrative cooperation, enabling Member States to implement the Directive more efficiently and consistently.
Complexity of recognitoon procedures exists throughout the Union, but their practical manifestation varies depending on national administrative structures, regulatory systems and patterns of professional mobility. In some Member States, the regulation of professions is organised centrally, while in others competences are exercised at regional level. Recognition procedures may be particularly important in cross-border regions, where geographical proximity encourages labour mobility but access to regulated professions remains subject to national recognition requirements. More generally, Member States differ in the number and organisation of regulated professions, the volume of recognition applications, the level of digitalisation of competent authorities and the administrative resources available. Nevertheless, the underlying challenges—administrative burden, procedural complexity, delays and uneven digitalisation—have been consistently identified across the Union through the implementation report and stakeholder consultations.
The proposal has been designed to accommodate these differences. While Member States will need to adapt certain procedures, they are supported through a Commission-funded digital infrastructure, common workflows, implementation guidance, training and structured cooperation within the Group of Coordinators. These measures are expected to reduce, rather than increase, the administrative burden on national authorities. The benefits of the proposal will naturally differ in size according to the scale of recognition activity and the level of existing digital maturity. Member States processing large numbers of recognition applications are expected to benefit most immediately from simplification and economies of scale, while those with lower case volumes or less developed digital systems may require greater adjustments during the transition. In the longer term, however, all Member States are expected to benefit from greater legal clarity, improved administrative cooperation, lower implementation costs and a more efficient and coherent framework for the recognition of professional qualifications across the Union.
2.4 Based on the answer to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be better achieved at Union level by reason of scale or effects of that action (EU added value)?
(a) Are there clear benefits from EU level action?
(b) Are there economies of scale? Can the objectives be met more efficiently at EU level (larger benefits per unit cost)? Will the functioning of the internal market be improved?
(c) What are the benefits in replacing different national policies and rules with a more homogenous policy approach?
(d) Do the benefits of EU-level action outweigh the loss of competence of the Member States and the local and regional authorities (beyond the costs and benefits of acting at national, regional and local levels)?
(e) Will there be improved legal clarity for those having to implement the legislation?
The proposal provides clear added value at Union level by reducing the administrative burden associated with the recognition of professional qualifications and improving the functioning of the internal market. The accompanying impact assessment demonstrates significant benefits for
5
applicants, competent authorities and employers through lower administrative costs, faster recognition procedures and shorter recruitment times. These direct benefits are complemented by broader economic and social gains, including improved labour market matching, increased labour productivity, better employment opportunities for mobile professionals and a stronger capacity to address labour and skills shortages in key sectors. The proposal also delivers substantial economies of scale. Its central element is the European Digital Recognition Solution, which will be developed, financed and operated by the Commission. A single common digital infrastructure is considerably more cost-effective than multiple national solutions, avoiding duplication of investment, reducing implementation costs for Member States and ensuring interoperability across the Union. As demonstrated in the impact assessment, a common European solution delivers greater benefits at a lower overall cost than fragmented national approaches. The proposal does not replace national policies on the regulation of professions or the organisation of national administrations. Member States remain fully responsible for determining which professions are regulated and for taking individual recognition decisions. Rather than harmonising these areas, the proposal modernises and enhances the implementation of the established common procedural rules through common implementation tools to promote greater consistency in the application of the existing framework, while preserving the flexibility inherent in a directive. Accordingly, the proposal does not entail a transfer of competences from Member States to the Union. It supports national authorities in exercising their existing responsibilities more efficiently by providing common digital infrastructure, clearer procedural rules and enhanced administrative cooperation. The resulting benefits—in terms of lower administrative costs, faster recognition, improved labour mobility and a more effective internal market—clearly outweigh the limited procedural adjustments required at national level. Finally, the proposal significantly improves legal certainty by clarifying a number of provisions of Directive 2005/36/EC. It provides greater precision on procedural requirements, documentation, deadlines, fees, administrative cooperation and processes, thereby facilitating a more consistent implementation of the Directive and reducing uncertainty for competent authorities, applicants and other stakeholders.
3. Proportionality: How the EU should act
3.1 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the proportionality of the proposal and a statement allowing appraisal of the compliance of the proposal with the principle of proportionality?
Yes, the explanatory memorandum and impact assessment contain an adequate justification regarding the proportionality of the proposal. The proposal concerns the revision of Directive 2005/36/EC, an area where the need for Union action is already established. The proposed amendments are limited to those necessary to address shortcomings identified through the implementation of the Directive, including fragmented information, unnecessarily burdensome recognition procedures, uneven levels of digitalisation and inefficiencies in administrative cooperation between competent authorities.
The proposal does not harmonise the substantive rules governing regulated professions or the conditions for the recognition of professional qualifications. Member States remain fully responsible for determining professional qualifications, regulating professions, assessing applications and taking recognition decisions. The proposed measures focus instead on improving the functioning of the
6
recognition framework by clarifying certain procedural obligations, strengthening administrative cooperation and facilitating the use of interoperable digital tools.
Proportionality was assessed in the comparison of the policy options considered in the impact assessment. Each option was evaluated in light of the balance between its expected benefits and the implementation efforts required. The assessment also examined whether the scope, intensity and implementation requirements of the proposed measures were commensurate with the objectives pursued. The preferred option was selected because it provides the most effective response to the identified shortcomings while remaining limited to what is necessary. Although it entails a greater degree of intervention than the alternative options, this reflects the scale and persistence of the problems addressed and remains confined to procedural aspects of the recognition framework, without affecting Member States' competence over the regulation of
professions or substantive recognition decisions.
3.2 Based on the answers to the questions below and information available from any impact assessment, the explanatory memorandum or other sources, is the proposed action an appropriate way to achieve the intended objectives?
(a) Is the initiative limited to those aspects that Member States cannot achieve satisfactorily on their own, and where the Union can do better?
(b) Is the form of Union action (choice of instrument) justified, as simple as possible, and coherent with the satisfactory achievement of, and ensuring compliance with the objectives pursued (e.g. choice between regulation, (framework) directive, recommendation, or alternative regulatory methods such as co-legislation, etc.)?
(c) Does the Union action leave as much scope for national decision as possible while achieving satisfactorily the objectives set? (e.g. is it possible to limit the European action to minimum standards or use a less stringent policy instrument og approach?)
(d) Does the initiative create financial or administrative cost for the Union, national governments, regional or local authorities, economic operators or citizens? Are these costs commensurate with the objective to be achieved?
(e) While respecting the Union law, have special circumstances applying in individual Member States been taken into account?
The proposal is limited to those aspects of the recognition framework where coordinated Union action can provide clear added value, while fully respecting Member States' competences. It does not affect Member States' responsibility for regulating professions, determining access conditions or taking individual recognition decisions. Instead, it focuses on those procedural aspects that can be better addressed at Union level, including improving recognition procedures, facilitating exchanges between competent authorities, providing common digital tools and workflows, and ensuring that applicants receive clear, complete and comparable information throughout the recognition process. The proposal therefore concentrates on the interactions between applicants and competent authorities, cooperation between competent authorities and the operation of the recognition procedures themselves. The choice of a directive is appropriate and justified, as the proposal amends Directive 2005/36/EC and therefore necessarily takes the same legal form. A directive also remains the most suitable instrument because it allows Member States to implement the common framework in accordance with their national legal and administrative traditions. While preserving this flexibility, the proposal
7
increases adds detail where experience has shown that the current provisions are insufficiently precise to ensure consistent implementation. It therefore introduces more detailed rules on issues such as documentation, translations, communication with applicants, fees and procedural deadlines, without altering the nature of the instrument. The proposal leaves the maximum possible scope for national decision-making consistent with achieving its objectives. It does not seek to regulate exhaustively every aspect of recognition procedures. Rather, it addresses those issues where greater convergence is necessary to improve the functioning of the internal market, while leaving all other aspects to the discretion of the Member States. The proposal entails budgetary implications for the Union, notably for the development, operation and maintenance of the European Digital Recognition Solution, as set out in the accompanying Financial Statement and Impact Assessment. Member States will incur certain transitional costs associated with adapting their administrative procedures and implementing the revised framework. However, these costs are expected to be limited and temporary, as the Commission will develop, finance and operate the common digital infrastructure. The resulting economies of scale, together with the expected reductions in administrative burden and processing costs, make these implementation costs proportionate to the objectives pursued. Finally, the proposal is designed to be applicable across the Union without requiring different regulatory solutions for individual Member States. While it can be implemented within diverse national administrative structures, its objective is precisely to promote greater convergence in the operation of recognition procedures by establishing common procedural rules and shared digital infrastructure, thereby significantly reducing the fragmentation of current recognition procedures. .
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
17.07.2026
SEC(2026) 995
REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD OPINION
{COM(2026) 995}
{SWD(2026) 995-997}
Impact assessment / Skills Portability Initiative Action 2 - modernise and expand recognition processes for regulated professions
________________________________
This opinion concerns a draft impact assessment which may differ from the final version.
Commission européenne/Europese Commissie, 1049 Bruxelles/Brussel, BELGIQUE/BELGIË - Tel. +32 22991111 [email protected]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
Brussels, RSB
Opinion
Title: Impact assessment / Skills Portability Initiative Action 2 - modernise and expand recognition processes for regulated professions
Overall opinion: POSITIVE WITH RESERVATIONS
(A) Policy context This initiative is part of the Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), which aims to contribute to a more integrated Single Market by supporting the free movement of professionals and help address skills shortages. This initiative (Action 2) interacts with two other actions, which are the subject of separate impact assessments:
• facilitating worker mobility across the EU through skills transparency and digitalisation (Action 1);
• improving the recognition of qualifications and skills of third-country nationals (Action 3).
This initiative focuses on access to regulated professions. It aims to improve the implementation of the Professional Qualifications Directive (2005/36/EC) by modernising and digitalising its procedures. This Directive sets out rules on the recognition of professional qualifications in a cross-border context. The actual regulation of professions falls within the competence of Member states.
(B) Key issues The Board notes the additional information provided and commitments to make changes to the report. However, the report still contains significant shortcomings. The Board gives a positive opinion with reservations because it expects the lead Service to rectify the following aspects: (1) The scope of the initiative is not sufficiently clear. Information on the regulated
professions, at EU and Member States level is insufficient and not detailed enough.
2
(2) The problem analysis is not sufficiently complete nor detailed on the implementation shortcomings of the Professional Qualifications Directive (PQD) and the experience with its enforcement, to better justify why a further legislative initiative is required. Given the variety of regulated professions and related barriers, the report does not provide sufficient granular analysis of the problems.
(3) The report does not provide sufficient detail on the digitalisation measures and on how the digital solution is expected to work in practice and what risks or unintended consequences could arise from its implementation.
(4) The report is not sufficiently detailed in the assessment of coherence and proportionality of the preferred option. It does not sufficiently explain to what extent the preferred option is supported by stakeholders and what would be the practical issues possibly hampering its feasibility, notably in the light of the difficulties encountered so far by Member States’ authorities to implement the current Directive.
(C) What to improve (1) The report should clarify what constitutes (a) a professional qualification, (b)
‘automatic recognition’ and how the process under the PQD applies to it for cross- border purposes, and (c) ‘regulated professions covered by other recognition systems’, also explaining what these systems are. It should provide indicative examples of respective professions and explain to what extent the scope of the initiative covers activities in the areas of craft, commerce and industry, and professionals willing to provide services in another Member State on a temporary or occasional basis. It should explain to what extent it excludes professions covered by other EU legislation and, if so, which ones.
(2) The report should explain to what extent the findings of the 2011 PQD evaluation differ from those of the 2020-2024 PQD implementation report. It should explain what measures were taken since 2011 to address those shortcomings, including regarding the alignment between information available at EU and national levels. Based on available evidence and the latest reports, the report should discuss the extent to which the PQD has been effective in reaching its objectives. It should further analyse the root causes of the identified problems, and particularly the root causes of process inefficiencies, regarding for example workflow inefficiencies, capacities of the authorities of Member States, etc. Given that the report claims that the problem “exacerbates the issue of allocative inefficiency”, it should provide a more granular analysis of the regulated professions, the barriers hampering their mobility as well as assess the link related to obstacles with qualifications and their economic importance, using more recent data as far as possible.
(3) The measures should be better described. In particular, the report should explain the proposed digital solution and what is going to be part of the solution, (e.g. workflow management, exchange of information between Member States and document managements). The report should provide practical examples on how such system would work. It should better explain to what extent this initiative aims replacing the respective national IT systems, how the integration with national systems will be
3
ensured, and who will be responsible for different parts of the digital solution. The report should be clear on who is responsible for the infrastructure and operation of the solution. Also, it should explain what interoperability is needed and how it will be ensured.
(4) The coherence with other initiatives should be better analysed. The report should further explain to what extent this initiative uses the same IT elements as in SPI action 1 and inform on the possible synergies as well as risks or unintended consequences that could arise from its implementation. The report should explain the coherence with relevant EU initiatives such as RegProf (Regulated Professions Database), IMI (Internal Market Information System), Single Digital Gateway, Digital passport, European Professional Card etc. fall into the scope of this analysis. It should better substantiate the respective conclusions and discuss how this initiative (action 2) will interact with the skill portability initiative (on third country nationals - action 3), as they both share the objective of facilitating labour mobility and remedy skill shortages, and build on the PQD processes.
(5) The report should explain in more detail how the practical implementation of the preferred option would take place. Given the difficulties encountered so far by the Member States’ authorities to implement the current legislation (PQD), the report should explain how the preferred option would be practically feasible.
Some more technical comments have been sent directly to the author Service.
(D) Conclusion The lead Service must revise the report and its executive summary in accordance with the Board’s findings before launching the interservice consultation. Full title Impact Assessment on Skills Portability Initiative Action 2 -
modernise and expand recognition processes for regulated professions
Reference number PLAN/2025/2645
Submitted to RSB on 17 June 2026
Date of RSB meeting 15 July 2026
Electronically signed on 17/07/2026 11:35 (UTC+02) in accordance with Article 11 of Commission Decision (EU) 2021/2121
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 996 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and Regulation (EU)
No 1024/2012
{COM(2026) 995 final} - {SEC(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 995 final} -
{SWD(2026) 997 final}
EN EN
Action 2 – Skills Portability Initiative
Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT ............................................................... 1
1.1. Overall context of the Skills Portability Initiative ............................................ 1
1.2. Coherence of the package.................................................................................. 3
1.3 Skills portability and regulated professions ...................................................... 6
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 8
2.1. What is the problem? ....................................................................................... 10
2.2. What are the problem drivers? ........................................................................ 14
2.3. How likely is the problem to persist? .............................................................. 20
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT? ......................................................................................................... 21
3.1. Legal basis ....................................................................................................... 21
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity and added value of EU action ................................... 22
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?................................................................................ 23
4.1. General objective ............................................................................................. 23
4.2. Specific objectives ........................................................................................... 24
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS? ..................................................................... 25
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed? .................................. 25
5.2. Description of the policy options .................................................................... 28
5.2.1. Option 1 – Convergence of administrative practices through shared
standards ......................................................................................................... 28
5.2.2. Option 2 – Targeted procedural reforms for improved interoperability ........ 30
5.2.3. Option 3 – Unified EU workflow and enhanced enforcement ....................... 31
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS? ........................................................... 36
6.1. Direct cost impacts .......................................................................................... 38
6.1.1. Administrative cost savings and monetised time savings .............................. 38
6.1.2. Implementation costs ...................................................................................... 44
6.1.3. Costs related to expected volume increases ................................................... 46
6.2. Broader economic impacts .............................................................................. 47
6.3. Social impacts ................................................................................................. 49
6.4. Summary overview of impacts ........................................................................ 51
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE? ............................................................................................ 52
7.1. Effectiveness ................................................................................................... 52
7.2. Efficiency ........................................................................................................ 53
7.3. Coherence ........................................................................................................ 54
7.4. Comparative overview .................................................................................... 55
8. PREFERRED OPTION ....................................................................................................................... 56
8.1. Option 3: Unified EU workflow and enhanced enforcement .......................... 56
8.2. REFIT (simplification and improved efficiency) ............................................ 60
8.3. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach ................................................. 61
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED? .................................. 61
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 63
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION ....................................................................................... 64
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW? ........................................................................................... 74
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS ...................................................................................................... 86
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK ............................................................................................... 102
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK ........................................................................................................................... 108
ANNEX 7: THE PQD AND THE REST OF THE SINGLE MARKET ACQUIS .................................... 114
ANNEX 8: THE LANDSCAPE OF REGULATED PROFESSIONS IN THE EU ................................... 116
ANNEX 9: EXPANSION OF AUTOMATIC RECOGNITION THROUGH CTFS ................................. 124
ANNEX 10: USER JOURNEY OF APPLICANTS TO REGULATED PROFESSIONS ......................... 125
ANNEX 11: MEASURES CONSIDERED ................................................................................................ 127
ANNEX 12: DISCARDED MEASURES ................................................................................................... 145
ANNEX 13: DIRECT COST IMPACTS .................................................................................................... 149
ANNEX 14: DIVERGING TERRITORIAL IMPACTS OF POLICY OPTIONS ..................................... 163
ANNEX 15: COMPARISON OF POLICY OPTIONS .............................................................................. 168
ANNEX 16: MONITORING INDICATORS ............................................................................................. 172
ANNEX 17: COMBINED IMPACTS OF SPI PREFERRED OPTIONS UNDER ACTION 1, 2, AND 3174
ANNEX 18: RESOURCES – REFERENCES ............................................................................................ 178
Glossary
Term or acronym Meaning or definition
ACs Assistance Centres
CA Competent Authorities
CTFs Common Training Frameworks
ECA European Court of Auditors
EDRS European Digital Recognition System
EPC European Professional Card
EQF European Qualifications Framework
GoC Group of Coordinators on professional qualifications
IA Impact Assessment
IMI Internal Market Information system
MS Member State(s)
PO Policy Option
PQD Professional Qualifications Directive
PSCs Points of Single Contact
RegProf Regulated Professions Database
SPI Skills Portability Initiative
SMEs Small and medium-sized enterprises
TCN Third-country nationals
1
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
1.1. Overall context of the Skills Portability Initiative and the Fair Labour
Mobility package
While the EU’s labour market has reached record-high employment levels and shown
remarkable resilience in the post-pandemic era,1 its strong performance masks a structural
challenge: widespread skilled labour shortages that threaten business growth and the EU’s
global competitiveness.2
As underlined in the Competitiveness Compass, critical sectors – ranging from healthcare
and ICT to construction and transport – struggle to find the talent they need to scale up and
drive the twin transitions. These shortages are structural, not cyclical, and expected to worsen
due to demographics and evolving demand for new skills and occupations.3 They are not
evenly distributed across the economy and most acutely felt by Small and Medium-sized
Enterprise (SMEs), which have fewer resources to navigate complex recruitment channels4.
Labour and skills gaps also threaten the delivery of essential public services like healthcare,
education and long-term care.5
Paradoxically, the EU also suffers from ‘skills waste’. Overqualification and the
underutilisation of skills remain structural features of the labour market. This mismatch is
significantly more pronounced among EU mobile workers and third-country nationals
(TCN)6.
1 The employment rate for people aged 20-64 equalled 76.3% in the Q1 of 2026. 2 With minor fluctuations, labour market slack in the EU has been decreasing steadily from 18.6% in 2015 to
10.9% in Q1 2026 while the job vacancy rate in the EU stood at 2.0% in Q4 2025. While this represents a slight
dip from previous peaks, it signals an enduring difficulty for employers to find the right talent to sustain growth.
Structural factors, such as demographic change and skills demands from the twin transition, as well as poor
working conditions in some sectors are likely to sustain shortages in the foreseeable future. 3 The EU's working-age population is projected to shrink from 265 million in 2022 to 258 million by 2030
(ESDE 2023, based on Eurostat EUROPOP2023 projections), while job vacancy rates have more than doubled
over the past decade. Cedefop's skills forecast to 2035 further confirms that in key shortage sectors — health,
care and construction — shortages stem primarily from replacement demand. 4 51% EU firms reported that the scarcity of skilled workers was a major barrier to investment in 2024 – up from
38% in 2016. EIB 2024/2025. A 2026 Eurobarometer survey shows that 46% of SMEs are finding it difficult or
very difficult to finding staff with the right skills over the past 24 months. For SMEs, the inability to recruit has
immediate consequences. In an earlier survey, 48% of them reported that shortages lead to an increased
workload for existing staff, directly impacting productivity and the ability to innovate. 5 According to the OECD, in 2022, the EU faced a shortfall of 1.2 million health professionals, with shortages
reported by 20 MS for doctors and 15 for nurses. The crisis is driven by an ageing population increasing demand
while over one-third of doctors and a quarter of nurses approach retirement. This trend is expected to worsen,
causing a projected shortfall of around 2 million health and long-term care workers by 2030, with demand
continuing to grow thereafter due to ageing populations. Cf. OECD (2024) and European Commission (2021). 6 In 2024, there were 14 million European citizens living in another EU MS, of which 10.1 million of working
age. In addition, there were 1.9 million cross-border commuters. In 2024, 12.8 million non-EU citizens were
employed in the EU in 2025. Cf. European Commission (2026), Eurostat LFS 2025. The overqualification rate
among EU workers employed in their own country stood at 20.8% in 2023. For mobile EU-citizens and TCN the
equivalent rate equalled 31.4% and 39.8% respectively. Eurostat LFS, lfsa_eoqgan.
2
Uncertainty about whether qualifications and skills will be fully understood, valued, and
formally recognised (in the case of regulated professions7) in another MS, may discourage
professionals from seeking employment opportunities outside their MS.8 It can also deter
companies, especially SMEs, from tapping into the potential pool of talent of the Single
Market.
Beyond economic efficiency, skills portability is a prerequisite for exercising the
fundamental rights enshrined in the Treaties, including the right to free movement (Article
21 TFEU), the freedom of movement for workers (Article 45) and the freedom of
establishment (Article 49 TFEU). While individual decisions on relocating to another EU
MS depend on many factors, limited skills portability contributes to difficulties that many
citizens experience when exercising these rights.. In border regions, skills-related barriers to
mobility limit job opportunities in neighbouring countries which could be accessed without
the need for relocation9. Improving skills portability across borders thus also contributes to
the ‘right to stay’.
Against this background, the so-called Letta report on the Single Market to theEuropean
Councilhighlightedthat: “Free movement of people has been and remains the least developed
of the four freedoms.” It also stressed that fragmented national labour markets hinder
European growth and competitiveness and that “extending the system of automatic
recognition of professional qualifications and reviewing the need for and extent of
professional regulation would facilitate mobility and help to respond to persistent labour
shortages.” 10 The European Council underlined the need for decisive and swift action in the
area of skills as a key competitiveness driver, referring to “reskilling/upskilling and lifelong
learning, tackling skills and labour gaps in the context of wider demographic trends,
including talent mobility to and within the European Union, and ensuring equal
opportunities.”11
In response, the Political Guidelines of Commission President von der Leyen, committed
to a “Skills Portability Initiative to ensure a skill acquired in one country is recognised in
another.”12 They also underscored the need to “support Member States and companies with
legal migration based on the skills needs of our economies and our regions” and to “make it
easier to attract the right talent with harmonised rules on the recognition of qualifications.”
In March 2025, the European Commission Communication on the Union of Skills
followed up on this commitment, announcing a “Skills Portability Initiative to open up more
opportunities for workers and businesses to fully capture the potential of the single market.”13
The Single Market Strategy further highlighted that lengthy and complex recognition
7 Regulated professions are the focus of Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative; the definition of the concept
and its practical scope are explained in the accompanying IA. 8 In a recent Eurobarometer 18% of respondents indicated an interest in working abroad, higher than the actual
number of mobile workers. Cf. European Commission (2022). 9 ITEM study on challenges and solutions for recognising professional qualifications in cross-border regions. 10 Letta (2024). 11 EUCO 12/24. 12 Von der Leyen (2024). 13 COM (2025) 90 final.
3
procedures hinder mobility and labour market functioning, and that TCN face particularly
significant barriers, identifying digitalisation and procedural simplification as key levers.14
At its meeting on 19 March 2026, the European Council urged swifter action, calling for
measures to “enhance free movement of workers by improving mutual recognition of
professional qualifications and strengthening the portability of qualifications and skills
across national borders, including through digitalisation and interoperability, on the basis of
a Commission proposal to be presented by autumn 2026.”15 On 24 April 2026, the European
institutions agreed on a roadmap to achieve 'One Europe, One Market' to strengthen
Europe’s competitiveness, with a commitment for concrete actions and targets for agreements
by end of 2027. The Skills Portability Initiative is one of the priority deliverables to
contribute to a more integrated Single Market.16
This political direction is supported by the broader institutional landscape. The European
Economic and Social Committee has called for further discussions among governments,
social partners, and stakeholders to consider expanding the list of automatically recognised
regulated professions and creating common training frameworks under Directive 2005/36/EC,
addressing barriers to its implementation.17 The Committee of the Regions has highlighted
the importance of enhancing the portability and recognition of qualifications across the EU,
which are essential for fostering labour mobility, combating brain drain and fully harnessing
the Single Market and talent within regional economies.18
As part of the Fair Labour Mobility package19,the Skills Portability Initiative aims to
empower European businesses to recruit the skilled labour force they need to remain
competitive in the global economy, effectively safeguard the right to free movement and
allow talent to flow seamlessly to where it adds most value. By simplifying and improving the
transparency of recognition, and validation, the initiative strengthens coherence between
migration pathways, labour market needs and skills systems; supporting improved labour
market matching, enhanced productivity and reduced skills underutilisation across the EU.
The initiative aligns with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, in particular SDG
8 (Decent work and economic growth), SDG 9 (Industry, innovation and infrastructure), SDG
10 (Reduced inequalities) and SDG 1 (No poverty).
1.2. Coherence of the package
Underemployment, overqualification and ‘skills waste’ stem inter alia from imperfect
information and regulatory or administrative barriers to free movement. Mobile
professionals struggle to valorise the qualification and skills they acquired abroad because
labour market actors find it relatively more difficult to interpret and verify non-national
14 COM (2025) 500 final. 15 European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions 16 One Europe, One Market Roadmap of the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the
European Commission 17 SOC/837-EESC-2025 18 CDR-1105-2025 19 For more context, see CWP 2026 Commission work programme 2026 - European Commission.
4
credentials. This putsqualifications and skills acquired in a non-national context at a
disadvantage. The Skills Portability Initiative aims to address these barriers through a set of
three distinct but interrelated actions:
Action 1: Removing barriers to workers’ mobility in non-regulated professions and
improving availability of verifiable, secure, digitalised and interoperable information on
qualifications and skills.
The first work strand of this action looks at the remaining barriers related to qualifications
and skills in non-regulated professions, which constitute 78% of EU labour force. In non-
regulated professions, uncertainty about how to treat qualifications obtained in another MS
leads employers to request comparisons with national qualifications even though these are not
legally required. These processes are often costly and time-consuming. Action 1 aims
to improve clarity and thus avoid time consuming case-by-case assessments and bring
simplification for employers and workers. The second work strand tackles the information
gap across MS, with the aim of facilitating access to both regulated and non-regulated
professions and any other use of qualifications and skills in the labour market. It aims to make
all qualifications instantly understandable and verifiable for labour market actors across the
Single Market by building on existing tools and setting common standards for digital
credentials to be interoperable, secure, machine-readable, and allow for instant verification of
authenticity and learning outcomes (knowledge, skills), thereby reducing the ‘interpretative
burden’ on hiring managers, and prevent further fragmentation between MS resulting from
uncoordinated investments in digitalisation. Action 1 is based on Article 46 TFEU.
Action 2: Targeted Intervention for Regulated Professions
The second action focuses specifically on improving cross-border recognition procedures for
access to regulated professions.20 There are currently over 5 700 professions regulated across
the EU21 covering an estimated 22% of the labour force22, with considerable variations in how
these professions are governed and diverging access requirements between MS. This
exacerbates the issue of allocative inefficiency as imperfect information is compounded by
legal and administrative hurdles to skills mobility. Under the TFEU, regulation of access to
professions is MS competence within the limits of EU law, and in particular, non-
discrimination and proportionality23. Consequently, there is a high variety of approaches to
20 Article 3 of the Professional Qualifications Directive defines a regulated profession as “a professional activity
or group of professional activities, access to which, the pursuit of which, or one of the modes of pursuit of which
is subject, directly or indirectly, by virtue of legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions to the possession
of specific professional qualifications.”. 21 According to the ECA, the combined data on professions that are regulated in the MS show that the total
increased from around 5 400 in 2016 to around 5 700 in 2023 (average per MS: 212 regulated professions).
Annex 8 of this IA provides more background on regulated professions in the MS, for illustrative purposes. The
European Commission’s RegProf allows to verify which professions are regulated at national level in the EU, by
MS. 22 See COM (2016) 820 final. 23 Directive (EU) 2018/958 on proportionality tests obliges MS to assess, before adoption, whether new or
amended regulation of professions is justified, necessary, and proportionate to legitimate public-interest
objectives, and to document this assessment transparently: by doing so, it indirectly supports recognition by
reducing barriers and promoting consistency across MS.
5
regulating the access to professions between MS which creates barriers to professional
mobility within the EU. To address those barriers, the EU has established the Professional
Qualifications Directive24 (PQD) which provides a robust, legally binding framework that sets
out rules on the recognition of professional qualifications in a cross-border context. Thus, the
Directive facilitates professional mobility, ensuring that individuals who have acquired their
professional qualifications in one MS for access to a given profession, can access and pursue
the same profession in another MS under the same conditions as nationals. However, the
experience of professionals navigating the existing regulatory framework reveals that
recognition often remains a complex and time-consuming process. While the framework’s
foundations are fundamentally sound, lengthy procedures, uneven digitalisation of national
processes and procedures, and heavy documentation requirements risk undermining its
potential. Action 2 aims to facilitate cross-border recognition of professional qualifications
required to access regulated professions and is organised into two primary work strands. The
first work strand focuses on applying the automatic recognition system to additional
regulated professions. Currently, automatic recognition exists for certain sectoral professions
with harmonised minimum training requirements (such as doctors and nurses). For specific
economic activities in trade and commerce there is automatic recognition based on
professional experience. The action aims to extend automatic recognition to professions
which are not currently covered using Common Training Frameworks. It is covered as part of
the baseline in this IA.25 The second workstrand on Modernisation and Digitalisation of
Procedures aims to simplify and speed up recognition of professional qualifications for
regulated professions, by streamlining the existing recognition procedures under the
Directive, leveraging the potential of digital tools. Action 2 is based on articles 46, 49, 53 and
62 TFEU. The various problem drivers and Policy Options in this second work strand are
discussed in this IA.
Action 3: Attracting and Empowering Global Talent
Acknowledging that intra-EU mobility alone cannot solve all labour market needs, Action 3
focuses on making the Single Market a more attractive destination for TCN by enabling them
to have their qualifications recognised and their skills validated more easily. This will both
benefit the TCN already residing and working in the EU and those who intend to migrate to
the EU, making the Single Market a more attractive destination for global talent. Action 3 is
based on article 79 (2) points (a) and (b) TFEU. The various problem drivers and Policy
Options in this third work strand are discussed in a dedicated IA.
These three actions are closely interlinked. The interoperable, secure and verifiable digital
credentials developed under Action 1 will simplify and speed up recognition procedures in
the context of regulated professions under the PQD (Action 2) by reducing administrative
burdens on Competent Authorities enabling smoother, faster assessments. Action 3 addresses
24 Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the recognition
of professional qualifications. The PQD, based on articles 46, 53(1), 53(2) and 62 TFEU is part of a broader
acquis governing the free movement of professionals. The links between the PQD and other instruments on the
free movement of professionals in the Single Market are explained in more detail in Annex 7. 25 The link between this strand of work and the modernisation and digitalisation of recognition procedures is
explained in Annex 9 of the relevant IA.
6
a critical gap: the PQD’s recognition procedures do not cover third-country nationals
(TCNs). TCNs and EU citizens holding non-EU qualifications do not always benefit to the
same extent from the existing EU transparency tools. This puts them at a disadvantage
compared to EU citizens holding EU qualifications, undermining the attractiveness of the
Single Market as a destination for global talent. To address these issues, specific actions to
facilitate recognition of qualifications of TCN is warranted. This is the purpose of Action 3.
1.1. Skills portability and regulated professions
This IA focuses on the modernisation and digitalisation of procedures under the PQD
(Workstrand 2 of Action 2).26
The regulation of professions, namely the requirement by law of specific qualifications in
order to have access to professional practice, falls within the competence of MS. Justified and
proportionate professional regulation serves important public interest objectives, including the
protection of public health, public safety, consumers, and the natural and built environment.
However, diverging access requirements to regulated professions limit professional
mobility across borders, creating legal and practical barriers for professionals wishing to
work in another MS and exacerbating shortages in professions.27
In principle, cross-border recognition of qualifications for all professions where specific
professional qualifications are required by law is covered by the PQD. As an exception, the
PQD does not apply to notaries (Article 2(4)) and to very few professions for which other EU
legislation sets out specific recognition arrangements that exclude the application of the PQD
or exhaustively regulate recognition matters. For example, Directive (EU) 2022/993 on
seafarers explicitly excludes the application of Directive 2005/36/EC, while specific
directives on lawyers (Directives 77/249/EEC and 98/5/EC) do not explicitly exclude it and
Directive 2005/36/EC could still apply on a subsidiary basis.28 The PQD provides definitions
of both a regulated profession and a professional qualification (Article 3). A regulated
profession is defined as a professional activity, or group of professional activities, for which
access, pursuit, or one of the modes of pursuit is subject, directly or indirectly, by virtue of
legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions, to the possession of specific professional
qualifications. A professional qualification is defined as a qualification attested by evidence
of formal qualifications (diplomas, certificates and other evidence certifying successful
completion of professional training), competence (for a training course not forming part of a
certificate or diploma) or professional experience.
Professional regulation spans a wide range of sectors across the European economy.29 The
diversity of regulated professions demonstrates that regulation may be driven either by the
26 Since the possibility to extend automatic recognition to additional regulated professions by means of CTFs is
already enshrined in the PQD, Workstrand 1 of Action 2 is covered as part of the baseline. 27 EURES (2023). 28 Other specific professions, to which the application of PQD is limited or excluded are, e.g., air traffic
controllers, statutory auditors, and train drivers. 29 Approximately 5 700 professions are regulated across the Member States. It is estimated that 22% of the EU
labour force works in these professions, either as employees or as self-employed persons. Cf COM(2016) 820
final.
7
economic importance of a profession or by the need to protect public interests such as public
health and safety, consumer protection, and the quality and continuity of essential services.
Regulated professions are found both in high-value-added activities, such as engineering and
other technical professions, and in sectors that are critical for societal resilience and the
functioning of public services, including healthcare and education. Obstacles to the mobility
of professionals in these sectors can therefore generate allocative inefficiencies by preventing
labour from moving where it is most needed, while also exacerbating labour shortages and
constraining the provision of essential services. Health and care professions account for by far
the largest share of professional recognition procedures (around 70% of establishment cases),
reflecting the importance of cross-border mobility in this sector. Education represents a
further 12% of establishment cases, followed by transport and machinery (6%), construction
and trades (5%), and technical and engineering professions (4%). These sectors coincide with
areas experiencing persistent labour shortages across the Union: four of the ten most
widespread shortage occupations are in healthcare (nurses, medical specialists, nursing
assistants and physiotherapists), two in transport and machinery (heavy truck and lorry
drivers, sheet metal workers), and three in construction and trades (welders, electricians and
plumbers).30 This illustrates the broad economic and societal importance of ensuring that
recognition procedures for professionals function efficiently across the European labour
market. This broad scope of regulation of professions is evidenced by information available
on the Regulated Professions Database (RegProf), which provides a comprehensive overview
of professions regulated by Member States and notified under Directive 2005/36/EC.31
Member States are required under Article 59 of the PQD to notify the Commission of the
professions they regulate and the activities covered by such regulation. These notifications are
made available through the RegProf database. However, the information submitted by
Member States is not always complete, consistent or sufficiently detailed, meaning that
the database does not currently provide the fullest overview of regulated professions across
the EU.
It should be noted in this regard that the number of regulated professions is only one indicator
of the extent of professional regulation in a Member State.32 Regulatory approaches differ
considerably. Some Member States regulate a broad professional field as a single profession,
while others regulate individual activities within that field as separate professions. Likewise, a
Member State may regulate relatively few professions but impose extensive requirements and
conditions for access and pursuit, whereas another may regulate a larger number of
professions subject to less stringent requirements. Consequently, the number of regulated
professions provides only a partial picture of the level of regulation.
30 Cf. Annex 8. 31 Regulated Profession Database 32 The extent of professional regulation varies considerably across Member States. While some regulate close to
100 professions, others regulate close to 400. Cf ECA Report 10/2024
8
Recognition procedures under the PQD seek to reconcile the legitimate objectives
pursued by professional regulation33 with the free movement of professionals. At the
same time, the responsibilities for processing recognition applications, designating competent
authorities, maintaining national lists of regulated professions, and providing information to
citizens lie with the MS. As a result, recognition of professional qualifications depends
largely on national regulatory regimes and administrative systems.
The recognition regimes included in the Directive are:
- Automatic recognition based on EU-level minimum training requirements is
applicable across all Member States and currently covers seven professions (including
medical doctors and general care nurses) as well as over 50 medical and dental
specialties. Under this system, the national competent authority must limit its scope to
verifying whether the diploma—and any accompanying certificates—corresponds exactly
to those listed in Annex V to the Directive. The authority may not check the contents of
the training, meaning it must refrain from requesting documentation specifying these
contents. It may, however, request other standard documents in line with Article 50 of the
Directive.
- Automatic recognition for professions in trade, industry or business based on
professional experience applies where the applicant’s professional activity is listed in
Annex IV to the Directive.. In these cases, the national authority proceeds directly to the
assessment of the professional experience documented by the applicant, which may
occasionally be accompanied by specific conditions related to training.
- Automatic recognition based on Common Training Principles includes Common
Training Tests (CTT) or Common Training Frameworks (CTF), which are based on an
EU-level test or EU-level minimum training requirements, respectively. This regime
applies exclusively within the Member States that actively participate in the specific CTT
or CTF.
- The general system of recognition, under which the competent authority of the host
Member State compares the applicant’s qualifications with the national training and
professional requirements established by that Member State for access to the profession,
and may require supporting documents to determine whether substantial differences exist
that could justify the imposition of compensatory measures, where the applicant’s
lifelong learning and professional experience do not compensate for those differences.
The Directive benefits not only professionals seeking long-term establishment in another
Member State, but also those wishing to exercise their profession temporarily and
occasionally across borders. It is thus closely linked to the Services Directive (2006/123/EC),
which lays down general provisions facilitating the free movement of services within the
Union. As the Services Directive itself acknowledges, its provisions give way to those of the
PQD where the two overlap. This reflects the central role of the PQD in governing the
mobility of professionals in regulated professions.
33 Member States remain free to regulate professions or amend existing professional regulation, provided that
such measures comply with the proportionality requirements laid down in Directive (EU) 2018/958 on a
proportionality test before adoption of new regulation of professions.
9
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION
The decision to move and work in another Member State is influenced by a wide range of
factors, including employment opportunities, wages, working conditions, language, family
circumstances and broader economic conditions.34 Recognition of professional qualifications
is therefore only one of the determinants of mobility intentions. However, for regulated
professions, it occupies a unique position among these factors because it constitutes a legally
binding condition for access to the profession. Regardless of a professional's willingness to
move or the attractiveness of employment opportunities abroad, recognition requirements
determine whether they are legally permitted to practise their profession in the host Member
State. Efficient and predictable recognition procedures therefore do not create mobility
intentions in themselves, but they are essential for enabling existing mobility intentions to be
translated into actual cross-border professional mobility.35 This underlines the central role of
the PQD in enabling the free movement of professionals in regulated professions and
highlights the importance of improvements to recognition procedures assessed in this impact
assessment.
An average flow of 53 000 recognition decisions per year between 2020 and 2024 with a
positive recognition rate of 93% suggests that the different recognition systems offered by the
Directive effectively facilitate cross-border career transitions.36 However, the fact that, as
highlighted by ECA, only an estimated 6% of citizens aged 20 to 64 years moving to another
MS make use of the systems of recognition of professional qualification, while regulated
professions account for approximately 22% of the EU labour market, suggests that
professional mobility in regulated professions remains below its potential.37
34 The determinants of labour mobility extend beyond the scope of this initiative and are addressed through a
range of complementary EU policies, including the European Affordable Housing Plan, the forthcoming Quality
Jobs Act, the Union of Skills framework and the initiatives comprising the Fair Labour Mobility Package. The
proposed revision of Directive 2005/36/EC complements these initiatives by addressing the specific
administrative barriers arising from the recognition of professional qualifications. 35 Recent findings from Flash Eurobarometer 567 – Satisfaction with administrative services: citizens' views on
quality, accessibility and reliability illustrate the challenges citizens expect to face when interacting with public
administrations in another Member State. Nearly half of respondents (47%) identified the non-recognition of
documents or certificates from their home country as an expected difficulty, alongside language barriers (65%),
difficulties understanding how to access public services (57%), different requirements for non-nationals (52%),
confusing administrative processes (49%) and the need to provide the same information multiple times (47%). In
addition, 47% of respondents expected it to be difficult or very difficult to access public administration services
in another Member State. While the survey is not specific to the recognition of professional qualifications, it
provides useful evidence of the broader administrative barriers citizens anticipate in cross-border situations and
reinforces the need for simpler, more digital and interoperable recognition procedures. 36 The annual average is calculated by dividing by five the 264 000 decisions recorded in RegProf during the
period 2020–2024, for qualifications obtained in an EU MS and mobility to all EEA countries. Previously,
between 2008, when the transposition deadline for Directive 2005/36/EC expired, and 2015, before the
transposition deadline for the revisions of 2013 expired, Member States issued 475 226 recognition decisions.
Between 2016 and 2020, a period of only five years, compared with eight years for the previous reference
period— a further 375 106 decisions were taken. The consistently high number of recognition decisions
demonstrates the continued importance of the Directive as a framework for supporting the cross-border mobility
of professionals. 37 Cf. ECA (2024); ITEM (2025); MKW/Empirica (2009); Jeffrey/Morosi (2017).
10
The Commission's preparation of the Report on the implementation of the PQD covering the
period 2020–2024 and its accompanying SWD, adopted in February 2026, provided a
significant opportunity to assess the functioning and implementation of the PQD in practice.
Based on extensive evidence gathering and consultations with CAs, professional
organisations, citizens and other stakeholders, the exercise identified a number of persistent
shortcomings and implementation challenges.38
In addition to drawing on the evidence collected for the implementation report, the study
supporting this IA39 was informed by desk research, evidence from the Regulated Professions
Database (RegProf)40 and the Internal Market Information System (IMI),41 and stakeholder
consultations. Although these sources provided a sufficient evidence base for the assessment,
important data limitations remain, notably inconsistent reporting by MS, limited operational
metrics on the performance of recognition procedures and insufficient data on “potential
mobility”. These limitations are linked to the still limited digitalisation of recognition
systems, which results in fragmented data collection.
2.1. What is the problem?
Despite the existence of an EU legal and policy framework supporting the cross-border
recognition of professional qualifications, mobile professionals still face considerable
practical and administrative hurdles when trying to access regulated professions in another
MS. Applicants seeking to have their qualifications obtained in one MS recognised in another
MS to access a regulated profession often face long, complex and burdensome recognition
processes.42 Professionals are deterred from pursuing cross-border opportunities43. This
38 COM (2026) 86 and SWD (2026) 64. The Report found that recognition of professional qualifications across
MS can still be a complex and time-consuming process because of lengthy procedures, uneven digitalisation and
heavy documentation requirements. Previously, the 2011 Evaluation of the PQD (European Commission
(2011)). had already underlined concerns about access to information, the complexity and length of procedures
and limited cooperation between CA. The 2024 Special report by the European Court of Auditors (ECA 2024)
confirmed excessive documentation requirements, disproportionate checks and unjustified fees for handling
recognition applications as well as delays in the procedures exceeding the deadlines set out in the Directive. The
ECA report also underscored that in many MS the absence of fully developed electronic procedures continues to
limit efficiency and leads to significant variations in the experience of applicants. Where relevant, the findings of
the 2011 Evaluation, the 2024 ECA Report and the 2026 Implementation Report have been integrated in the
analysis of the problem drivers below. 39 Study supporting an impact assessment of Directive 2005/36/EC - Final Report on Targeted SPI-related
aspects, EY Advisory S.p.A – IRS, 2026. 40 RegProf (Regulated Professions Database) is the European Commission's database containing information on
regulated professions and professional qualifications recognition decisions reported by MS under the
Professional Qualifications Directive. 41 The IMI was developed by the Commission in close collaboration with the MS. Since its launch in 2008, more
than 485 000 information exchanges in total have taken place through it. IMI supports more than 100 cross-
border procedures, and connects over 12 500 public authorities with approximately 40 000 registered users. 42 In the public consultation conducted for the SPI, which gathered a total of 785 responses, 48 of the 66 EU
citizens who have undergone recognition process of their qualifications reported lengthy, complex and costly
procedures as major or very major problem. Additional evidence regarding the complexity of recognition
procedures, including their duration and costs, is presented in the sections below addressing each of the problem
drivers.
11
translates into limited recruitment options for companies, who find themselves unable to
easily tap into the full EU talent pool to fill critical vacancies.44 At macro-economic level,
barriers to recognition contribute to an inefficient allocation of skills across the EU, with
negative effects on labour mobility, productivity and potential economic growth,45 and
reinforce uneven mobility patterns contributing to brain drain from certain MS. When the
recognition of qualifications is stalled or denied, skilled professionals are forced into roles
that do not utilise their full expertise, contributing to “brain waste” and overqualification.46
This is evidenced by the considerably higher than average overqualification rates for mobile
workers in the EU: 31.3% for mobile EU citizens vs. 20.8 for domestic workers in 2023.47
The problems and their underlying drivers identified in the 2020–2024 report on the
implementation of the PQD, as discussed further below, reflect challenges that have persisted
over time,
The 2011 evaluation of the Directive48 had already observed that the general system of
recognition provided a pragmatic and effective solution, but that its application remained
burdensome for professionals and competent authorities. Regarding the automatic system, it
had found that it allowed overall for efficient treatment of requests for recognition. The
evaluation identified weaknesses in the consistency and accessibility of information, complex
procedures, limited administrative cooperation and limited availability of electronic
procedures. Although the PQD had strengthened and simplified administrative cooperation,
information exchanges were limited, and while the IMI system had significantly improved the
speed and efficiency of cooperation, its effectiveness was constrained by the fact that its use
was not mandatory for all professions and competent authorities.
43 21 out of 66 EU citizens participating in the public consultation on the SPI who had undergone a recognition
procedure reported that difficulties linked to the recognition of their professional qualifications discouraged them
from moving to, or applying for, a job opportunity in another country. 44 95% of SMEs report that finding employees with the right skills is a challenge for their business. Cf. European
Commission (2024). 45 Research suggests that increased cross-border mobility contributes to higher global long-run growth. Cross-
border migration can influence productivity growth, both in the receiving and sending countries through several
channels, such as skill and diversity spillovers, remittances, age structure, entrepreneurial skills (Brunow et al.,
2015; United Nations, 2011). Also, higher rates of migrants with management skills can positively influence
foreign direct investments in receiving country (Cuadros et al., 2019). 46 In the public consultation for the SPI, out of 66 respondents EU citizens who had undergone recognition
procedures, 17 indicated that they had accepted employment below their level of qualification, 13 reported that
the recognition process prompted them to undertake additional studies or training, 12 stated that they secured a
job opportunity corresponding to or exceeding their qualifications and 12 reported that they had missed such an
opportunity, 11 indicated that they moved into employment in a different field, 10 reported delays in starting a
new job, whereas 9 stated that the outcome discouraged them from applying for job opportunities in another MS. 47 While overqualification is a phenomenon that affects mobile workers across all sectors, its impact is
particularly concerning within regulated professions given that many of the acute shortage professions in critical
sectors—such as healthcare, engineering, and education—are regulated. According to the latest (2024) European
Employment Services (EURES) report on labour shortages and surpluses, nursing professionals, generalist and
specialist medical practitioners, pharmacists and dentists are ranked among the most widespread shortage
occupations by number of countries and prevalence of high severity. 48 2011 evaluation of the PQD.
12
In response to these findings, a number of reforms were introduced by Directive
2013/55/EU49 aimed at improving the efficiency, transparency and digitalisation of
recognition procedures. These included the creation of the European Professional Card (EPC),
an electronic procedure applying to professions for which the Commission would
subsequently adopt an implementing act,50 allowing professionals to submit applications for
the recognition of qualifications or declarations for the temporary and occasional provision of
services through an online platform. The EPC was intended to simplify administrative
procedures, reduce processing times and strengthen cooperation between competent
authorities through the IMI system. The revision also introduced an alert mechanism requiring
Member States to notify each other when professionals had been prohibited or restricted from
exercising their profession, strengthened rules on administrative cooperation and information
exchange, expanded the information to be made available online on recognition procedures,
required the possibility to complete procedures by electronic means, established assistance
centres to support professionals, and reinforced transparency obligations concerning regulated
professions. These reforms produced improvements. IMI provided competent authorities with
a common, secure and structured channel for identifying and communicating with their
counterparts. It improved authority-to-authority cooperation, trust and traceability. The EPC
demonstrated that a faster and more transparent electronic recognition procedure was possible
by establishing a structured online workflow, allocating responsibilities between the home
and host authorities and setting specific procedural deadlines.
In 2018, the Commission published an assessment of stakeholders' experience with the
EPC and the alert mechanism.51 The assessment concluded that the EPC and the alert
mechanism made a positive contribution to the objectives of the 2013 revision of the PQD,
providing added value compared to the 'traditional' processes and facilitating information
exchanges. The evaluation demonstrated a high interest of the users in the EPC and an
increasing use of the alert mechanism by Member States. The public authorities appreciated
both EPC and the alert mechanism as secure tools for information exchanges and as a useful
facilitation. At the same time, the assessment highlighted the need for continuous
improvements, including further refinement of IMI functionalities, enhanced guidance for
competent authorities, more transparency, and ongoing dialogue with users to ensure the
effective and consistent operation of these new digital tools.
The 2020 implementation report52 concluded that the revised PQD had been broadly
effective in facilitating the mobility of professionals across the EU. The digital tools
introduced by the 2013 revision were found to support administrative cooperation and the
recognition process effectively. At the same time, the report found that Member States
49 Directive - 2013/55 - EN - EUR-Lex amending Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional
qualifications and Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012 on administrative cooperation through the Internal Market
Information System (‘the IMI Regulation’) 50 In practice, from 2016 the EPC became available for five professions: general care nurses, physiotherapists,
pharmacists, real estate agents and mountain guides. 51 SWD(2018) 90 final, Assessment of stakeholders' experience with the European Professional Card and the
Alert Mechanism procedures 52 COM(2020) 191 final, Report on the implementation of certain new elements introduced by Directive
2013/55/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013
13
continued to impose burdensome procedural requirements, failed to provide comprehensive
online information and electronic procedures, and did not fully comply with transparency
obligations. The mutual evaluation exercise had not resulted in regulatory reforms, while
proportionality assessments of professional regulation were often insufficient. In addition,
several issues remained open, particularly concerning language checks, temporary service
provision and partial access. The report confirmed further the need to refine the IMI platform.
In 2024, the European Court of Auditors published a special report on
the recognition of professional qualifications in the EU53 concluding that, although the EU
system for the recognition of professional qualifications is essential for supporting labour
mobility, it is applied inconsistently and remains burdensome. It recommended that the
Commission strengthen the uniform implementation of the Directive through clearer
guidance, better monitoring and enforcement, and greater consistency in the application of
procedural requirements and deadlines. The report also called for stronger integration of the
alert mechanism into recognition procedures, faster and more efficient automatic recognition
for sectoral professions, including shorter decision deadlines, and more reliable, complete and
consistent information for professionals.
The findings of the 2026 implementation report54 largely confirmed the earlier diagnosis.
Recognition procedures may still be lengthy and complex, national digitalisation remains
uneven, documentary requirements can be burdensome, and information available through
national portals and EU-level sources is not always complete, consistent or up to date. The
persistence of these problems does not mean that the reforms adopted since 2011 were
ineffective. Rather, they improved specific parts of the system without comprehensively
redesigning the recognition process.
As regards the EPC, the predecessor of the broader IMI-based digital workflow introduced by
this proposal, the evidence collected for the 2026 Implementation Report indicated that,
despite its potential, its impact has remained constrained by a range of operational and
systemic challenges. Targeted consultation highlighted that the IT system underpinning the
EPC is often perceived as complex, rigid and cumbersome to operate. Document uploads are
considered time-consuming, navigation is not sufficiently intuitive, and the overall workflow
is regarded as more burdensome than national procedures or the standard recognition
procedures. Technical and interoperability issues, linked in particular to uneven levels of
digitalisation across Member States, have further hindered its effective functioning. In
addition, low awareness among both professionals and competent authorities has limited its
uptake. Since the EPC does not automate or simplify key administrative tasks, such as
verifying the authenticity of documents or classifying supporting evidence, these continue to
require significant manual effort by competent authorities. Overall, the evidence pointed to
the need for a more unified and scalable digital approach that strengthens the mutual trust
underpinning the PQD while improving efficiency, transparency and the user experience.
53 ECA special report 10/2024 54 COM(2026) 86 final, Report on the 2020-2024 implementation of the PQD
14
A comparison with the 2011 evaluation therefore shows continuity rather than the
emergence of entirely new problems. Previous reforms successfully improved
administrative cooperation and demonstrated the benefits of electronic recognition
procedures, but their scope and design prevented them from resolving the problems across the
Directive as a whole.55 The remaining challenge is to build on those reforms through a
scalable, interoperable and user-centred digital process covering the full recognition
workflow.
As explained in more detail below, the remaining inefficiencies stem from several
interrelated causes. Processing times and administrative burdens are influenced by a
combination of factors affecting both applicants and competent authorities. The provision of
information constitutes the first of these. While Member States and competent authorities
remain responsible for maintaining information on regulated professions, competent
authorities and national requirements, insufficient alignment between national and EU-level
information sources can lead to inconsistencies, reducing the reliability and clarity of the
information available. As a result, applicants are not always sufficiently informed about the
applicable requirements, leading to incomplete applications and additional exchanges with
competent authorities. Recognition procedures are fragmented across a large number of
competent authorities with differing workloads, resources, levels of expertise, administrative
capacities and exposure to cross-border mobility in regulated professions. The workload
associated with the recognition of professional qualifications is not limited to assessing
applications and determining whether qualifications are equivalent. Competent authorities
also devote considerable resources to supporting administrative activities, such as maintaining
information portals, responding to enquiries from applicants and other competent authorities,
issuing certificates for outgoing professionals, and managing information in the Regulated
Professions Database. These horizontal tasks are indispensable for the functioning of the
recognition system and represent a significant share of the overall administrative effort
required from competent authorities. Authorities operating under the general system
frequently have to assess qualifications obtained in different education and training systems,
making recognition procedures inherently more complex. Delays may also arise when
information must be obtained from competent authorities in other Member States. These
challenges are compounded by uneven levels of digital maturity. Existing digital tools do not
always communicate effectively with one another, requiring manual interventions and
duplicative work, while some authorities continue to rely on paper-based or only partially
digital processes. Recognition procedures also continue to depend heavily on documentary
evidence whose authenticity must be verified on a case-by-case basis. In the absence of
interoperable and widely verifiable digital qualifications, competent authorities often request
certified copies, translations or additional attestations, increasing both the administrative
burden and the duration of procedures. Although IMI provides a common channel for
administrative cooperation, the Directive does not sufficiently regulate intermediate
procedural steps or authority-to-authority exchanges, and certain procedural obligations lack
the precision needed to ensure consistent implementation. Consequently, delays often arise
55 Effectively, improving some aspects (such as communication between the Member State authorities through
IMI) made other issues more visible (recurring requests concerning authentication of evidence, contributing to
delays in procedures).
15
not from an unwillingness to cooperate but from divergent national workflows, differing
administrative practices and the absence of common operational processes.
These issues give rise to the problem drivers analysed in the following section.
2.2. What are the problem drivers?
The problem identified above can be broken down into three underlying problem drivers.
These drivers arise from a combination of divergent national regulatory frameworks, differing
administrative practices across MS, and, in some areas, provisions of the PQD that leave
scope for varying interpretations.
When analysing the drivers of the identified problems, it is useful to distinguish between
issues of design and issues of implementation. Design issues arise where the Directive does
not provide a common element that is instrumental for the effective functioning of the
recognition system, such as a common workflow or other shared procedural arrangements.56
Implementation issues arise where the Directive already contains the relevant elements, but
they are either not defined with sufficient specificity to support consistent application across
Member States or are not correctly applied in practice. As explained below, the analysis
identifies both types of issues.
Fragmented and inconsistent information available to applicants
In this area, the main challenge lies not so much in the design of the framework established by
the Directive as in its implementation. While the necessary elements are largely in place, they
are not implemented consistently or in a sufficiently aligned manner across Member States.
Individuals seeking to access or exercise a regulated profession in another MS must comply
with national rules governing access to that profession. As a first step, applicants therefore
need access to clear, comprehensive and up-to-date information on applicable national
requirements. The PQD requires MS to ensure centralised access to information through
Points of Single Contact (PSCs) and provides for the establishment of Assistance Centres
(ACs) to support applicants in navigating national procedures and legislation.57 In addition,
the Single Digital Gateway Regulation58 introduces additional digital access and online
service availability obligations. Despite this, however, professionals still encounter practical
difficulties in accessing reliable and user-friendly information: information is often
fragmented across multiple institutional sources.59 While some MS provide comprehensive
56 Alternatively, design issues may also concern existing measures which proved to be unnecessary or
ineffective. 57 The mandates, use and visibility of ACs vary significantly across MS. Cf. SWD (2026) 64, Section 8.2. 58 Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to
procedures and to assistance and problem-solving services and amending Regulation (EU) No 1024/2012. 59 In the public consultation for the SPI, most of the EU citizens who had undergone or planned to undergo
recognition of their professional qualifications (n = 157) indicated multiple sources of information used to gather
insights into the recognition process. The most frequently used source was official national government websites
(43 out of 157), followed by EU websites (35 respondents), professional organisations and unions (19
respondents), informal networks (18 respondents), recognition authorities and contact points (18 respondents),
16
and centralised information,60 the availability, accessibility and quality of information vary
significantly across professions and MS.61 The fragmented and inconsistent information
contributes to incomplete or incorrect applications62 and generates repeated requests for
clarification addressed to CA.63 National business federations flag that companies find it
difficult to assess whether qualifications obtained in one country meet the requirements of
another country.64 Although the applicable legal framework requires alignment between
information available at EU and national level, inconsistencies persist, such as
discrepancies between the lists of regulated professions published in the RegProf database and
those available on national websites.65 Although the PQD requires MS to notify to the
Commission their lists of regulated professions, specifying the activities covered by each
profession, in practice only some MS provide continuous updates while others do so only
periodically.66 On the other hand, while MS are required by the PQD to provide information
at national level, the legal framework does not always specify in sufficient detail the content
of that information, resulting in variations in quality and completeness.
Process inefficiencies
In this area, the main challenge lies in the design of the recognition framework. The Directive
does not establish a common workflow or sufficiently harmonised procedural rules for how
recognition procedures should be conducted, resulting in divergent national processes and
associated inefficiencies.
Evidence gathered in the context of the 2020–2024 PQD implementation report highlights
concerns about heavy procedural requirements and the continued reliance on paper-based
submissions in some MS.67 Professionals face difficulties due to a lack of streamlined
processes.68 Recognition procedures under the PQD are resource-intensive.69 CA for
social media or online forums (16 respondents), and employers or recruiters (14 respondents). Only 35 out of the
157 respondents considered the information provided to be very clear. 60 During a consultation workshop with members of the GoC (participants from 22 MS), representatives reported
comprehensive national information websites in Estonia, Finland, Hungary, Romania and Sweden. 61 Cf. SWD section 8.2. and study supporting this IA (Annex 10). The fact that the search for comprehensive and
reliable information on where and how to apply for qualification recognition for a given profession can indeed
act a deterrent and/or causes delays in the process is also confirmed by various cases studies. Cf.
Jeffrey/Milio/Vale (2017). 62 In a consultation workshop with members of the GoC, only 4 of 24 respondents considered that applications
for recognition received by CAare complete and correct to a great extent. 63 Cf. Annex 10 of the study to support this IA. 64 Cf. SWD (2026) 64, section 10.2 The business perspective. 65 To illustrate, the ECA report found that the RegProf listed fewer regulated professions for Austria, Belgium,
and Czechia compared to the national lists maintained by each respective country. See ECA (2024), Box 6 and
SWD (2026) 64, section 8.2. 66 Cf. Annex 10 of the study to support this Impact Assessment, based on responses by National Coordinators
from 22 MS. 67 The 2011 PQD evaluation reporthad also flagged the complex and lengthy application procedures, as well as
the limited administrative capacity of CA. European Commission (2011). 68 On this, see SWD (2026) 64, section 10.1 Individuals’ views and section 10.2 The business perspective. 69 Data gathered through surveys of CA conducted by the Commission for the 2020–2024 implementation report
of PQD shows that CA rely on varying staffing models and divisions of labour. To illustrate, in some cases
relatively large teams are required to manage high volumes of applications—for example, 17 staff members
17
professions subject to the general system of recognition requiring an individual assessment of
qualifications find that staffing constraints and high workloads result in delays.70 Automatic
recognition, although it is based on harmonised minimum training requirements, in practice
remains far from fully automatic — checks of documents and exchanges with CA in the home
MS continue to rely on manual processing and require significant human resources.71 While
the PQD provides for legally binding procedural deadlines, they are not consistently
respected.72 Many MS still require physical submission of documents as fully digital
procedures are not always available.73 For applicants, this reliance on physical documentation
handling around 1 700 recognition decisions annually (Ireland), or 6 case officers managing approximately 500
applications per year (Germany/ Baden-Württemberg). In other cases, recognition procedures are managed with
very limited resources, such as a single staff member responsible for the entire process in certain professions
(Austria, Ireland, Malta, Poland, and Spain for secondary school teachers), or small teams of two reporting the
need for additional personnel (Portugal), or teams responsible for multiple professions (e.g. across all healthcare
professions in Denmark). In addition, the recognition process often involves, beyond administrative case
handlers, technical evaluators, decision-making bodies (such as boards or heads of CA), and external experts or
commissions supporting the assessment of qualifications. This points to a multi-layered and resource-intensive
process, suggesting that internal administrative capacity alone is often insufficient to cope with the complexity
and volume of cases. For example, in one MS, two staff members are supported by a technical commission of
four members (Portugal); in another, a single staff member conducts initial reviews with a six-member
commission responsible for hearings (Lithuania); in one MS (Malta), the board consists of eight members; in
another, nine members are involved (Romania); while elsewhere, one lawyer handles administrative tasks,
supported by a committee of four social workers and one expert in social worker training (Croatia). 70 Cf. SWD (2026) 64, Section 2 - Length of procedure, where it is evidenced that for professions falling under
the general system, the duration of recognition procedures varies considerably across MS. Processing times can
range from as little as a few weeks to several months, with most applications typically completed within one to
four months. However, in some cases—particularly where additional documentation is required or administrative
constraints arise—procedures may extend to seven or eight months. 71 Cf. Annex 10 of the study supporting this IA and SWD (2026) 64, section 4.2 Automatic recognition based on
minimum training requirements – Application procedure. 72 It should be underlined that the deadlines provided for in the PQD only kick-in once the application is
complete. Often, however, a lot of precious time is spent by the applicant gathering missing documents,
clarifying information, or correcting errors in the initial submission before thecompetent authority
acknowledges receipt of a complete file.Among the 284 individual respondents to the implementation report
consultation who provided information on the duration of recognition procedures, 80 reported that the procedure
lasted more than four months, while 25 indicated that it lasted more than one year. In the public consultation for
the SPI, among 66 EU citizens who applied for recognition and responded to a question about the duration of the
recognition process, including the time required to gather the documentation necessary for their application,
many reported durations of several months. 13 respondents indicated that the process lasted between 3 and 6
months, while another 13 reported a duration of 6 to 12 months. For 10 respondents the process lasted between 1
and 3 months, and for another 10 it took less than one month. However, there were also cases where the process
took substantially longer, with 2 respondents reporting a duration of 1 to 2 years, 4 respondents reporting 2 to 3
years, and 5 respondents indicating that the process lasted more than 3 years. 73 The data presented in ECA (2024), Figure 6, p. 21 highlight considerable divergence across MS in the share of
recognition procedures carried out electronically. Only a limited number of MS report levels close to or above
70%, while in most cases the proportion remains around or below 50%. In nine MS, the share falls below 40%,
underscoring the uneven uptake of digital procedures. This picture is corroborated by the findings in Annex 6 of
the study supporting this impact assessment, based on responses from national coordinators and CA in 22 MS.
These indicate that applicants are still frequently required to submit documents in paper format. While fully
electronic procedures exist for certain professions in several MS, their availability and use vary significantly, and
paper documentation remains necessary where digital solutions are not in place. As a result, the time needed to
collect supporting documentation directly affects the overall duration of recognition procedures.
18
increases costs74, administrative burden, and delays.75 Documentation requirements, although
defined and limited under the PQD, often exceed what is strictly necessary in practice,
including certified originals, notarised copies, apostilles, and sworn translations.76 This is
often linked to a lack of trust in qualifications issued in other MS.77 Certified translations and
copies generating additional costs and delays particularly where multiple documents must be
processed. Finally, as the PQD leaves to MS to define recognition fees, both the level and
structure of fees vary widely, creating uncertainty for applicants which may discourage them
from applying.78
Fragmented administrative cooperation among national authorities and between
national authorities and the Commission
This problem reflects both shortcomings in the design of the current framework and in its
implementation. The absence of a common workflow is compounded by inconsistent
74 Cf. Chapter 6 below. 75 CA also face inefficiencies due to paper-based processes. Manual handling of documents—including
verification, scanning, processing, and returning originals—is resource-intensive. Paper documents are not
inherently verifiable, requiring additional authenticity checks, which are increasingly complex in light of
evolving fraud risks, including AI-based falsification. The absence of digital records complicates tracking and
archiving, increases the risk of errors, and contributes to delays. 76 Cf. Annex 10 of the study to support this IA, based on responses by National Coordinators from 22 MS. Data
collected for the 2020-2024 implementation report of the also point to divergence across MS in the number of
documents requested from applicants under the general system. Although the categories used are relatively broad
(up to five, five to ten, and more than ten documents), all four professions examined show distributions across
more than one category, indicating significant variation in documentary requirements. This suggests a lack of
convergence, which is likely even more pronounced in practice, given that each category encompasses a wide
range of possible document counts (Cf. SWD (2026) 64, Section 2). 77 Procedural complexity is related to lack of trust in the professional qualifications obtained in another MS and
the training institutions and CAs of that MS. However, lack of trust is not mentioned in this IA as a problem
driver. There is, in practice, a degree of caution on the part of CA when assessing professional qualifications
obtained in another MS, which may manifest itself in different forms: limited information on the underlying
training and curricula, difficulties in comparing qualifications across national systems, doubts about the quality
assurance of training, or concerns about the authenticity of documents. However, this is expected to some extent
in the context of regulated professions. Unlike non-regulated professions, access is subject to legally defined
requirements, and MS are both entitled and obliged to verify that applicants meet these conditions. In that sense,
a certain degree of prudence should not, in itself, be considered problematic. The issue arises rather in how this
caution is operationalised, notably in the type and extent of requirements imposed, the nature of the requests
addressed to applicants, the proportionality of the evidence required, and the way applications are handled. This
is why “lack of trust” is not identified as a standalone problem driver in the analysis, even though it can be
understood as an underlying factor behind certain challenges observed in practice, such as lengthy processing
times, extensive information requests, and burdensome documentation requirements. 78 On differences in fees, see also SWD (2026) 64, Section 2 (General system of recognition – Fees), which
shows that, for the professions covered by the general system, recognition fees in the MS range from no fee, to
low fees (up to EUR 100), higher fees (up to EUR 1 000), and in some cases significantly higher amounts (above
EUR 1 000). This pattern is broadly reflected in the replies to the public consultation for the SPI. Out of the 66
EU citizens who had undergone recognition processes, 2 indicated that the procedure was free of charge, 5
reported costs below EUR 250, 6 reported costs between EUR 251 and EUR 500, and a further 6 reported costs
between EUR 501 and EUR 1 000, while 3 indicated costs between EUR 1 001 and EUR 2 500, and 7 reported
costs exceeding EUR 2 500. At the same time, 10 respondents considered the question not applicable to their
situation and more than 22 did not indicate the cost of the recognition procedure.
19
implementation of existing cooperation mechanisms, resulting in fragmented exchanges and
cooperation.
Cooperation among MS is primarily supported by IMI, which provides a secure
communication platform for CA to exchange information. Despite the support provided by
IMI, coordination challenges, stemming from differences in national administrative structures
and the level of engagement across MS complicate implementation.79 Inconsistent use of the
IMIundermines its potential to support administrative cooperation under the PQD.80 The EPC
remains underutilisedand its uptake varies significantly across MS and professions.81 More
broadly, recognition procedures across the EU are still unevenly digitalised.82 Although
many MS have introduced online portals and digital document upload functionalities,
professionals frequently encounter hybrid systems combining digital and paper-based
elements.83 Interoperability issues between national systems further exacerbate these
79 The evidence collected for the 2020–2024 implementation report for the PQD (cf. SWD (2026) 64, Section
8.2) points to significant differences across MS in how national contact points for professional qualifications
collect feedback and statistical data to support information exchanges. 80 Issues with the use of the IMI system were already noted in the 2011 evaluation of the PQD. Following the
2013/55/EU amendment, the Commission introduced the EPC and an Alert Mechanism, both powered by the
IMI to streamline recognition procedures and enhance safety. Since then, continuous improvements to the IMI’s
interface were implemented and guidance and training was provided to CA to optimise the system. Under the
general system, CA report slow responses via IMI to questions on training content covered by a professional
qualification. Under the automatic recognition system, delayed responses in IMI can impede compliance with
legally prescribed deadlines for recognition decisions. Cf. SWD (2026) 64, Sections 2 and 4 on the general and
the automatic systems of recognition. 81 The EPC has been available since January 2016 for five professions: general care nurses, pharmacists,
physiotherapists, mountain guides and real estate agents. It provides an electronic procedure for the recognition
of professional qualifications with shorter deadlines (e.g. one month for the CA of the home MS to acknowledge
receipt and issue the EPC) and tacit recognition in cases where it is for the CA of the host MS to take a decision
within a deadline and no such decision is taken. The application of fees for EPC procedures remains inconsistent,
reducing predictability for applicants. Cf. ECA (2024) and European Parliament (2019). Also, the EPC interface
is perceived as complex and time-consuming. Cf. SWD (2026) 64, Section 6 on the functioning and current use
of the EPC and its future implementation. 82 The level of digitalisation of public administrations varies significantly across MS. Data from the
Commission’s eGovernment Benchmark and the OECD Digital Government Index, point to persistent disparities
in the availability, quality and interoperability of digital public services. While some MS have developed highly
user-centric, fully digital and interoperable administrative systems, others continue to rely to a greater extent on
fragmented, paper-based or only partially digital procedures. As a result, professionals seeking recognition of
qualifications across borders face uneven levels of digitalisation, contributing to longer processing times, higher
administrative burden and reduced predictability of procedures. The cost survey of CAs carried out for the IA
points specifically to differences in the degree of digitalisation of recognition procedures across MS. Out of 81
respondents, 29 reported that they had fully digitalised their recognition processes over the last five to ten years,
while 38 reported having done so only partially. At the same time, 14 respondents indicated that they had not
digitalised their recognition processes during this period. These results suggest that recognition procedures are
currently carried out through a variety of digital and non-digital approaches, depending on the authority
concerned. The survey also showed differences in the parts of the process that have been digitalised. The data
presented in the 10/2024 report by ECA also highlight considerable divergence across MS in the digitalisation of
recognition procedures. Only a limited number of MS report digitalisation levels close to or above 70%, while in
most cases the proportion remains around or below 50%. In nine MS, the share falls below 40%, underscoring
the uneven uptake of digital procedures. 83 In some cases, applicants can download documents available online, but must return them by post or email. In
others, online platforms serve only as repositories for forms rather than enabling full electronic submission.
During transitional phases, some authorities continue to rely heavily on email exchanges, often supplemented by
20
challenges. Cooperation via the IMI system does not currently function as a tracking tool
for the entire recognition procedure. Significant data gaps persist, most notably concerning
the actual duration of recognition procedures from the moment of initial application to the
final decision. Resolving these gaps currently requires substantial administrative effort and
results in an incomplete evidence base.84 Ultimately, this lack of transparent, real-time data
limits the Commission's enforcement capabilities, making it difficult to identify systemic
delays or effectively hold MS accountable to legally prescribed deadlines.
***
The problem drivers described above are represented in the visual below, which sets out the
intervention logicof the initiative. In addition to illustrating the overall problem and its
underlying drivers, it captures the key issues identified and the objectives pursued in relation
to each problem driver.
secure electronic signatures. Cf. Annex 6 of the study to support this IA, based on surveys carried out for the
PQD implementation report 2020-2024 with 450 citizens and CA from 23 MS. 84 The difficulty of establishing a reliable evidence base is highlighted in the 2026 SWD underpinning the Report
on the implementation of the Directive, which relies on targeted, ad-hoc stakeholder surveys conducted between
Q2 2024 and Q1 2025 to capture data not systematically available in the IMI system.
21
As illustrated in Annex 10, the shortcomings identified above can have a compounded
negative impact across the entire user journey. When information gaps, procedural
hurdles, and administrative cooperation bottlenecks converge, they create a cumulative
'friction' that fundamentally compromises the applicant's experience. The initial difficulty in
finding reliable information often leads to incomplete or incorrect applications, which creates
delays at the very beginning of the process. These can be further exacerbated by burdensome,
paper-based processes and uneven cooperation between the CA, where administrative inertia
of a single authority can stall the entire process. Finally, a lack of precise real-time data on
processing times hampers the effective monitoring of compliance.
2.3. How likely is the problem to persist?
In the absence of additional EU action, some gradual and incremental improvements can be
expected as a result of improved technical infrastructure and the use of possibilities already
provided under the PQD.85 However, in the absence of more systemic reforms the portability
of qualifications across borders will continue to be hampered. As indicated above, the number
of regulated professions in the EU has remained constant at a high level between 2016 and
2023.86 Since the regulation of professions is within the competence of the MS, administrative
obstacles arising from differences in national regulatory requirements are not expected to
decrease. In response to technological change, digitalisation and the shift towards a net-zero
emissions economy, MS are revising existing regulated professions or even defining new ones
to ensure safety and quality in both emerging and established sectors.87 They are likely to
continue to do so in the coming period. In the absence of central coordination, this will create
additional regulatory divergence for a considerable share of professions. Technical
improvements within individual MS will not automatically yield system-wide benefits, as
the overall speed of recognition procedures remains critically dependent on the quality of
bilateral cooperation. The uneven uptake of digital tools across the Union creates
"bottlenecks" where the inefficiencies of one national authority hinder the cross-border
process. Digitalisation at individual MS level can even hamper rather than smoothen
85 This includes the delegated powers provided for under the Directive, for example those relating to the
establishment of Common Training Frameworks, which are considered part of the baseline (see Section 5.1 and
Annex 9). 86 Cf. fn 21. 87 The regulation of professions in EU MS is a dynamic and uneven process, shaped by technological change,
market demand and new regulatory priorities. New or newly formalised activities may become regulated
professions or regulated specialisations: for example, France regulates the titles and practice of genetic
counsellor and medical physicist, both linked to advances in genomic medicine, radiotherapy, and medical
imaging. MS create new specialties like the advanced practice nurse pathway, and tend to add new specialties in
engineering like biomedical and clinical engineering, reflecting the growing role of technology. Regulatory
change can also create new market-facing roles, as seen with sustainability assurance auditors, leading to the
development of dedicated training, and – prospectively – to the emergence of new regulated professions. Similar
market and public-policy needs are visible in the regulation of building energy assessors and renewable-energy
installers. At the same time, regulation is fragmented: some countries regulate an activity or title while others
rely on sectoral certification, professional registers or training schemes. As a result, professionals seeking
recognition of their qualifications in another MS may face significant differences between regulatory regimes: in
one country the activity may be treated as a new regulated profession, in another as a specialty of an existing
profession, and in a third as a certification or licensing requirement attached only to certain activities. This
makes recognition increasingly dependent on a detailed comparison between traditional professional categories
and newer, more specialised or technology-driven forms of regulation.
22
recognition, by making interoperability more difficult. Furthermore, the PQD in its current
form does not provide the operational metrics needed to monitor the end-to-end performance
of recognition systems, nor does it ensure the systematic collection and transmission of
relevant data between CA and to the Commission. In the absence of additional measures,
these data limitations will continue to hamper monitoring and enforcement.
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT?
3.1. Legal basis
The legal basis for this policy action is Article 53(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of
the European Union (TFEU), which empowers the Union to adopt directives for the mutual
recognition of diplomas, certificates and other evidence of formal qualifications, as well as for
the coordination of national provisions governing access to and pursuit of regulated
professions, including for self-employed persons88. This provision, in conjunction with
Articles 45, 49 and 56 TFEU on the free movement of workers, freedom of establishment
and freedom to provide services, underpins Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of
professional qualifications. The present initiative does not alter the substantive scope or
overall architecture of the Directive, nor does it harmonise national rules on the organisation
of professions or qualification requirements. The envisaged measures fall within the scope of
Article 53(1) TFEU, as they aim to facilitate the effective recognition of qualifications and
thereby enable access to regulated professions across MS.
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity and added value of EU action
The initiative concerns the functioning of the internal market, which is an area of shared
competence between the Union and the MS pursuant to Article 4(2)(a) TFEU. Accordingly,
the principle of subsidiarity applies. The existence of an EU legal framework in the form of
the PQD since 2005, and the decision to maintain this instrument as the reference framework
while amending and modernising it in 2013, illustrate the common understanding that EU-
level action in this area is both necessary and appropriate. The need for Union action thus
arises not only from the rationale for mutual recognition as such, which is already established,
but from persistent shortcomings in the practical functioning and enforcement of an existing
EU framework. The initiative aims to improve this pre-existing legal framework for
recognition at EU level. Changes to the EU framework can only be done by EU level action.
Recognition procedures inherently require interaction between CA in different MS, including
the exchange and verification of information, validation of qualifications, and clarification of
documentation. Unilateral efforts by MS to streamline their own procedures do not
resolve these cross-border frictions, as they neither ensure reciprocity nor establish common
operational rules for cooperation. These issues are structural and cross-border in nature and
cannot be adequately addressed through isolated national measures Without coordinated
action at Union level, the system remains dependent on heterogeneous practices and ad hoc
communication, limiting the potential for simplification and efficiency gains. Moreover, the
integration of digital tools to facilitate recognition procedures requires a common
88 Thus, the choice of legal instrument is determined both by the TFEU provisions and the nature of the action.
23
framework to be effective. If developed separately at national level89, such tools would risk
fragmentation, duplication and lack of interoperability.
Union action is also necessary to strengthen transparency and enforcement of the
existing rules. At present, the monitoring of recognition procedures relies largely on MS’
self-reported data and individual complaints, which does not provide a comprehensive or
reliable basis for assessing compliance and to enforce the rules in the event of systematic
incompliance. Action at EU level is needed to ensure consistent and comparable data to
support both national and EU-level corrective measures. Such transparency cannot be
achieved through uncoordinated national systems. In the absence of Union intervention, the
identified problems are likely to persist, resulting in continued delays, administrative burdens
and legal uncertainty for applicants and CA. Coordinated EU action is therefore necessary to
ensure that the existing framework operates as intended and that the rights conferred by the
Treaties can be effectively exercised in practice. A further coordinated EU framework
would lead to more consistent and reliable recognition decisions across MS. By
streamlining information requirements, deadlines and cooperation practices, the initiative
would reduce variability in how similar cases are handled and limit the risk of divergent or
conflicting assessments. This can also facilitate the availability of reliable and comparable
data, reduce administrative effort, lower reporting costs, and minimise risks of errors or
inconsistencies, while enabling more timely and accurate monitoring.
EU-level action also offers clear economies of scale and avoids duplication of efforts. A
common EU approach to streamlining key aspects of the recognition process is more cost-
effective than multiple parallel national solutions, which may be incompatible or require
complex interfaces. EU-level intervention ensures interoperability, thereby maximising the
benefits of digitalisation and preventing fragmentation. While Union action requires initial
adaptation efforts by national administrations, including changes to existing procedures and
systems, these costs are expected to be offset by long-term efficiency gains, reduced
administrative burden, and improved service delivery. Overall, EU action provides a more
efficient and coherent solution than uncoordinated national approaches, delivering benefits
that cannot be achieved at the same scale or consistency by MS acting alone.
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?
The PQD has long provided a solid legal framework for the recognition of professional
qualifications across MS, consolidating several previous instruments in this area. This
initiative does not seek to overhaul the system established by the Directive, the effectiveness
of which is evidenced by a constant stream of positive recognition procedures.90 Rather, it
aims to identify and address specific pain points, including both underutilised opportunities
and persisting obstacles. Accordingly, the initiative is designed to remain proportionate and
targeted, addressing only those issues that require action. Its objective is not to create a new
89 The key elements need to be developed at the EU level and be further implemented at national level by
transposing them to (ensure compatibility with) national legal frameworks. 90 Cf. PQD Implementation Report 2020-2024 (COM(2026) 86), under 2: The Professional Qualifications
Directive provides crucial support to mobility in the Single Market.
24
system, but to introduce focused improvements to enhance the functioning of the existing
framework.91
4.1. General objective
The general objective of the action is to ensure the free movement of workers92 in
regulated professions across the EU. This contributes to the Union’s overarching policy
objective of deepening and strengthening the Single Market as a driver of competitiveness,
resilience and sustainable growth, as reflected in recent Commission priorities and strategic
reflections on Europe’s economic performance. In this context, the action supports the
objectives of the Union of Skills, notably by enhancing the portability and recognition of
skills and qualifications,facilitating cross-border recruitment, and improving the matching of
skills supply and labour market demand across MS. Furthermore, the initiative contributes to
addressing structural labour shortages and skills mismatches, thereby supporting productivity
growth and the efficient allocation of human capital, in line with the Union’s broader
competitiveness and innovation agenda. By promoting interoperable recognition systems
through the uptake of digital tools, the action also aligns with the EU’s digital transition
objectives and the development of a more integrated and future-proof Single Market.
4.2. Specific objectives
This intervention is structured around three specific objectives, each addressing one of the
identified problem drivers. For each objective, a corresponding reference is proposed. The
latter are intended as concrete benchmarks rather than exhaustive reflections of the specific
objectives they refer to. Acknowledging that quantitative indicators cannot fully capture the
multifaceted nature of the problem drivers, they provide the essential empirical standards
required to drive accountability and evaluate the intervention's impact.93
The first specific objective proposed (SO1) is to ensure that information on qualification
requirements and recognition procedures at national level is complete, clear and easily
accessible, in a manner that is consistent with the information made available at EU level
under the PQD. The proposed point of reference for achieving this objective is the
establishment of a single, reliable and up-to-date EU-level source of information, enabling
applicants, employers and competent authorities to access accurate and comparable
information across Member States. The second specific objective (SO2) is to make
recognition procedures faster, simpler and less burdensome. The proposed benchmark for
achieving this objective is a 25% reduction in the overall cost of recognition procedures
compared to the baseline.94 The third specific objective (SO3) is to improve cooperation and
communication among national competent authorities responsible for recognition
procedures, as well as between national authorities and the Commission. The proposed
91 A visual representation of the objectives is provided in Annex 11. 92 While the objective refers specifically to workers in regulated professions, it is relevant for all holders of EU
qualifications seeking access to regulated professions, including self-employed. 93 The specific objectives should be read in combination with the draft performance monitoring framework
(Annex 9). They together outline what the success of the initiative could look like. 94 In line with the 25% overall burden reduction target set out in the Competitiveness Compass. COM(2025) 30
final.
25
point of reference for achieving this objective is ensuring that requests for administrative
cooperation are answered within a maximum period of two weeks, as a general rule.
The three Specific Objectives are closely interrelated and mutually reinforcing, as they
address different but interdependent drivers of the same underlying problem. SO1 (clear and
complete information) functions as a precondition for the effective operation of the system.
When applicants have access to accurate, complete and consistent information on
qualification requirements and recognition procedures, they are better able to identify the
appropriate CAs and submit complete applications. This directly supports SO2, by reducing
errors, requests for clarification and resubmissions, and indirectly supports SO3, by limiting
avoidable information exchanges between authorities. SO2 (faster and less burdensome
procedures) addresses the operational efficiencyof recognition processes once applications
are submitted. Streamlined procedures, clearer deadlines applicable across all recognition
paths, and greater use of digital tools reduce processing times and administrative effort for
both applicants and CAs. SO3 (improved administrative cooperation) underpins both SO1 and
SO2 by strengthening trust, communication and consistency among CAs, and between them
and the Commission. More timely and structured cooperation contributes to the accuracy and
updating of information provided to applicants (SO1), and enables faster handling of cross-
border verifications and recognition decisions (SO2).
The benchmarks proposed above are reflected in the indicators included in the monitoring
framework presented in Chapter 9 and Annex 16. These indicators will be used to track
progress towards the specific objectives and assess whether the initiative is delivering the
expected results. The direct impacts of the initiative are expected to start materialising from
2029, once the implementation phase of the European Digital Recognition System (EDRS) in
2027 and 2028 has been completed. Wider impacts, including effects on professional
mobility, labour market functioning and the overall performance of recognition systems, are
expected to emerge progressively thereafter. Evaluating the initiative five years after the
expiry of the transposition deadline95 would allow sufficient time for both the direct impacts
and the broader effects of the initiative to become observable.
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS?
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed?
If no new measures are introduced at EU level, the Commission would continue to implement
and enforce the current legal framework while MS would continue to make use of existing
instruments at differing speeds, depth and levels of effectiveness.
Digitalisation of recognition‑related processes would continue to advance, driven not only
by the gradual rollout of the European Digital Credentials and national e‑government reforms,
but also by the ongoing implementation of EU‑wide digital enablers, notably the Single
Digital Gateway Regulation, the Once‑Only Technical System96 and the deployment of the
95 This timeframe would be comparable to previous experience under thw PQD, which was evaluated in 2011,
four years after the expiry of the transposition deadline. 96 OOTSHUB Home - OOTSHUB
26
EU Digital Identity Wallet.97 While these initiatives are not specifically designed for the
recognition of professional qualifications, they provide concrete, Commission‑developed
tools that can be leveraged to streamline recognition procedures. Under the baseline, however,
without any initiative to at least encourage, if not actively monitor, integration of these tools,
results would remain partial and uneven across MS and professions, with significant
untapped potential.
Under the baseline, incremental improvements in certain aspects of recognition processes
can be expected by 2030. Continued progress in national referencing to the EQF and the
availability of EU‑level transparency tools (e.g. Europass, ESCO) are likely to enhance
formal comparability of qualifications and mutual understanding between authorities. The
gradual uptake of digital credentials and authentication tools may reduce fraud risks and
enable faster checks in those MS and professions where such tools are fully integrated into
administrative workflows. However, these improvements are unlikely to translate into
system‑wide efficiency gains. The voluntary and non‑binding nature of most EU instruments
means that procedural requirements, documentation standards, timelines, fees and appeal
mechanisms are expected to remain diverse across MS. Fragmented digital uptake, the
continued reliance on hybrid or paper‑based procedures in many jurisdictions, and limited
end‑to‑end interoperability between national systems are likely to constrain the practical
usability of digital solutions.
Another dimension of the baseline concerns the continued use and development of
Common Training Frameworks (CTFs).98 The Commission is already actively working on
this instrument and intends to continue advancing it in close cooperation with MS. As part of
the SPI, specific professions have been identified as prime candidates to pilot and expand this
collaborative framework. These include professions that are crucial for the EU’s overall
competitiveness and innovation potential, such as civil engineers and biomedical laboratory
technicians; professions that play a key role in the green transition, including electricians,
heating, ventilation and air-conditioning technicians, and landscape architects; as well as
several care professions, such as nursing and health care assistants, occupational therapists
and radiographers, and professions related to education, including kindergarten teachers and
child care workers. A streamlined approach to CTFs will yield tangible time and cost savings
for applicants while significantly freeing up administrative resources for CAs. However,
97 EU Digital Identity Wallet Home - EU Digital Identity Wallet 98 The baseline scenario includes not only the provisions of the PQD itself but also the mechanisms and
delegated powers already provided in it. In particular, Article 49a empowers the Commission to establish
Common Training Frameworks (CTFs) through delegated acts, thereby extending automatic recognition to
additional professions where the relevant conditions are met. The development of CTFs is therefore an existing
possibility under the current framework rather than a new policy measure to be considered in this impact
assessment. CTFs serve as a highly effective tool to facilitate existing mobility patterns for professions that
already exhibit a sufficient level of convergence in national regulations and training requirements. By
eliminating the need for the application of compensatory measures by host MS, a CTF enables the automatic
recognition of qualifications that meet its harmonized criteria. The indirect link between CTFs and the policy
options considered here is through improving administrative cooperation in the Group of Coordinators to
facilitate the future development and implementation of CTFs. However, such measure would pursue wider
objectives and would not be limited to that purpose. Consequently, any future extension of automatic recognition
through CTFs is considered part of the baseline scenario rather than an impact attributable to the policy options
assessed. Cf. Annex 9.
27
while CTFs deliver substantial, targeted benefits for the professions involved, the instrument
is subject to structural limitations. Because it relies on a high baseline of existing alignment
of national regulatory measures, a CTF can only be successfully deployed for a restricted
number of professions. Furthermore, its ultimate success and take-up remain highly
dependent on the political willingness of MS to implement it within their domestic legal
systems. In conclusion, while expanding the use of CTFs in the future will successfully
eliminate recognition frictions for specific mobile professionals, it is no substitute for a
broader systemic reform on national level to ensure that regulation remains proportionate and
is not expected to yield in itself across-the-board efficiency gains across the wider EU labour
market.
Although the available evidence does not establish that the existing shortcomings will
necessarily worsen over time, it is likely that consequences will become more pronounced
in the absence of further action. This reflects broader developments affecting the context in
which the Directive operates.
First, demographic change is reducing the size of the available workforce. The EU's working-
age population is projected to shrink significantly over the coming decades, exacerbating
labour and skills shortages across many sectors.99 As Member States increasingly rely on the
mobility of qualified professionals to address these shortages, recognition systems will need
to process a growing number of applications efficiently and without unnecessary
administrative burden.
Second, demographic ageing and increasing life expectancy are driving demand for healthcare
and long-term care services, many of which are delivered by regulated professionals. At the
same time, persistent labour and skills shortages will make it increasingly difficult for
Member States to meet this demand from the domestic workforce alone. As a result, cross-
border mobility of regulated professionals is expected to play an increasingly important role
in addressing workforce needs.
Then, the green and digital transitions are transforming labour markets by creating demand
for new skills and occupations and by changing the competences required in existing
professions. This is likely to lead to more updates to training curricula, greater diversity of
qualifications and, where appropriate, the regulation of new professions, increasing the
complexity of recognition decisions.100
Finally, rapid technological progress and the digitalisation of public administration continue
to raise the expectations of citizens and businesses for digital, user-friendly, interoperable and
99 The EU's population is projected to start decreasing before 2030 and to continue declining until 2100, while
the size of the labour supply is expected to decrease by about 16% by 2070 compared to 2019, corresponding to
a total loss of approximately 32 million potential workers in the EU. Cf. European Commission (2026b);
European Commission (2021). 100 Eurofound (2023), Measures to tackle labour shortages: Lessons for future policy, Publications Office of the
European Union; ESDE (2023).
28
efficient public services. Recognition procedures that remain fragmented, paper-based or
insufficiently digitalised risk becoming increasingly out of step with these expectations.
Against this background, administrative workloads are likely to increase faster than the
coordination capacity, digital maturity and institutional resources of competent authorities.
This may result in greater risks of delays, backlogs and inconsistent decision-making,
particularly in professions characterised by high mobility or persistent labour shortages.
Professionals may continue to experience delayed labour market entry or under-employment,
while employers, especially SMEs, may face continuing difficulties in recruiting qualified
professionals across borders despite persistent vacancies.
Overall, it cannot be concluded with certainty that recognition systems will perform worse
under the baseline scenario. However, as external pressures intensify, the existing
shortcomings of the framework are likely to become increasingly consequential. In this
context, addressing these shortcomings becomes progressively more important to ensure that
recognition systems remain efficient, responsive and capable of supporting the evolving needs
of the Single Market.
5.2. Description of the policy options
Three policy options are presented below. Each option comprises a set of measures designed
to contribute to all specific objectives and address all three problem drivers. Within each
option, the measures proposed are broadly consistent in their nature, ranging from non-
legislative measures to legislative measures combined with enforcement mechanisms. Moving
from one option to another, the degree of ambition to ensure integrated results progressively
increases. In a limited number of cases, a measure has been retained in a subsequent option
where it remained compatible with the overall logic of that option and was not rendered
unnecessary by other, more far-reaching measures. The analysis below is complemented by
Annex 11, which presents and describes the specific measures included under each option.101
5.2.1. Option 1 – Convergence of administrative practices through shared standards
This option relies on non-legislative measures to complement the existing EU legal
framework, such as Commission guidance, common templates and voluntary peer reviews,
to streamline administrative practices. It improves information quality by promoting
interoperable information architectures and aligning EU-level sources with national sources
101 A number of potential measures were examined during the preparation of this initiative but were ultimately
not retained. These are presented in a dedicated table in Annex 12, structured by problem driver and listing, for
each measure, the corresponding rationale for its dismissal. Most discarded measures raised concerns related to
proportionality, feasibility or coherence with the existing framework. In particular, a number of options were
considered either insufficiently effective to achieve the stated objectives, or disproportionate, notably where they
would entail excessive administrative burden or go beyond what is appropriate in areas where MS retain
significant competences.
29
and enhancing the clarity and consistency of national information. It promotes process
efficiency and transition from paper-based processes to digital procedures, and supports in
that context faster processing with fewer documentary requirements. To facilitate procedures,
it introduces voluntary tools and soft measures, including an EU-developed AI-assisted
workflow system, indicative shorter deadlines where applicants make use of EU digital
credentials, shared standards for digital interoperability, and updated Code of Conduct
provisions on proportionate documentation and reasonable fees. Cooperation among CA is
reinforced through nonbinding IMI response deadlines, expanded training on digital tools, and
encouragement to conduct recognition procedures fully online while allowing MS to choose
their own systems. This approach acknowledges the diversity of national contexts and
operational needs - for instance, differences in the number of CA, application volumes, or
available administrative capacity – and consists of improvements which can be implemented
without imposing uniform procedural requirements.
Policy measures proposed under PO1
Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and recognition
processes at national level, in line with EU level information102
• Issue Commission guidance on information structure and quality for CA websites
• Carry out voluntary peer review of national portals
Make recognition processes faster, easier, and less burdensome
• Develop, for voluntary use by MS, an interoperable AI-assisted workflow management
system to support CA in the recognition process and supporting applicants in preparing
applications.
• Develop shared understanding between MS on which standards to use, how to improve
interoperability of digital systems for recognition (e.g. Community of practice via a GoC
Subgroup)
• Encourage processing of applications in shorter deadlines than provided in the PQD
when EU digital credentials are used (e.g. update of Code of conduct, pilot with like-
minded countries)
• Ensure that the document requirements are proportionate (e.g. update the Code of
Conduct, share best practices)
• Issue guidelines (e.g.: a formula) to calculate reasonable fees for recognition processes
(e.g. update the Code of Conduct, share best practices)
102 As a flanking measure supporting all policy options, aimed at ensuring that information on recognition
procedures and requirements is complete and clear, the Commission would launch a pilot on the use of chatbots
as tools to support the provision of information to applicants.
30
Improve cooperation and communication among CA and between them and the
Commission103
• Establish indicative response deadlines for administrative cooperation requests between
CA (e.g., 2 weeks) and report regularly on non-compliance per country via GoC
• Increase efforts to disseminate training on digital tools and processes (e.g.: IMI, EPC,
etc.) to CA (training at more frequent intervals, recorded training with voice over in all
EU languages, etc)
• Encourage recognition processes to be entirely conducted online by CA (whilst allowing
CA to choose their own system)
5.2.2. Option 2 – Targeted procedural reforms for improved interoperability
This option introduces specific legislative amendments to the Directive aimed primarily at
supporting the digitalisation and interoperability of recognition procedures across MS,
while preserving flexibility for national administrations in the organisation of their
workflows. It supports improved information through automated updates of the RegProf and
the possibility to deploy a chatbot to support applicants. It also improves the management of
digital workflows while maintaining national flexibility. Some process improvements rely
on voluntary uptake (e.g. an AI-assisted workflow tool would be made available by the
Commission for national systems to integrate it at their own discretion) whereas others would
be mandatory (e.g. verifiable, interoperable digital credentials would be mandated for the
professions under automatic recognition). The identification of specific deadlines for each
step of the recognition process, with a focus on the cooperation between CA, would help
structure it and support shorter processing times. Documentation, translation requirements and
fee practices would be further clarified by non-binding recommendations in the Code of
Conduct. Binding deadlines for responses to administrative assistance requests would be
introduced, while allowing MS to use their existing national digital workflows under a
“digital first” principle. This option effectively structures the recognition process and data
exchange without mandating a specific EU-wide digital workflow.
Policy measures proposed under PO2
Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and recognition
processes at national level, in line with EU level information
• Issue Commission guidance on information structure and quality for CA websites
103 Another flanking measure, aimed at improving cooperation and communication among CAs, and between
CAs and the Commission, would be the strengthening of cooperation within the expert group on the recognition
of professional qualifications and its subgroups through the adoption of annual work programmes.
31
• Carry out voluntary peer review of national portals
• Amend the PQD to ensure real-time automated update through interoperability with the
RegProf database information on recognition decisions
Make recognition processes faster, easier, and less burdensome
• Develop, for voluntary use by MS, an interoperable AI-assisted workflow management
system to support CA in the recognition process and supporting applicants in preparing
applications, combined with a requirement for MS to ensure digital workflow for
recognition procedures.
• Amend the PQD to specify deadlines of individual steps of the recognition process with a
view to shortening the overall deadlines
• Amend the PQD to introduce legal obligation for MS issue Annex V qualifications as
interoperable digital credentials104
• Ensure that the document requirements are proportionate (e.g. update the Code of
Conduct, share best practices)
• Issue guidelines (e.g.: a formula) to calculate reasonable fees for recognition processes
Improve cooperation and communication among CA and between them and the
Commission
• Amend the PQD to establish binding response deadlines for administrative cooperation
requests between CA (e.g. 2 weeks)
• Increase efforts to disseminate training on digital tools and processes (e.g.: IMI, EPC,
etc.) to CA (training at more frequent intervals, recorded training with voice over in all
EU languages, etc)
• Require recognition procedures to be capable of being conducted online by CAs (whilst
allowing CA to choose their own system, compliant with the AI-assisted workflow)
5.2.3. Option 3 – Unified EU workflow and enhanced enforcement
This option constitutes a comprehensive procedural reform of the existing legal
framework through legislative amendments, mandating a single EU-wide digital
workflow across all MS. It ensures the completeness and clarity of information on
recognition requirements and procedures by further specifying the information to be provided
104 This policy measure links with Action 1 of the SPI.
32
at national level and by enabling the automated updating of RegProf. It introduces a
mandatory EU-wide digital workflow incorporating an AI-assisted management system to be
integrated into a harmonised digital procedure applicable across all MS.105 Legally binding
deadlines for every procedural step are reinforced by a financial compensation mechanism for
administrative delays. The option also introduces a significant reduction in documentation and
translation requirements, while fees would also be standardised. Through binding deadlines
with penalties for non-compliance, and mandatory training to CAs for all new tools and
processes, the option also strengthens administrative cooperation and coherence in the
recognition system and ensures consistent and simplified user experience throughout the
Union.
Policy measures proposed under PO3
Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and recognition
processes at national level, in line with EU level information
• Amend the PQD to specify in more detail minimum content requirements for national
information (regulated professions, documentation, timelines, fees, appeal rights etc.)
• Amend the PQD to ensure real-time automated update through interoperability with the
RegProf database information on recognition decisions.
Make recognition processes faster, easier, and less burdensome
• Develop, for mandatory use by MS an AI-assisted workflow management system to
support CA in the recognition process and applicants in preparing applications
• Amend the PQD to specify deadlines of individual steps of the recognition process with a
view to shortening the overall deadlines, and foresee lump-sum compensation for non-
compliance.
• Amend the PQD to prevent MS from requesting additional information when receiving
digital credentials (for professions in Chapter III of the PQD)
• Amend the PQD to introduce a legal obligation for MS to issue Annex V qualifications
as interoperable digital credentials and accept digital credentials as valid evidence of
Annex V qualifications
• Amend the PQD to further reduce documents requirements allowed by law. Add
provision requiring MS to accept documents in all official EU languages.
• Amend the PQD to include common rules to establish fees (not exceeding the cost of the
105 The mandatory digital workflow would require adaptation by all MS, and public administrations currently
display varying levels of digital maturity. The implications of these differences, including implementation
challenges and associated costs, are discussed in the assessment of impacts below.
33
service provided) that CA can charge applicants for the recognition process.
Improve cooperation and communication among CA and between them and the
Commission
• Amend the PQD to establish binding response deadlines for administrative cooperations
requests between CA (e.g. 2 weeks) and foresee lump-sum compensation (i.e.: penalty
fee) for non-compliant CAs
• Increase efforts to disseminate training to CA (training at more frequent intervals,
recorded training with voice over in all EU languages, etc). Participation becomes
mandatory for all new tools or processes to guarantee coherent implementation across
MS.
• Mandate that recognition processes be entirely conducted online by CA with the AI-
assisted workflow provided by the Commission (Digital-Only Principle).
The European Digital Recognition Solution
Design and operation
The preferred option establishes a single European Digital Recognition Solution (EDRS)
supporting the complete workflow for the recognition of professional qualifications. The
system does not harmonise national recognition rules or affect Member States' competence to
regulate professions or decide on recognition requests. Competent authorities remain fully
responsible for assessing applications and taking recognition decisions in accordance with
national law and Directive 2005/36/EC. The initiative only harmonises the workflow.
The proposed digital solution covers the entire recognition procedure from end to end. It
provides applicants with a single entry point where they can identify whether a profession is
regulated in the Member State of destination, understand the applicable requirements, prepare
and submit their application, upload supporting documents and follow the progress of their
case. For competent authorities, the system provides integrated workflow management,
document management, communication with applicants and other competent authorities,
support for the assessment process, issuance of decisions and automatic statistical reporting. It
therefore replaces fragmented procedural arrangements with a single digital workflow
applicable across all professions and all competent authorities.
This represents a significant evolution compared with the current situation. Recognition
procedures remain predominantly national, with varying degrees of digitalisation. Some
competent authorities rely entirely on paper-based procedures, others operate partially digital
systems, while others have developed national online portals covering only specific parts of
34
the procedure.106 At EU level, digital cooperation is currently limited mainly to the IMI
system, which facilitates administrative cooperation between competent authorities, and to the
EPC, whose digital workflow applies only to a limited number of professions. The preferred
option builds on these existing instruments while extending digital processing to all
professions covered by the Directive.
In practice, the recognition procedure would operate through a single workflow. An applicant
wishing to establish in another Member State would first access the digital interface to obtain
information on the applicable recognition procedure and the documents required. Where
available, applicants could submit digital credentials issued under the EUDI framework or
evidence retrieved through the SDG and the OOTS. Where equivalent digital evidence is not
available, or where applicants have limited digital skills or access to digital tools, competent
authorities would continue to accept non-digital submissions and, where necessary, digitise
the application and manage it within the system on the applicant's behalf. This ensures that
digitalisation improves efficiency without excluding any applicant.
Once the application has been submitted, it is made accessible by the competent authority of
the host Member State. The authority performs the preliminary verification of completeness
within the deadlines established by the Directive, requests any missing information where
necessary and communicates with applicants directly through the system. Where cooperation
with authorities in another Member State is required, all exchanges also take place within the
same workflow. Throughout the procedure, applicants can monitor the progress of their
application, while competent authorities benefit from automated workflow management,
deadline monitoring and secure document handling.
The system would also include digital support functions designed to reduce administrative
burden while leaving all substantive decisions to competent authorities. Artificial intelligence
tools would support the automatic translation of documents submitted in any official Union
language, facilitate document classification, compare submitted evidence against the
procedural requirements applicable to each profession and assist in identifying potentially
fraudulent or inconsistent documents. These functionalities support administrative processing
but do not replace the assessment carried out by competent authorities, which remain solely
responsible for the recognition decision.
The preferred option also provides a clear allocation of responsibilities between the
Commission and Member States. The Commission would design, develop, operate and
maintain the common digital infrastructure extending the existing IMI platform. It would be
responsible for the technical operation, cybersecurity, maintenance, future upgrades and
interoperability with other Union digital infrastructures. Member States would continue to
designate competent authorities, process applications, communicate with applicants, assess
qualifications and adopt recognition decisions in accordance with their national legislation.
The Commission therefore provides the common procedural infrastructure, while
Member States retain full responsibility for the substantive recognition procedure.
106 A 2024 Commission study identified only around 40 digital solutions across more than 3 000 competent
authorities in the Union, most of which were limited to information provision or electronic submission of
applications. None supported the complete recognition workflow envisaged under this initiative.
35
Unlike the intermediate policy option, the preferred option does not require Member States to
develop or maintain separate national workflow systems. The common European workflow
constitutes the operational system used by all competent authorities. Consequently,
interoperability with national recognition systems is not required because recognition
procedures are managed directly within the common infrastructure. This considerably reduces
implementation risks associated with the development of 27 different national solutions and
ensures a uniform level of digital functionality across the Union. Interoperability is instead
only required with complementary Union digital infrastructures, notably IMI, the EUDI
framework, digital credentials, the SDG and the OOTS. These interfaces are developed
centrally by the Commission, ensuring consistent implementation and avoiding divergent
national technical solutions.
The proposed solution is therefore not conceived as a new standalone platform but as a
modular evolution of the existing digital infrastructure. It reuses established governance
arrangements, user management, security architecture and administrative cooperation
mechanisms while extending them to support the complete recognition workflow. It also
builds on the experience gained through the European Professional Card, replacing its
profession-specific digital procedure with a scalable solution covering all professions while
maintaining compatibility with future developments in digital credentials and evidence
exchange.
The initiative guarantees that digitalisation increases efficiency without creating new barriers
to access. The resulting system combines a single European digital workflow with
flexibility during implementation and coherence with the wider Union digital ecosystem.
Coherence with relevant tools and initiatives
The proposed digital solution has been designed to build on existing Union digital
infrastructures rather than duplicate them. It reuses existing systems where these already
provide the required functionality, adapts or extends them where necessary and creates
synergies with other initiatives under the Skills Portability Initiative and the wider EU digital
ecosystem.
The IMI system will continue to be the backbone for administrative cooperation. It already
provides the secure infrastructure for administrative cooperation between competent
authorities under Directive 2005/36/EC. Rather than establishing a parallel platform, the
initiative extends the communication workflow in IMI with a complete workflow
management system covering the entire recognition procedure. This approach allows the
initiative to benefit from existing governance arrangements, user management, security
architecture and operational experience while avoiding duplication of IT investments and
limiting implementation risks.
The initiative is closely linked to SPI Action 1, which promotes the digitalisation of
qualifications through the European Digital Identity (EUDI) framework for all professions.
Action 2 enables the use of these digital credentials as the means for submitting qualifications
in recognition procedures for regulated professions. Where available, applicants will also be
able to reuse evidence retrieved through the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) and the Once-
Only Technical System (OOTS), reducing the need to submit the same documents
repeatedly. For professions benefiting from automatic recognition, the proposal goes a step
36
further by requiring competent authorities both to issue and to accept digital qualifications
without requesting further evidence or additional verification. The Commission will ensure
the interoperability of the European Digital Recognition Solution with the EUDI framework,
digital credentials, the SDG and the OOTS through centrally developed interfaces,
guaranteeing consistent implementation across the Union while avoiding divergent national
technical solutions. The two initiatives are therefore mutually reinforcing: Action 1
establishes the framework for issuing trusted digital credentials and other digital evidence,
while Action 2 provides the operational recognition workflow through which these digital
assets can be effectively used in regulated professions and, in particular, ensures that digital
credentials achieve their full potential in the system of automatic recognition.
The initiative builds on the experience gained with the European Professional Card (EPC).
The EPC demonstrated the benefits of digital handling of recognition procedures but remains
limited to a small number of professions. The proposed solution replaces this profession-
specific approach with a single, scalable workflow applicable across all professions covered
by the Directive while reusing the operational experience, governance arrangements and
technical lessons developed through the EPC.
The initiative also complements the Regulated Professions Database (RegProf), which
remains the Union's authoritative source of information on regulated professions, competent
authorities and recognition requirements. Information contained in RegProf will be
restructured using the classifications of European Skills, Competences, Qualifications and
Occupations (ESCO), and directly feed the applicant interface of the European Digital
Recognition Solution, ensuring that applicants always access a single, reliable and up-to-date
source of information when preparing their application. At the same time, the operation of the
digital workflow will automatically generate and update information relevant to RegProf,
including changes relating to competent authorities, regulated professions and statistical data
on recognition procedures. The two systems will therefore be synchronised, improving the
completeness, quality and timeliness of information while reducing duplicate reporting and
manual updates by Member States.
Finally, the initiative creates important synergies with SPI Action 3 concerning the
recognition of qualifications held by third-country nationals. By establishing a single
European digital workflow linking applicants and competent authorities across all Member
States, Action 2 creates a common procedural infrastructure that can also support the handling
of recognition applications from third-country nationals. Rather than requiring separate digital
solutions for different categories of applicants, the same workflow, case management tools,
document handling and communication mechanisms can be used irrespective of whether the
applicant is an EU citizen or a third-country national, while applying the respective legal rules
governing each procedure. This reduces administrative fragmentation, avoids duplication of
IT developments and facilitates the future implementation of Action 3 by providing an
operational digital infrastructure on which it can build.
Taken together, these interactions ensure that the proposed digital solution complements
rather than duplicates existing Union initiatives. It creates a coherent digital ecosystem in
which existing infrastructures perform their respective functions while contributing to a
seamless recognition procedure for applicants and competent authorities.
37
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS?
This chapter examines the economic and social impacts of the proposed policy options.
Section 6.1 analyses the direct cost impacts associated with each option. The direct impacts
associated with each option comprise both benefits and costs. On the benefits side, these
include administrative cost savings and monetised time savings for applicants, employers and
competent authorities. On the costs side, they include implementation costs as well as
additional administrative costs related to the expected increase in the volume of recognition
applications and cases generated by the policy options. Administrative cost savings (under
6.1.1) include reductions in regulatory burdens for mobile professionals and, where they are
involved in recognition procedures, their employers, as well as for competent authorities,
while monetised time savings capture the direct microeconomic benefit for mobile
professionals resulting from faster recognition procedures.107 The implementation costs
estimated in Section 6.1.2 consist primarily of the IT development costs associated with the
three policy options, while Section 6.1.3 estimates costs related to the expected volume
increases.108 Broader economic impacts are presented qualitatively in section 6.2.109 These
include the impacts on the competitiveness of firms which are related to increased recruitment
opportunities, mitigation of critical shortages, reduced attrition and turnover as well as
macroeconomic impact such as improved allocative efficiency and asymmetric shock
absorption. Section 6.3 analyses the social impacts, including employment opportunities,
upward career mobility, combatting undeclared work, equal treatment, access to essential
services. Together, these elements form the basis for the comparative assessment of the policy
options in Chapter 7.110
107 In this analysis, these time savings are quantified as individual gross value added (GVA) gains stemming
from faster occupational matching. 108 The expected volume increments used in the total burden calculation (+5%, +8–10% and +10–15%) are
calibrated policy-scenario assumptions rather than estimates derived from a statistical model. This approach is
appropriate because the relevant counterfactual—the number of professionals who would have initiated a
recognition procedure in the absence of existing procedural barriers—is not observable, and no Member State
systematically collects data on professionals who considered applying but ultimately did not do so. Moreover,
historical recognition volumes cannot be reliably extrapolated due to structural breaks caused by the withdrawal
of the United Kingdom and the mobility restrictions during the COVID-19 pandemic (2020–2022). The selected
increments are therefore anchored in the available evidence on the existence of induced demand. In particular,
524 of 785 respondents to the SPI public consultation identified lengthy, complex and costly recognition
procedures as an important problem, while the contractor's survey of citizens and professionals confirmed that
procedural barriers—including the time required to complete the process, its costs (e.g. fees, translations and
notarisation) and difficulties in accessing information or using partially digital procedures—discourage
applications. By analogy, the ex ante impact assessment accompanying the Single Digital Gateway Regulation
also identified an induced demand effect resulting from procedural simplification of comparable scope. The
increments are deliberately conservative, remaining small relative to the baseline of approximately 53 000
recognition procedures per year and increasing gradually with the expected intensity of intervention under each
policy option. They should therefore be understood as plausible volumes induced by the removal of procedural
barriers, used as calibrated assumptions for the comparative assessment of the policy options rather than as
forecasts of future recognition volumes. 109 Since these macro-level benefits depend on complex, long-term market dynamics, any attempt at precise
quantification would require overly extensive modelling assumptions. 110 Note on environmental impacts: An assessment of environmental factors has not been carried out, as this
initiative is not expected to have significant environmental impacts, including under the ‘do no significant harm’
(DNSH) principle and climate consistency requirements. The envisaged measures may nevertheless entail certain
38
6.1. Direct cost impacts
6.1.1. Administrative cost savings and monetised time savings
The three policy options are expected to generate cost-savings for stakeholders through their
effects on the compliance costs and administrative burden associated with recognition
procedures under the PQD. The main stakeholders in this context are professionals seeking
recognition and CAs111. For the purposes of cost estimation, recognition activity is treated as
constant over the medium term, with an annual baseline volume of approximately 53 000
procedures per year. 112 The total administrative cost113 is estimated by multiplying this
number of procedures by the unit cost per procedure, which is EUR 330 per procedure for
applicants and EUR 950 for CAs (combined unit cost of EUR 1 280 per procedure).114 This
gives a total annual cost of EUR 67.8 million. Given that the development phase is expected
to take place in 2027–2028, the estimation assumes that the associated benefits begin to
materialise from 2029 onwards.
Under PO1, non-binding measures are expected to generate modest reductions in
administrative costs for both applicants and CAs. The effect is concentrated on the most
information-sensitive cost components, where guidance-based simplification can have a direct
impact. The savings attributable to each cost component reflect the specific mechanisms
through which PO1 measures are expected to operate.115 Cost-savingsare estimated as
limited positive environmental effects, notably through the gradual replacement of paper-based procedures by
digital processes, thereby reducing paper consumption and the carbon footprint associated with administrative
procedures. In addition, the initiative is expected to benefit establishment more than the temporary and
occasional provision of services, in line with trends observed under the current system. Between 2020 and 2024,
around 185 000 decisions were taken by EU MS on the recognition of professional qualifications for the purpose
of establishment, compared to around 40 000 declarations submitted for the temporary and occasional provision
of services in another Member State over the same period. This suggests that the initiative is not expected to lead
to significant additional transport-related environmental impacts. 111 Employers also sometimes bear costs when seeking to recruit professionals in regulated professions;
According to survey data collected through the SME Panel Survey (n = 159), 19 respondents indicated that
recognition procedures are handled directly by the employer on behalf of the prospective employee, while 47
respondents indicated that the employer supports the procedure, with the employee retaining responsibility for it.
The cost savings for employers are discussed in more detail below and in Annex 4. 112 Cf. above Section 2. 113 For the purposes of this report, administrative costs and administrative cost savings are understood not only
as costs borne by, or savings realised by, public administrations, but more broadly as all expenses associated
with the completion of the administrative recognition procedure, whether borne by the applicant, the competent
authority or the employer. The breakdown of these cost components is provided in Annex 4. 114 The unit cost corresponds to the combined applicant and competent authority administrative costs incurred
per recognition procedure. To estimate this, three primary data sources have been used in addition to the RegProf
database: the CA survey (n=81), the citizens/professionals survey (n=48), and the SPI public consultation
(n=785), triangulated against the data collected for the PQD implementation report. Cf. Annex 4. 115 Fee reductions at the qualification-issuing institution and home CA level (gross saving 5–10%) are expected
to materialise through clearer pre-application guidance reducing the number of documents resubmitted, as
documented in ECA Special Report 2024-10 (document proliferation as primary cost driver) and confirmed by
the GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026), where 24 out of 28 CA identified information gaps as a primary
workload driver. Improved information on documentation requirements is expected to reduce by 10–15% the
number of documents being unnecessarily translated. Notarisation, postal and CA fee components are expected
to yield modest reductions (5–10%) through reduced document volumes and clearer fee information, consistent
39
percentage reductions in the baseline per-procedure burden and reduced by a realisation factor
(i.e.: a percentage) reflecting expected partial achievement of savings.116 For PO1, the
expected administrative cost savings for applicants and CAs are estimated at EUR 81.5 per
procedure.117 At the SCM baseline of 53 000 procedures per year,118 the aggregate annual
administrative savings for applicants and competent authorities under PO1 are estimated
at approximately EUR 4.3 million(recurrent, starting from 2029).
In addition to these administrative cost savings for applicants and CAs, the direct cost impacts
include monetised time savings for applicants: as recognition procedures become faster and
waiting times decrease, applicants can more quickly enter the regulated profession for which
they are qualified, translating into higher productivity and wages at the individual level.
Applying the calculation method explained in Annex 4,119 Option 1 is expected to yield for
the applicants additional monetised time savings of EUR 86.2 million per year(recurrent,
starting from 2029).
with evidence on fee opacity as a barrier (SWD (2026) 64). CA variable staff costs are expected to decline
(gross saving 5–10%) through a reduction in preliminary enquiries and incomplete submissions, which Q18 of
the CA survey identifies as a significant driver of processing time; the GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026)
confirms that pre-application guidance directly reduces this workload. CA other variable costs (gross saving 3–
7%) reflect modest efficiency gains from standardised document checklists and voluntary digital tools. 116 The realisation factors reflect expected effectiveness of the policy option, i.e. the extent to which the intended
specific objectives are achieved in practice. They are calibrated based on qualitative evidence, institutional
design, and comparable impact assessments. For further details on the realisation factors applied under each
policy option, cf. footnotes accompanying the respective policy option tables in Annex 13. 117 Cf. tables in Annex 13 (The first five cost elements shown in the tables for PO1, PO2 and PO3 relate to
applicants, while the last three relate to CAs. Accordingly, the administrative cost savings associated with the
first five elements are obtained by applicants, whereas those associated with the last three elements in those
tables are obtained by CAs). The sources used for the calculations are: citizens/professionals survey (Q17: In the
most recent recognition procedure you were involved in, what were the approximate out-of-pocket costs borne
by you (in EUR)?" - the total is constructed as the sum of six cost components: fee paid to the qualification-
issuing institution, fee paid to the home competent authority for the official documents required, certified
translation costs, notarisation or apostille costs, postal or courier charges, and the host competent authority
application fee); CA survey (Q9, Q11, Q18: Survey on costs targeted at CAs, Q9: “What is the average annual
salary (in EUR) of staff involved in managing the recognition process in your organisation?” Q11: “What are the
annual estimated costs – in terms of man-days – incurred by your organisation to conduct the following
activities?” Q18: “What is the estimated annual cost – in terms of man-days – for the following activities?”);
Scholz and Rohr (2026) “How can AI translations be used for equivalence assessments?”, in study supporting
this IA. Savings apply the 60% realisation factor to the minimum and maximum gross savings. The estimate
(EUR 81.5 per procedure) is the midpoint of the resulting range (EUR 55–108). 118 In limited number of cases, the total or part of the host CA calculation fees could be borne by a prospective
employer (see 6.1.5 below). 119 As explained in Annex 4, the baseline assumes approximately 53 000 recognition procedures per year. Of
these, around 24 380 fall under the automatic recognition system, where the average monthly salary is estimated
at between EUR 4 000 and 4 500, while for the remaining cases the average monthly salary is estimated at
between EUR 3 000 and 3 500. The calculation of saved wages is based on the expected reduction in processing
time, notably the reduction from three months to one month for the automatic system and from four to three
months for the general system. It also takes into account the share of respondents indicating that they remain
unemployed or employed in positions not corresponding to their qualifications while awaiting a recognition
decision, and the realisation factor applicable to the PO. Applying this methodology to both automatic
recognition and general system cases leads to an estimated total annual welfare gain for PO1 of between EUR
80.7 million and 91.8 million. The detailed calculation methodology is set out in Annex 4.
40
Beyond the costs incurred by applicants and competent authorities, recognition procedures
also generate administrative costs for employers seeking to recruit professionals qualified in
another Member State. These costs arise from the internal staff time devoted to supporting or
managing recognition procedures, the payment of recognition fees where employers submit
applications on behalf of prospective employees, and expenditure on external legal or
consultancy services to navigate cross-border recognition requirements. The estimates are
based on the SME Panel Survey conducted by the European Commission through the EU
Survey portal in 2026 (159 SMEs across 18 EU and third countries).120 Of the 159
respondents, 19 indicated that they directly manage recognition procedures on behalf of
prospective employees, including the payment of the associated fees. This corresponds to
approximately 12% of recognition procedures involving direct employer participation and
forms the basis for the calculations. Respondents also estimated that a common EU digital
recognition system could reduce employer-borne administrative costs by between 26% and
36%, depending on the cost category. 121 Applying the realisation factors used for each policy
option (60% under PO1, 75% under PO2 and 95% under PO3) to this expected saving, and
assuming approximately 6 360 employer-managed procedures annually with an average
administrative cost of EUR 814 per recruitment,122 results in expected aggregate annual
reduction in employer-borne administrative costs of approximately EUR 1.0 million under
PO1.123
Thus, Option 1 would result in annual (recurrent, starting from 2029):
120 SME Panel Survey on Cross-border Recruitment and Recognition of Qualifications, European Commission,
2026. Conducted via the EU Survey portal under the SME Panel consultation framework, as part of the impact
assessment of the Skills Portability Initiative. Respondent profile: 159 SMEs from 18 EU and third countries,
with the largest contributions from Spain (47 respondents), Greece (23), Poland (21), Italy (9), Germany (8),
France (8) and Romania (8). Distribution by business size: 47 micro-enterprises (1–9 employees), 50 small
enterprises (10–49 employees), 36 medium-sized enterprises (50–249 employees), 17 large enterprises (250
employees or more), and 9 self-employed respondents. Source: SME Panel Survey Summary Report, Tables 0–
2. 121 SME Panel Survey on Cross-border Recruitment and Recognition of Qualifications (2026), Summary Report,
Table 14 'Anticipated cost savings from a common EU digital recognition system, by cost category'. Mean
anticipated savings were reported by 35 SME respondents for fees charged by recognition bodies, 35 for
translation and certification costs, 35 for bridging or training costs, 34 for external consultancy or legal support,
35 for internal administrative time, 32 for recruitment-related costs, 32 for onboarding delays and reduced
productivity, 33 for compliance costs, and 32 for risk-related costs. The 26%–36% range cited in the text reflects
the lower bound (fees for recognition bodies) and the upper bound (internal administrative time) across the cost
categories most directly relevant to the administrative burden of the recognition procedure. 122 Among respondents who provided a quantitative estimate (n=7), the mean external cost per hire for the
recognition of non-national EU qualifications is in the order of EUR 814, with a median of EUR 250, a
maximum of EUR 3 500 and a minimum of EUR 50. Component-level figures reported separately in the
Survey's cost-category breakdown — fees for recognition bodies (mean EUR 407), internal administrative time
(mean EUR 354) and external consultancy or legal support (mean EUR 545) — are not additive to the per-hire
total, as they are derived from partially overlapping respondent groups and capture distinct dimensions of cost
rather than incremental components of a single estimate. SME Panel Survey, Summary Report, Table 12 'Cost
estimates by qualification origin', row 'Non-national / EU qualifications', column 'External cost per hire (EUR)':
mean 814, maximum 3 500, median 250, minimum 50, n=7 respondents providing a valid quantitative estimate.
The figure is reported in the Summary as a single aggregate variable (the total external cost per hire) and is not
decomposed at this level into incremental components. 123 Annex 4 explains in more detail the methodology used to estimate administrative costs borne by employers
and the measures taken to ensure that costs incurred by employers and applicants are not counted twice.
41
• administrative savings for applicants and competent authorities: EUR 4.3 million
• monetised time savings for applicants: EUR 86.2 million
• administrative savings for employers: 1.0 million
The cumulative present value of these direct cost savings over the period 2029–2040 is
estimated at EUR 858.5 million, discounted to 2026 using a 3% discount rate.124
PO2 consists of binding legislative measures complemented by voluntary digital tools, which
directly addresses the dominant cost drivers identified in the survey data and focus group
evidence: translation and documentation proliferation, excessive CA staff time on document
verification, and opaque fee. The binding character of the measures is expected to produce
materially larger cost-savings.125 For PO2, the expected administrative cost savings for
applicants and CAs are estimated at EUR 243 per procedure.126 At the baseline of 53 000
procedures per year, the aggregateannual saving under PO2 is estimated at approximately
EUR 12.9 million administrative cost savings for applicats and competent authorities
(recurrent, starting from 2029). Applying the calculation method explained in Annex 4,
Option 2 is expected to yield additional monetised time savings of EUR 107.8 million per
year to the applicants.127Similarly to Policy Option 1, there would also be administrative cost
savings for employers. Applying the methodology explained above, these savings are
estimated at EUR 1.2 million per year for PO2.
Thus, Option 2 would result in annual (recurrent, starting from 2029):
• administrative savings for applicants and competent authorities: EUR 12.9 million
• monetised time savings for applicants: EUR 107.8 million
• administrative savings for employers: 1.2 million
The cumulative present value of these direct cost savings over the period 2029–2040 is
estimated at EUR 1 143.7 million, discounted to 2026 using a 3% discount rate.
Under PO3, a more comprehensive legislative revision is expected to produce the most
comprehensive reduction in per-procedure costs. It substantially reduces, and in some cases
eliminates, the translation and documentation burden, which is a dominant cost component,
124 Cf. Annex 13. 125 The savings attributable to each cost component reflect the PO2 binding measures. Recommendations on
proportionate document requirements are expected to reduce (gross saving 30–50%) both the number of
documents submitted and the share requiring certified translation, consistent with evidence (Scholz and Rohr
(2026)) confirming significant translation cost reduction potential under standardised documentation regimes.
CA variable staff costs (gross saving 15–25%) reflect the combined effect of binding procedural deadlines —
which reduce the volume of follow-up interactions — and digital tools supporting document verification; the CA
survey (Survey on Costs targeted at CAs, Q18) identifies document verification and follow-up as the dominant
time cost. Fee components (gross saving 10–25%) through guidelines on canculation of reasonable fees
consistent with evidence data (SWD(2026) 64 final) on fee heterogeneity and GoC Workshop findings
(Consultation Workshop with GoC members on the problem definition) on the prevalence of unjustified fee
structures. Reductions in CA other variable costs (gross saving 10–20%) reflect efficiency gains from procedural
standardisation. 126 Cf. table in Annex 13. 127 Cf. Annex 4.
42
standardises CA processing workflows, and substantially reduces procedural discretion. The
realisation factor of 95% reflects the mandatory character of the provisions, with very limited
scope for national discretion following transposition. For PO3, the expected administrative
cost savings for applicants and CAs are estimated at EUR 512.5 per procedure.128 The savings
attributable to each cost component reflect the comprehensive scope of PO3 mandatory
measures.129 At the SCM baseline of 53 000 procedures per year, the aggregate annual saving
under PO3 is estimated at approximately EUR 27.2 million (recurrent, starting from 2029).
Applying the calculation method explained in Annex 4, Option 3 is expected to yield
additional monetised time savings of EUR 136.6 million per yearto the applicants. In
addition, there would also be administrative cost savings for employers. Applying the
methodology explained above, these savings are estimated at EUR 1.5 million per year for
PO3.
Thus, Option 3 would result in annual (recurrent, starting from 2029):
• administrative savings for applicants and competent authorities: EUR 27.2 million
• monetised time savings for applicants: EUR 136.6 million130
• administrative savings for employers: 1.5 million
The cumulative present value of these direct cost savings over the period 2029–2040 is
estimated at EUR 1 550.9 million, discounted to 2026 using a 3% discount rate.
The table below shows the discounted cumulative benefits by policy option for the period
2029–2040, broken down into administrative cost savings for applicants and competent
authorities, monetised time savings for applicants, and administrative cost savings for
employers. All values are expressed as discounted present values.
Table 1 - Savings (EUR million) 2029-2040
Cumulative present value
Policy
Option 1
Policy
Option 2
Policy
Option 3
Administrative cost savings (applicants and CAs) 40.3 121 255.2
128 Cf. table in Annex 13. 129 The certified translation component (gross saving 50–80%) is structurally transformed under PO3: mandatory
digital credentials are expected to substantially reduce, and in some cases eliminate, the need for certified
translation across a large share of procedures, consistent with early pilot findings (e.g. DC4EU) suggesting that
digital credential verification can substantially reduce manual processing times, and with evidence (Scholz and
Rohr (2026)) on the upper bound of translation cost reduction potential. CA variable staff costs (gross saving
25–40%) reflect the elimination of manual document verification through digital credential systems, the
enforcement of binding deadlines with sanctions, and the standardisation of assessment workflows; Q18 of the
CA survey identifies document verification as the dominant time cost, and the GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026)
confirms that mandatory streamlining would materially reduce processing time across all procedure types. Fee
components at issuing institution and host CA level (gross saving 20–40%) are expected to decline substantially
through mandatory harmonisation and caps, removing the fee heterogeneity documented in the ECA Special
Report and in SWD (2026) 64. CA other variable costs (gross saving 20–35%) reflect near-complete elimination
of discretionary administrative steps through mandatory standardisation. 130 Cf. Annex 4 for a sensitivity analysis of monetised time savings under the preferred option.
43
Table 1 - Savings (EUR million) 2029-2040
Cumulative present value
Policy
Option 1
Policy
Option 2
Policy
Option 3
Monetised time savings (applicants) 808.8 1 011.4 1281.7
Administrative cost savings (employers) 9.4 11.3 14.1
TOTAL 858.5 1 143.7 1 550.9
***
Above, under the specific objective of making recognition processes faster, easier and less
burdensome, a reference point was proposed consisting in apossible reduction of the overall
cost of recognition procedures by 25%. The 25% simplification target used in EU Better
Regulation discussions is treated here as an indicative reference point rather than as a binding
target, in line with the analytical purpose of the assessment.131 Considered against this
reference: PO1 would deliver a comparatively limited annual reduction in the total system
burden ofapproximately 7.8% (5.3/67.8 million EUR) relative to the annual baseline; PO2
would deliver an annual reduction in total system burden of approximately 20.8% (14.1/67.8
million EUR); and PO3 would deliver annual reduction in total system burden of
approximately 42.3% (28.7/67.8 million EUR) relative to the annual baseline.
6.1.2. Implementation costs
This section assesses the implementation costs132 associated with the different policy options
and identifies whether these costs would be borne by the Commission or by MS’ national
administrations, including CAs.133 Under all policy options, digital workflows would be
implemented, but their deployment would vary: PO1 would rely on the voluntary use of the
EU-level tool by MS; PO2 would introduce a mandatory workflow, with MS having the
choice to implement the workflow on national level or to voluntarily use the EU-level tool;
PO3 would require the use of a mandatory EU-level tool. In options 1 and 3, the Commission
would set up and operate the workflow management system, while Member States would use
it on a voluntary basis in option 1 and on a mandatory basis in option 3. As the procedure
would run within the common EU system, interoperability with national systems would not be
required. In option 2, by contrast, implementation would depend on both the Commission and
Member States: the Commission would enable cross-border communication and statistics,
while Member States would maintain national systems aligned with a common workflow.
This option therefore requires substantial interoperability and carries higher risks of
incomplete compliance, uneven implementation and delayed deployment.
131 Cf. Section 4.2 above. 132 The implementation of the policy options would also entail compliance and legal adjustment costs, beyond
IT-related investments. notably due to the need to adapt national laws, administrative procedures and
organisational practices. Nevertheless, given the central role of digitalisation and interoperability measures in the
initiative, the assessment below focuses primarily on estimating the main costs associated with the development,
adaptation, operation and maintenance of the relevant IT systems and digital infrastructures. 133 The description here is supported by a table in Annex 13, complemented by a detailed breakdown of the
different cost components in Annex 4.
44
In all three options, the Commission would cover the costs of developing and operating
the European Digital Recognition System (EDRS) at EU level. The EDRS would include:
a common digital workflow; state-of-the-art interfaces for applicants and competent
authorities; AI-supported tools to streamline the handling of recognition applications;
interoperability with key Commission systems, such as the SDG Once-Only Technical
System (SDG-OOTS) and the European Digital Identity Wallet (EUDI Wallet); analytics and
statistics dashboards; and integration with an enhanced Regulated Professions Database. One-
off development costs, covering security, release, training and communication activities), are
estimated at EUR 4.46 million and would be incurred equally in 2027 and 2028. Following
the system’s launch at the end of 2028, annual operational costs, covering hosting,
maintenance and user support, are estimated at EUR 1.09 million during a two-year
stabilisation period (2029–2030) and EUR 0.65 million thereafter (2031–2040).
The identical costs in all three policy options would thus be:
• One-off implementation costs (split over 2 yrs): EUR 4.46 million
• Operation costs (years 1 & 2): EUR 1.09 million per year
• Operation costs (year 3 onwards): EUR 0.65 million per year
The total implementation cost for the 2027-2040 period would be EUR 13.12 million, or EUR
11.14 million, expressed in present value terms and discounted to 2026 at a rate of 3%.
Under policy option 2, additional costs would need to be borne by MS opting for national
solutions (e.g., to improve interoperability with domestic systems). These are estimated to
face one-off costs of EUR 2.89 million per MS (split over two years). Such costs would cover
the adaptation and development of national systems, integration with EU shared services,
EUDI verification and issuing features, and SDG-OOTS verification integration. Annual
operational costs per national system are estimated to be EUR 0.29 million. Total costs for
MS for the period 2027-2040 would depend on the uptake of the EU-level solution: EUR 0 if
all MS use the EU-level solution; up to EUR 171.67 million if all develop national solutions;
EUR 69.94 million in a realistic scenario where 11 MS implement national solutions. Over
the period 2027–2040, the total cost is estimated at EUR 60.24 million in discounted
present value terms, expressed in 2026 prices and applying a discount rate of 3%.
The total implementation costs for the 2027-2040 period would thus be: PO1 and 3:
EUR 13.12 million (discounted at 3%: EUR 11.14 million); PO2 (realistic scenario):
EUR 83.06 million (discounted at 3%: EUR 71.38 million).
6.1.3. Costs related to expected volume increases
On top of the IT implementation costs, one should also consider the costs related to the
expected volume increases in recognition procedures (see footnote above).134 Under PO1, the
expected increase corresponds to approximately 2 650 additional procedures annually from
134 As explained in Annex 13, each recognition procedure entails an average cost of EUR 1 280 (in current
values), of which part is borne by the applicant and part by the CA. A higher number of recognition procedures
would result in higher aggregate procedure costs.
45
2029 onwards. This would entail additional costs of EUR 3.4 million annually from 2029
onwards and result in cumulative additional costs with a discounted (3%) present value of
approximately EUR 31.9 million over the period 2029-2040 under PO1. Under PO2, the
expected increase corresponds to approximately 4 770 additional procedures annually from
2029 onwards. This would entail additional costs of EUR 4.9 million annually from 2029
onwards and result in cumulative additional costs with a discounted present value of
approximately EUR 46 million over the period 2029-2040 for PO2. Under Policy Option
3, the expected increase corresponds to approximately 6 625 additional procedures annually
from 2029 onwards. This would entail additional costs of EUR 5.1 million annually from
2029 onwards and result in cumulative additional costs with a discounted present value of
approximately EUR 47.9 million over the period 2029- 2040 for PO3.135
Table 2 – Costs (EUR million) 2029-2040
(cumulative present value)
Policy
Option
1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
IT implementation costs 11.1 71.4 11.1
Costs related to expected volume increases 31.9 46 47.9
TOTAL 43.0 117.4 59.0
6.2. Broader economic impacts
In addition to the direct cost savings estimated in section 6.1., all three policy options are
poised to generate broader economic benefits to the extent that they facilitate cross-border
recognition of professional qualifications required to access regulated professions.
At firm-level, this results in increased recruitment opportunities relative to the baseline,
enhancing their competitiveness and growth potential. Businesses can tap into a wider,
geographically diverse pool of applicants whose qualifications are formally recognized by
competent authorities. Whereas this effect benefits large corporations, they are particularly
advantageous for SMEs, which often lack the administrative capacity to (help the applicant)
navigate complex recognition procedures and are disproportionately impacted by acute labour
shortages hampering growth.136 According to a Eurobarometer survey, while 95% of SMEs
report that finding employees with the right skills is a challenge for their business, only 14%
have attempted to address these shortages by recruiting talent from other EU MS. When asked
why they did not try to hire non-domestic talent, between 4% and 6% of companies
specifically refer to difficulties in getting the professional qualification recognised. Of those
135 Cf. Annex 13. 136 Fragmented and slow recognition processes directly constrain companies’ ability to recruit across borders
within the Single Market. This limits firms’ effective access to the EU-wide talent pool, reducing their capacity
to fill vacancies in sectors experiencing persistent labour and skills shortages. CESI. (2025). Union of Skills:
Improve training, recognition of qualifications & fair transitions.
46
that did try to hire workers from another MS, 6% to 7% pointed to such difficulties.137
Facilitating cross-border recognition of qualifications addresses this concern, thus helping to
reduce vacancy durations for critical roles and improve the structural match between the
skills required for a position and the actual profiles of applicants. In its turn, better matching
has a positive impact on employee productivity and retention.138
At macro-economic level, less costly and faster recognition procedures reduce “brain
waste” and overqualification. By enabling qualified professionals to more easily access
regulated occupations that match their specialized skills, they enhance the allocative
efficiency and aggregate productivity of the workforce.139 This increases potential GDP at
a constant labour supply. The size of these impacts depends on the share of workers currently
underemployed, the share employed in regulated professions, the degree of trust local
employers have in foreign qualifications. It is also contingent on the relative importance of
other legal and administrative barriers that hamper cross-border mobility. The potential
magnitude of addressing these collective bottlenecks is illustrated by the European Value-
Added Assessment on overcoming cross-border barriers. The study explicitly identifies the
lengthy procedures for recognizing qualifications as a prominent barrier among many.
According to its macroeconomic modelling, a realistic scenario achieving a 20% reduction
across all covered cross-border barriers would unlock an estimated EUR 123 billion per year
in gross value added (i.e. approximately 1% of total EU GVA) and help create over 1 million
jobs throughout the affected EU land border regions.140 In addition, swifter and less expensive
cross-border recognition contribute positively to overall labour market resilience. By
fostering greater geographic mobility, they help balance regional employment mismatches
and absorb localized economic shocks.
Finally, the policy options also advance the digital transformation of recognition systems to
varying degrees, improving efficiency, user-friendliness, and long-term digital capacity-
building.141 PO1 relies on voluntary digitalisation, promoting interoperability through
137 Cf. European Commission (2024). 39% of SMEs surveyed in 2023 through the Eurobarometer 529 (European
Year of Skills: Skills shortages, recruitment and retention strategies in small and medium-sized enterprises)
indicated that easier procedures for the recognition of foreign qualifications would at least moderately help their
company recruit staff with the required skills. This is also reflected in evidence on barriers faced by SMEs when
operating or scaling up across the EU, where recognition of professional qualifications is identified as one of the
regulatory frictions that can hinder cross-border activity alongside other administrative constraints. European
Commission. (2025a). Flash Eurobarometer 559: Startups, scaleups and entrepreneurship. According to the SME
Panel Survey 2026, SMEs anticipate faster recruitment (61%) and easier hiring from other EU MS (50%) among
the key expected benefits of an EU digital recognition system. 138 Coraggio L. et al. (2025) provides a summary overview of the relevant literature about the relationship
between job match quality and firm productivity. In addition, the study provides robust empirical evidence
suggesting that higher match quality directly translates into measurable increases in labour productivity and
overall firm profitability, particularly when supported by high-quality managerial oversight. 139 Brain waste particularly affects mobile EU professionals whose qualifications may remain unacknowledged
across borders. Over time, these mismatches weaken the EU’s ability to align labour supply with demand in
critical sectors such as healthcare and engineering, and reduce incentives for skilled professionals to move where
they are most needed. ESDE (2023). 140 European Parliament Research Service (2023). 141 According to the OECD Digital Government Policy Framework (2020), digital transformation can improve
the efficiency of public administrations and support the delivery of more user-driven, proactive and effective
public services in the digital environment.
47
guidance and best practices. While flexible, this approach risks uneven uptake, particularly in
Member States with lower digital maturity. PO2 introduces mandatory digital workflows and
interoperability standards, ensuring structured digitalisation across MS. However,
implementation may pose challenges for authorities with limited digital infrastructure. PO3
goes further by mandating a unified EU-level digital system, guaranteeing full interoperability
and standardisation. This reduces Member State implementation burdens but may limit
integration with existing national systems.
All three policy options contribute positively to these firm-level and macroeconomic
effects, though their impacts relative to the baseline vary. PO1 is expected to provide only
marginal benefits, as its reliance on non-legislative, soft-law measures—such as voluntary
peer reviews, common templates, and non-binding deadlines—leaves actual implementation
entirely to the discretion of individual MS. In contrast, PO2 delivers a more pronounced
impact; by establishing legally binding response deadlines and mandating interoperable
digital credentials for automatically recognized professions, it introduces greater structure and
predictability into cross-border data exchanges. Due to its stronger reliance on binding
measures and by introducing a unified workflow, PO3 delivers the most substantial reductions
in both applicant- and employer-borne costs while yielding the greatest time savings, even
when taking into account the expected increase in the volume of applications under each of
the policy options. It is therefore expected to also deliver the strongest positive impact on the
various dimensions outlined.
6.3. Social impacts
At the individual level, faster and less costly recognition procedures compared to the baseline
increase high-quality employment opportunities for mobile professionals.142 By
142 The initiative is expected to have positive impacts especially for young people across the EU. Young people
tend to be more mobile than other age groups and are more likely to seek employment opportunities in other MS.
At the same time, the costs associated with recognition procedures may represent a greater burden for individuals
at the beginning of their careers. Contributions received through the EU Youth Stakeholders Consultation with
15 civil society organisations, public authorities and business associations from 14 MS highlighted strong
expectations for faster, simpler and more predictable recognition procedures. Young stakeholders expect
measures aimed at improving digital recognition procedures and interoperability to facilitate mobility, improve
the portability of skills and support smoother transitions between education, training and employment, and stress
the importance of ensuring that digitalisation remains accessible to all. 24 of the 32 young respondents to the
public consultation on the SPI (32 responses from young people between the ages of 16-25, with an average age
of 23), indicated that they had previously applied, were currently applying, or intended to apply for a job or
pursue professional activities in an EU Member State other than the one in which they obtained their
professional qualifications, and 26 of 32 indicated that they consider lengthy, complex and costly recognition
procedures for access to a regulated profession in another country to be a moderate, significant or very
significant problem. A recent study concerning young EU movers and labour market identifies higher labour-
market mismatches among young EU movers than young people working in their home EU country, which
could be attributable to difficulties in the recognition of professional qualifications or validation of skills and
could be addressed by improved recognition procedures. European Commission (2026c): the report analyses
factors specific to young people, such as accepting a first job below one’s qualification level as a temporary
“stepping stone” to explain relatively high figures of educational mismatches (27% for EU movers and 21% for
young people working in their home EU country), and skills mismatches (25% and 18%, respectively).
Concerning the significant gap between the two groups, the report identifies language barriers, weaker local
networks and limited knowledge of the host-country labour market as possible contributing factors. However,
48
accelerating entry into formal, regulated occupations that match their true skill levels, they
boost upward career mobility and enhance long-term income security.143 The magnitude
of these effects depends on a variety of factors, including the degree of occupational
regulation in the host country, the transferability of country-specific human capital, the initial
level of occupational downgrading, and local language proficiency.
Facilitating cross-border recognition ensures that mobile citizens can practice their profession
based purely on merit, regardless of their Member State of origin. By removing these
administrative and regulatory barriers, it secures the fundamental freedoms of movement,144
establishment, and service provision within the internal market while upholding the core
principles of equal rights and non-discrimination.
Increased mobility of professionals holding qualifications giving access to regulated
professions may also strengthen the resilience and accessibility of essential public services,
such as healthcare and education.145 While nearly every Member State suffers from healthcare
workforce shortages, these challenges are not uniformly distributed within the EU or within
national borders,146 reflecting different demographic, health socio-economic characteristics of
populations, as well as diversity of health and long-term care policies in place at local and
national levels. EU-wide and national averages frequently mask acute cross-country and
regional disparities, with particularly urban centres attracting talent and rural, peripheral, and
border regions facing severe shortages. As emphasised in a 2021 study by the JRC, such
territorial imbalances confirm the need for a territorial approach in workforce planning
exercises.147 Facilitating cross-border mobility allows vulnerable regions to directly access
the pattern is also consistent with a recognition/validation problem: qualifications, professional titles, sectoral
certificates or other credential-backed skills acquired in one Member State may not be immediately legible,
trusted or formally usable in another. This is especially plausible for regulated professions. 143 According to responses to the public consultation on the SPI, 36 out of 146 EU citizens responding to the
question “How did recognition of your professional qualifications affect how well your job matched your
qualifications?” indicated that difficulties related to the recognition or acceptance of their qualifications resulted
in them being overqualified for the job they ultimately obtained. This is particularly relevant for younger
workers and professionals as they are particularly exposed to “scarring effects”, where early-career
unemployment or severe underemployment permanently suppresses long-term lifetime earnings and career
progression. Furthermore, younger generations exhibit the highest propensity for geographic mobility but
possess the lowest financial buffers. High entry costs and lengthy, opaque bureaucratic processes act as a
regressive barrier that effectively prices out young, low-wealth applicants. 144 21 out of 66 EU citizens participating in the public consultation on the SPI who had undergone a recognition
procedure reported that difficulties linked to the recognition of their professional qualifications discouraged them
from moving to, or applying for, a job opportunity in another country. 145 The European Labour Authority (2024) documents shortages of specialist medical practitioners in 75% of EU
countries, generalist practitioners in 64%, and nurses in 78%. Shortages of qualified professionals in healthcare
are increasingly recognised as a constraint on service provision, system resilience and the long-term
sustainability of health systems across several MS. OECD/European Commission (2024), Health at a Glance:
Europe 2024: State of Health in the EU Cycle, OECD Publishing, Paris. 146 According to Eurostat (2024), significant disparities continue to exist across MS in the number of newly
qualified healthcare professionals entering the labour market each year. These wide variations in training output
underline the importance of efficient recognition procedures to facilitate the mobility of healthcare professionals
and help address uneven workforce availability across the EU. 147 JRC (2021) New perspectives on territorial disparities - From lonely places to places of opportunities
49
and draw upon the wider Single Market talent pool, effectively stabilizing local social
infrastructure where it is needed most.148
All three policy options contribute positively to these micro- and macro-social effects,
albeit to varying degrees depending on the nature of the regulatory intervention. PO1 is
expected to yield only marginal social benefits as it operates through non-enforceable, soft-
law instruments. Policy Option 2 delivers an intermediate impact as it introduces greater
predictability into cross-border data exchanges and shortens timelines through binding
deadlines. As demonstrated above, PO3 delivers the most substantial reductions in both
applicant-borne barriers and integration timelines. It is therefore expected to deliver the
strongest positive impact across all social dimensions outlined, most effectively translating
administrative simplification into tangible social improvement.
The impacts of the initiative are expected to vary across MS and are unlikely to be
distributed evenly across the Single Market. Both implementation costs and the magnitude of
the expected economic and social benefits will depend on a number of structural and
administrative factors, including the extent and sectoral composition of professional
regulation, the volume of intra-EU mobility involving regulated professions, the organisation
and performance of recognition procedures, including fees and processing times, and the
degree of digital maturity of public administrations and recognition systems. These factors
influence both the scale of the effort required to implement the proposed measures and the
extent to which MS may benefit from simpler, faster and more digital recognition procedures.
The main drivers of these differentiated impacts are examined in more detail in Annex 8. The
diverging territorial impact reflects the diversity of national regulatory and administrative
systems that the PQD is designed to accommodate. Facilitating recognition across such
diverse systems lies at the heart of the mutual recognition framework established by the PQD.
The initiative seeks to strengthen common pathways, interoperability and administrative
cooperation within this diverse landscape, thereby supporting the functioning of the Single
Market.
6.4. Summary overview of impacts
The table below summarises the above impacts of the three policy options, including impacts
assessed quantitatively and impacts described qualitatively.
Table 3 PO1 PO2 PO3
Direct cost impacts (EUR million) 2029-2040 (present value)
Total savings
858.5 1 143.7 1 550.9
Total costs
43.0 117.4 59.0
148 European Commission (2021b)
50
Broader economic impacts
Firm-level
competitiveness
Marginal impact on
increased recruitment
opportunities, lower
vacancy durations for
critical roles,
improved intra-firm
matching, higher
labour productivity
Moderate impact on
increased recruitment
opportunities, lower
vacancy durations for
critical roles, improved
intra-firm matching,
higher labour
productivity
Strong impact on
increased
recruitment
opportunities, lower
vacancy durations
for critical roles,
improved intra-firm
matching, higher
labour productivity
Macro-economic
benefits
Marginal impact on
reduced
overqualification,
improved allocative
efficiency and
aggregate labour
productivity as well
as labour market
resilience.
Moderate impact on
reduced
overqualification,
improved allocative
efficiency and
aggregate labour
productivity as well as
labour market
resilience.
Strong impact on
reduced
overqualification,
improved allocative
efficiency and
aggregate labour
productivity as well
as labour market
resilience.
Digitalisation -
interoperability
Marginal positive
impact
Moderate positive
impact
Strong positive
impact
Social impacts
Individual
labour market
performance
and social well-
being
Marginal impact on
employment
opportunities, upward
career mobility and
enhanced income
security.
Moderate impact on
employment
opportunities, upward
career mobility and
enhanced income
security.
Strong impact on
employment
opportunities,
upward career
mobility and
enhanced income
security.
Exercise of
fundamental
rights, equal
rights and non-
discrimination
Marginal positive
impact
Moderate positive
impact
Strong positive
impact
Resilience,
accessibility of
essential public
services
Marginal positive
impact
Moderate positive
impact
Strong positive
impact
51
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?
This section evaluates the relative performance of each policy option by assessing: (i) their
effectiveness in achieving the three specific objectives of the initiative; (ii) their efficiency in
terms of the balance between savings and costs and their capacity to reduce inefficiencies in
recognition procedures; and (iii) their coherence, namely the extent to which measures remain
consistent with broader EU policy objectives, and contribute to a more coherent recognition
system across the EU. The options are scored on a scale ranging from ‘-/+’ to ‘---/+++’
relative to the baseline. A single ‘-/+’ indicates a limited effect, while ‘--/++’ and ‘---/+++’
indicate a moderate and significant effect respectively.149
7.1. Effectiveness
The effectiveness of the policy options is assessed against the three specific objectives of the
initiative. For SO1, the comparison focuses on the extent to which the policy options improve
the clarity, accessibility and user-friendliness of information, ensure greater consistency
between national and EU-level information sources, and reduce incomplete applications and
unnecessary exchanges between applicants and CAs during the preparation and submission of
applications. For SO2, the assessment considers the extent to which the policy options
increase digitalisation, reduce administrative burden and simplify procedures. For SO3 the
comparison examines improvements in the timeliness and quality of administrative
cooperation, the use of interoperable digital tools, and the consistency of implementation
across MS.150
PO1 remains closest to the baseline, relying exclusively on non-legislative measures to
promote a more consistent interpretation and application of the existing provisions without
amending them (+). PO2 introduces targeted legislative amendments limited to those
necessary to support interoperability and the digitalisation of procedures across MS,
complemented by non-legislative measures (++). PO3 goes further by introducing a broader
set of legislative changes and supporting them with operational tools designed to promote
consistent implementation across MS (+++). As a result, the expected effectiveness increases
progressively from PO1 to PO3.151
Table 4 - Comparison of Policy Options – Effectiveness PO1 PO2 PO3
Ensure complete, clear and aligned information on qualification
requirements and recognition procedures+ ++ +++
Make recognition procedures faster, easier and less burdensome+ ++ +++
149 The analysis below is further supported by additional explanations in Annex 15. 150 Cf. Annex 16 on measures of success under each of the specific objectives. 151 At the same time, as the initiative would remain based on a Directive, MS would continue to retain a degree
of flexibility as regards the means used to achieve the envisaged objectives.
52
Table 4 - Comparison of Policy Options – Effectiveness PO1 PO2 PO3
Improve cooperation and communication among CAs + ++ +++
7.2. Efficiency
The assessment of efficiency examines two aspects. First, it considers the relationship
between the expected benefits and costs of each option, as presented in Section 6.1. Second, it
assesses improvements to the efficiency of recognition procedures as such.152
Compared to the baseline, PO1 generates the lowest benefits but also entails low costs (++).
PO2 delivers greater benefits, but also requires higher implementation costs (+). PO3 is
expected to generate the highest ratio benefits/costs compared to the baseline (+++). As
regards the efficiency of recognition procedures as such, PO1 remains closest to the baseline
and is therefore expected to deliver only limited improvements (+). PO2 introduces targeted
procedural changes that improve efficiency in specific areas. However, as MS would need to
adapt solutions individually, implementation may remain uneven, limiting efficiency gains
(++). PO3 goes furthest by combining more comprehensive legislative changes with
supporting tools that facilitate implementation and administrative cooperation. Although
achieving these efficiency gains would entail certain administrative burdens and obligations,
these are expected to be offset in both the short and longer term (+++).
Table 5 – Comparison of Policy Options - Efficiency PO1 PO2 PO3
Benefits-costs ratio153 ++ + +++
Less inefficiences in recognition procedures (faster, simpler) + ++ +++
7.3. Coherence
The assessment of coherence examines: first, the coherence of the policy options with other
relevant EU initiatives and broader Union objectives, including digitalisation, interoperability,
administrative simplification, labour mobility and the functioning of the Single Market, and,
second, the extent to which each policy option contributes to a more aligned, coordinated and
integrated recognition system across MS, including through greater consistency between
152 This covers the extent to which the options are expected to reduce reliance on paper-based procedures,
increase digitalisation and interoperability, shorten procedures, reduce unnecessary administrative steps and
exchanges, and improve the efficiency of communication between applicants and CAs, and among CAs across
MS. 153Calculated as the ratio of benefits to costs, obtained by dividing the estimated total benefits by the estimated
total costs. This is 20 for PO1, 9.7 for PO2, 26.3 for PO3.
53
national systems, stronger interoperability of tools and procedures, and more coherent
cooperation between CAs and the Commission.
Compared to the baseline, policy options differ in the extent to which they support broader
EU objectives, notably simplification, digitalisation and administrative cooperation. PO1 is
expected to make only a limited contribution through encouraging a more convergent
interpretation and application of the existing framework (+). PO2 contributes more directly to
these objectives through targeted measures supporting interoperability and information
exchange (++). PO3 provides the strongest support by promoting a comprehensive digital and
simplified approach to recognition procedures and administrative cooperation (+++).
As explained above under 5.2.3, the preferred option is coherent with the Union's broader
digital policy framework because it builds on existing EU instruments rather than creating a
parallel system. It is designed as a modular extension of the IMI system, reusing its
governance, user base and administrative cooperation processes while extending its
functionality to support the complete recognition workflow across all regulated professions. It
also builds on the experience gained through the EPC, replacing its profession-specific
approach with a single, scalable solution applicable across professions. At the same time, the
proposal creates synergies with the EUDI Wallet, digital credentials under the SPI, and the
SDG-OOTS. These tools are integrated where available, but their use is introduced
progressively and without creating dependencies that could delay implementation. Where
digital building blocks are not yet fully deployed, applicants will continue to be able to submit
evidence themselves, authorities will continue to exchange information through IMI, and
paper credentials will remain valid. This phased and interoperable approach ensures
coherence with the Union's digital agenda while remaining proportionate and operationally
realistic, avoiding duplication of existing systems and ensuring that implementation does not
depend on the simultaneous maturity of all related initiatives.
The options also differ in their ability to increase coherence across recognition systems in the
EU. PO1 is expected to bring only limited improvements compared to the baseline (+). PO2
would strengthen coherence by introducing common interoperability requirements and
improving exchanges between CAs (++). PO3 is expected to have the greatest impact, as the
European Digital Recognition System would support a more consistent implementation of
recognition procedures across MS and enhance coherence throughout the system (+++).
Table 6 – Comparison of Policy Options - Coherence PO1 PO2 PO3
Coherence with other EU initiatives and broader objectives + ++ +++
Aligned, coordinated and integrated recognition across MS + ++ +++
54
7.4. Comparative overview
The table below presents an overview of the comparison of the policy options on the basis of
the criteria of effectiveness, efficiency and coherence.154 As shown below, PO3 scores highest
overall across these criteria. The assessment of proportionality also confirms that all three
policy options would remain proportionate, each within the scope and level of intervention
envisaged.
Table 7 – Comparison of the three policy options PO1 PO2 PO3
Effectiveness + ++ +++
Efficiency ++ ++ +++
Coherence + ++ +++
8. PREFERRED OPTION
8.1. Option 3: Unified EU workflow and enhanced enforcement
From the ranking and comparison of POs, PO3 stands as more effective, efficient and
coherent than PO2 and PO1. PO3 comprises the most comprehensive set of binding
legislative measures, combined with enforcement tools, and is therefore expected to deliver
the objectives of the initiative in the most effective manner. As regards efficiency, PO3 is
expected to generate the highest cost savings while keeping implementation costs much
lower. It is designed as the most far-reaching simplification option and is estimated to
alleviate around 40% of the burden currently associated with recognition procedures. Overall,
it is expected to deliver cumulative cost savings of approximately EUR 1.6 billion by 2040.
By centralising European digital resources and solutions, the approach ensures that key
development costs are incurred only once at EU level, rather than separately by all 27 MS. In
this way, it helps keep the main implementation costs linked to the creation of the European
Digital Recognition System as low as possible. As regards coherence, this option ensures the
strongest mutual reinforcement between measures, while also providing the highest level of
alignment with broader EU initiatives and priorities on digitalisation, simplification,
portability of skills, and the deepening and more effective functioning of the Single Market.
In terms of EU added value, the preferred PO3 delivers the greatest benefits through the
establishment of the European Digital Recognition System as a common framework for
recognition procedures across the Union. A single EU framework avoids duplication of
154 Proportionality has also been a key consideration. It was applied as a knock-out criterion during the screening
of the initial long list of measures (cf. Annex 12), ensuring that measures appearing disproportionate to their
likely benefits were discarded at an early stage. Consequently, all measures retained and subsequently combined
into policy options were considered proportionate to the problems identified and the objectives pursued. Cf;
Annex 15.
55
investments, reduces fragmentation, promotes interoperability and generates economies of
scale, while ensuring a more consistent and efficient recognition process across Member
States. The preferred option complies with the principle of proportionality, as it does not go
beyond what is necessary to achieve the objectives pursued. While the proposal introduces
targeted amendments to Directive 2005/36/EC to address persistent shortcomings identified
through its implementation, these measures are limited to improving the procedural
functioning of the recognition framework, including the provision of information, the
organisation of recognition procedures, administrative cooperation and the use of
interoperable digital tools. The proposal does not harmonise the substantive rules governing
regulated professions or the conditions for the recognition of professional qualifications.
Member States remain fully responsible for regulating professions, determining qualification
requirements, assessing applications and taking recognition decisions. The preferred option
provides the most effective response to the identified problems while maintaining an
appropriate balance between the expected benefits and the implementation effort required.
Although it entails a greater degree of intervention than the alternative options, this is justified
by the scale and persistence of the identified shortcomings and remains confined to
procedural aspects of the framework, fully respecting Member States' competences over
substantive recognition decisions.
As regards practical implementation, challenges may arise, but these are expected to be
manageable, as the preferred option has been specifically designed to overcome the principal
shortcomings of the current framework. As explained above, the identified problem drivers
include both issues of design and issues of implementation, with special focus on the former.
Design issues arise where the current Directive misses common elements that are
instrumental for the effective functioning of the recognition system and where the existing
measures do not guarantee that the recognition procedures will fully benefit from
technological progress and digital developments. Accordingly, the preferred option addresses
design issues by completing the architecture of the PQD with common elements that are
currently missing. The cornerstone of this approach is the European Digital Recognition
Solution, which establishes a mandatory common digital workflow for recognition procedures
across the Union. By replacing fragmented national solutions with a single interoperable
system spanning the entire recognition procedure, from the preparation of applications to the
issuance of recognition decisions, the preferred option streamlines workflows, reduces
incomplete applications and repetitive exchanges, limits unnecessary procedural iterations and
duplication of work, creates economies of scale and provides a common operational
framework for competent authorities. The system will be developed and financed by the
Commission, thereby reducing implementation costs for Member States while supporting
authorities with AI-assisted functionalities (e.g. automated translation with confidence score)
throughout the recognition process.155 The preferred provides authorities with common tools
155 The feasibility of integrating AI-assisted functionalities is supported by the findings of a Commission study
on the analysis of digital solutions for recognition processes and the AI proof of concept. The study
demonstrated that AI can effectively support several stages of the recognition workflow, including the translation
of documents, document classification, the assessment of document authenticity and integrity, and the analysis of
the content of supporting evidence against the applicable legal and procedural requirements. These findings
indicate that AI can substantially reduce administrative workload and improve the speed and consistency of
56
and infrastructure rather than relying solely on national solutions. The European Digital
Recognition Solution reduces administrative burdens and manual processing, allowing scarce
administrative resources to be used more efficiently. The preferred option further strengthens
the design of the framework by integrating into the recognition process interoperable digital
credentials for qualifications under the automatic system. It establishes that these credentials
constitute trusted evidence of the qualifications they certify, thereby limiting the possibility
for competent authorities to request additional documentation and reinforcing trust within the
automatic recognition system.
On the other hand, the preferred option strengthens the implementation of the existing
legal framework by making its requirements clearer, more operational and easier to
apply consistently across Member States156. It specifies in greater detail the information
that Member States must provide on recognition procedures and ensures that this information
is kept up to date through interoperability with the Regulated Professions Database. It clarifies
which documents may be requested, establishes common principles governing recognition
fees and introduces binding deadlines for the individual stages of recognition procedures as
well as for administrative cooperation between competent authorities. By translating general
obligations into more operational rules, these measures reduce uncertainty and facilitate more
uniform implementation across the Union.
The preferred option further reinforces implementation through supporting measures.
Regular training for competent authorities and a more structured framework for cooperation
within the Group of Coordinators on Professional Qualifications will help competent
authorities apply the Directive more consistently and identify implementation challenges at an
earlier stage. The annual work programme of the Group of Coordinators157 and its subgroups
will provide a more systematic framework for monitoring implementation, exchanging good
practices and preparing future developments of the recognition system. Additional mitigation
measures could include transitional implementation periods, targeted capacity-building
support, EU financial support for digital transformation where appropriate, and the
progressive deployment of interoperable digital tools.
Taken together, the preferred option addresses both the structural and the practical causes of
the identified problems. By introducing common elements that are currently missing from the
Directive while making existing rules more precise and providing competent authorities with
better tools, clearer rules, more structured procedures and stronger support, it is expected to
improve the consistency, efficiency and reliability of the implementation of the Professional
Qualifications Directive.
recognition procedures, while leaving the final assessment and recognition decision entirely with the competent
authority. 156 The main advantage of the European Digital Recognition Solution is that it should be applied consistently
among Member States. In other words, it aims to ensure that all recognition procedures can benefit from and
integrate other common EU digital developments such as EU Digital Identity Wallet, thereby reducing the risk of
uneven implementation. 157 The Group of Coordinators is an expert group bringing together the national coordinators designated by MS
under the PQD for matters related to the recognition of professional qualifications. It serves as a forum for
cooperation, exchange of experience and discussion of implementation issues arising under the Directive.
57
The transition towards a more digital and, under PO3, largely “digital-only” recognition
environment may create risks of digital exclusion for certain categories of applicants,
including older professionals or applicants with limited digital skills or access to digital
infrastructure. While the initiative aims to simplify and accelerate procedures, the move
towards digital procedures would create obligations for CAs rather than applicants.
Applicants would remain free to submit supporting documents in paper form. However, those
choosing to submit documents digitally would benefit from faster processing and reduced
administrative. Where applicants are unable to create or submit a digital application
themselves, CA could provide assistance and, where necessary, create the digital application
on their behalf. Similarly, the introduction of binding deadlines would not create additional
obligations for applicants. These deadlines would apply to CAs and their cooperation with
each other, ensuring that procedures are completed more quickly and predictably for the
benefit of applicants. The Commission would support implementation through guidance and
training for CAs using the digital tools, while applicants would benefit from digital guidance
tools such as pilot AI chatbots. The gradual implementation timeline, including the
transposition period for MS and the time foreseen for the development of the European
Digital Recognition System by the Commission, would provide sufficient time for MS, CAs
and the Commission to prepare, coordinate and put the necessary support arrangements in
place.
Moreover, stakeholders may express concerns that a greater reliance on digital tools could
increase digital security and reliability risks. However, the initiative is expected to mitigate
rather than exacerbate these risks. The use of verifiable digital credentials would make
documents significantly more secure and more difficult to forge than paper-based documents,
thereby increasing the reliability of the information exchanged in recognition procedures and
strengthening trust among competent authorities. Furthermore, as artificial intelligence is
increasingly being used in administrative processes, embedding AI-assisted functionalities
within a common European framework would help ensure their transparent, coordinated and
consistent use across MS. This would reduce the risks associated with fragmented national
approaches, divergent outcomes and inconsistent quality standards, while promoting greater
legal certainty, reliability and mutual trust in recognition procedures.
The implementation of the preferred option will require efforts from Member States and
competent authorities, particularly to adapt existing procedures, working methods and digital
systems. Some challenges may be greater for authorities with more limited administrative
capacity or lower levels of digital maturity.158 Nevertheless, we expect that these challenges
will be manageable and that the authorities concerned will be broadly supportive of the
proposed measures. The preferred option was designed on the basis of stakeholder feedback
and is composed primarily of measures that national coordinators and competent authorities—
the actors responsible for implementing the Directive—identified as among the most effective
158 Cf. Annex 14.
58
responses to the problems encountered in practice.159 These results provide confidence that,
although implementation will require adaptation and sustained effort, the preferred option is
closely aligned with the practical needs and assessments of the authorities that will be
responsible for applying it. In addition, the use of a common EU-level solution will reduce the
need for Member States to develop and maintain separate national systems, thereby limiting
national implementation costs and technical burdens while ensuring interoperability and a
more consistent approach across the Union.
8.2. REFIT (simplification and improved efficiency)
The initiative is expected to contribute significantly to simplification and efficiency by
directly addressing procedural complexities and inefficiencies identified as part of the
problem definition. The measures proposed under the initiative are specifically designed to
reduce these inefficiencies. By definition, measures such as reducing paper-based procedures,
promoting interoperable digital credentials, reducing documentary requirements, accelerating
exchanges between CAs and strengthening digital workflows are expected to simplify
procedures, reduce waiting times and lower administrative and compliance costs. More
complete and standardised information is expected to reduce the number of incomplete or
incorrect applications and limit the need for clarification exchanges. This would reduce the
time and effort required for applicants to understand requirements and prepare applications,
while reducing rework associated with incomplete applications for CAs and improving
processing workflows. For professionals, simplified and standardised procedures, together
with the reduction and standardisation of documentation requirements and clearer and more
predictable procedures, are expected to reduce both the time and costs associated with
preparing and submitting applications, as well as broader compliance costs linked to
recognition procedures.160 The combination of harmonised procedures, mandatory digital
workflows and fully digital processes is also expected to significantly reduce administrative
effort per case and streamline case handling. More structured and predictable cooperation
mechanisms are expected to reduce repeated exchanges, incomplete requests and processing
159 For example, in a focus group with national coordinators on professional qualifications, 16 out of 17
respondents ranked support to Member States in providing information among the most effective measures for
reducing incomplete applications. Minimum content requirements for information provided at national level
were selected by 13 out of 17 respondents, while 11 out of 17 identified guidance and peer review of national
portals as particularly effective. These measures are reflected in the preferred option. Measures aimed at
reducing processing times also received strong support. Electronic-by-default recognition procedures were
ranked among the most effective measures by 17 out of 19 respondents, while 14 out of 19 selected an AI-
assisted workflow system and 9 out of 19 selected shortened deadlines combined with the use of digital
credentials. In relation to administrative cooperation, 11 out of 19 respondents ranked online recognition
procedures supported by an AI-assisted workflow system among the most effective measures for reducing
delays. All these measures form part of the preferred option. 160 Stakeholder evidence supports these expected benefits. Survey results with citizens indicate that fully
digitalising recognition procedures would primarily lead to shorter processing times (65%), followed by reduced
administrative burden (56%), greater efficiency (50%) and lower costs (48%). Cf. study supporting this impact
assessment.
59
delays.161 For employers, more efficient and predictable recognition procedures are expected
to facilitate faster recruitment processes, improve workforce planning and reduce delays
in accessing qualified professionals, particularly in sectors facing labour shortages. Unlike
more voluntary approaches, PO3 ensures uniform application and maximises efficiency gains
through mandatory and integrated measures across the Union. At the same time, these
expected simplification and efficiency gains are accompanied by significant upfront
implementation costs. The introduction of harmonised systems, digital workflows and fully
digital processes will require investment in IT systems and infrastructure, staff training and
organisational adjustments. As a result, PO3 may initially lead to increased administrative
costs during the transition phase. Over time, however, these costs are expected to be offset by
efficiency gains and reductions in administrative effort per case, leading to a more coherent,
predictable and efficient recognition system across the Union.
8.3. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach
This initiative falls within the scope of the One-In-One-Out (OIOO) approach as it constitutes
a revision of an existing EU instrument (Directive 2005/36/EC). PO3 contributes to the
administrative burden reduction target by delivering aggregate annual administrative cost
savings of approximately EUR 27.2 million, corresponding to a reduction of around 40% of
the EUR 67.8 million baseline annual administrative burden. The main instrument carrying
this reduction is the harmonisation and digitalisation of recognition procedures. The full
quantification is developed above under Section 6.1 and also summarised below in Table III
in Annex III.
9. HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?
Monitoring would focus on indicators measuring the extent to which the initiative succeeds in
simplifying and making less costly and burdensome the preparation and processing of
recognition applications, including cooperation between CAs. The Commission would carry
out such monitoring in close cooperation with national coordinators and CAs in the MS.
Monitoring would rely on two sources. First, MS would provide information through national
reporting coordinated by the national coordinators designated under the PQD. Such reporting
would take place every two years and would cover indicators that cannot be automatically
generated through digital systems. Second, data would be retrieved annually from the
digital tools supporting the implementation of the initiative, including the European Digital
Recognition System and other relevant systems and databases.
For monitoring purposes, 2029 would constitute the baseline year, as this is the first year in
which the benefits of the initiative are expected to start materialising following the
deployment of the European Digital Recognition System during 2027 and 2028. To establish
a robust pre-implementation benchmark, a first collection of monitoring data would take place
in 2028. A second wave of data collection would then take place in 2029 for indicators to be
161 CAsimilarly identified shorter processing times (54%), lower costs and reduced administrative burden (both
49%) and significant staff efficiency gains (28%) as the main expected benefits of digitalisation, suggesting that
digitalisation primarily improves speed and procedural simplicity rather than reducing staffing needs.
60
collected annually and in 2030 for indicators subject to biennial reporting, allowing an initial
comparison between the situation before and after implementation. This approach would
ensure the availability of meaningful evidence on the effects of the initiative and support a
comprehensive evaluation approximately five years after the expiry of the transposition
deadline.
Progress towards Specific Objective 1 will be monitored through indicators measuring the
completeness and consistency of information provided on regulation of professions and
recognition of qualifications, the share of incomplete or incorrectly prepared applications
attributable to information gaps, and user satisfaction with the clarity and accessibility of
information. Progress towards Specific Objective 2 will be monitored through indicators
measuring the average processing time of recognition procedures, the average number of
documents, translations and certifications requested per application, the administrative effort
required to process an application, and the share of applications completed within the
prescribed deadlines. Progress towards Specific Objective 3 will be monitored through
indicators measuring the average response time to administrative cooperation requests, the
average number of information requests and confirmation exchanges per recognition case, and
the satisfaction of competent authorities with the quality and usefulness of the responses
received.
A more detailed presentation of the monitoring indicators, sources and collection methods is
provided in Annex 16.
61
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION
1. Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references
DG for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion (DG EMPL). PLAN/2025/2645: Fair
labour mobility package / Skills Portability 2: modernise and expand recognition processes
for regulated professions - Potential measures to facilitate, modernise and expand recognition
processes for EU citizens to access regulated professions, action under the Skills Portability
Initiative. Commission work programme 2026, Supporting people, strengthening our societies
and our social model - 25: Skills and fair labour mobility – Fair labour mobility package
2. Organisation and timing
The consultation and evidence-gathering activities build on earlier work carried out in the
context of the 2020–2024 implementation report on Directive 2005/36/EC and were further
developed through more recent exercises conducted under the Skills Portability Initiative.
These included the public consultation and call for evidence carried out between November
2025 and February 2026, complemented by desk research and data analysis undertaken by
DG EMPL and by the contractor responsible for preparing the study supporting the present
impact assessment.
The contract for the study supporting the impact assessment of Directive 2005/36/EC started
in October 2025 and had a duration of fifteen months. The contractor submitted the final
report supporting the impact assessment, focusing on the SPI-related aspects of the Directive,
in May 2026 for the purposes of the scrutiny process by the Regulatory Scrutiny Board.
An Inter-service Steering Group (ISG) was established by the Secretariat-General to support
the preparation of the initiative as part of the broader SPI package. Representatives from the
following Directorates-General and services participated in the ISG: EAC, ECFIN, ENV,
GROW, HOME, REGIO, RTD, SANTE, TRADE, the Secretariat-General and the Legal
Service.
3. Consultation of the RSB
The draft IA was submitted to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) on 17 June and discussed
at a hearing on 15 July, following the submission of written replies to the RSB checklist and
technical comments received in advance of the hearing. The RSB subsequently issued a
positive opinion with reservations. The IA was subsequently revised to address the
recommendations set out in the RSB opinion, while also taking into account the technical
comments provided by the Board in the course of the scrutiny process. The table below
summarises the RSB’s main recommendations and the corresponding updates made to the IA
to address them.
Main recommendations for improvement Modifications in the IA report
Clarify what constitutes (a) a professional
qualification, (b) ‘automatic recognition’ and
how the process under the PQD applies to it
for cross-border purposes, and (c) ‘regulated
Chapter 1.3 on skills portability and regulated
professions has been essentially rewritten.
The socio-economic importance of regulated
professions, the rationale for regulating
62
professions covered by other recognition
systems’. Provide indicative examples of
respective professions and explain to what
extent the scope of the initiative covers
activities in the areas of craft, commerce and
industry, and professionals willing to provide
services in another Member State on a
temporary or occasional basis. Explain to
what extent it excludes professions covered
by other EU legislation and, if so, which
ones.
access to professions and its links to labour
and skills shortages, the role of the
Professional Qualifications Directive within
this framework, and its interaction with other
relevant legal instruments are now explained
more clearly.
The introduction to the problem definition
has been substantially revised, with the
recognition of professional qualifications now
positioned within the broader context of
labour mobility.
Explain to what extent the findings of the
2011 PQD evaluation differ from those of the
2020-2024 PQD implementation report.
Explain what measures were taken since 2011
to address those shortcomings. Discuss the
extent to which the PQD has been effective in
reaching its objectives. Analyse the root
causes of the identified problems. Provide a
more granular analysis of the regulated
professions, the barriers hampering their
mobility as well as assess the link related to
obstacles with qualifications and their
economic importance, using more recent data
as far as possible.
Part of the modifications described just above
are also relevant for this recommendation.
Additionally, Section 2.1 has been
substantially expanded by introducing a
chronological overview of the problems
identified since the 2011 evaluation of the
Directive. The assessments made at different
stages are now presented, followed by an
explanation of how the remaining
inefficiencies stem from several interrelated
causes.
In Section 2.2, a clearer distinction has been
introduced between issues relating to the
design of the existing framework and issues
arising from its implementation.
A more dynamic dimension has been added
to the description of the baseline in Section
5.1.
Describe better the measures. Explain the
proposed digital solution and what is going to
be part of the solution. Explain better to what
extent this initiative aims replacing the
respective national IT systems, how the
integration with national systems will be
ensured, and who will be responsible for
different parts of the digital solution. Clarify
who is responsible for the infrastructure and
operation of the solution. Explain what
interoperability is needed and how it will be
ensured.
In Section 5.2, the package of measures
considered under each policy option is now
presented more clearly.
In Section 5.2.3, the description of the
European Digital Recognition Solution has
been substantially elaborated, with its design,
operation and coherence with other relevant
tools and initiatives explained in greater
detail.
Better analyse the coherence with other Part of the modifications described just above
63
initiatives, further explain to what extent this
initiative uses the same IT elements as SPI
Action 1 and the possible synergies, risks or
unintended consequences that could arise
from its implementation. Analyse how Action
2 will interact with SPI Action 3 on third-
country nationals.
are also relevant for this recommendation.
In Section 7, the coherence of the initiative
with other relevant digital policy initiatives is
now explained more clearly.
The annex presenting the combined impacts
of the preferred options under Actions 1, 2
and 3 has been updated.
Explain in more detail how the practical
implementation of the preferred option would
take place. Explain how the preferred option
would be practically feasible.
In Section 2.2, a clearer distinction has been
introduced between issues relating to the
design of the existing framework and issues
arising from its implementation.
In Section 8 on the preferred option, the
explanation of its added value and
proportionality has been substantially
strengthened. In particular, it is now
explained more clearly how foreseeable
practical implementation challenges have
been anticipated and addressed through the
proposed package of measures, and why
broad stakeholder uptake of the proposed
approach can be expected.
Technical comments on estimation and
presentation of costs and savings
In the assessment of impacts, the
methodology used to estimate the expected
increase in the volume of recognition
procedures is explained more clearly. The
presentation of administrative cost savings
has been restructured, while the analysis of
employer savings has been substantially
rewritten to improve its clarity and the
underlying assumptions have been explained
more transparently.
As regards implementation costs, the
differences between the options have been
clarified and the overall presentation has been
improved.
In Annex 4 on analytical methods, a more
detailed explanation of the methodology used
to estimate costs for competent authorities
has been provided. The methodology for
monetising time savings has also been
clarified, and the analysis has been reinforced
through a sensitivity analysis, given that
64
monetised time savings represent the largest
component of the estimated benefits.
4. Evidence, sources and quality
The impact assessment draws on multiple sources of evidence and expertise, as detailed in
Annexes 2, 4 and 17 to the present report. These include, in particular, evidence collected by
the Commission services in the context of the 2020–2024 implementation report on Directive
2005/36/EC, as well as consultation and research activities carried out by the contractor
responsible for the supporting study. The Commission Expert Group on the Recognition of
Professional Qualifications was closely involved throughout the consultation process.
65
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
The preparation of this initiative was supported by a broad evidence-gathering and
consultation process. This included data collected in the context of the implementation report
on Directive 2005/36/EC, targeted consultation activities carried out by DG EMPL, the public
consultation launched by the Commission, as well as additional stakeholder consultation
activities conducted by the external contractor supporting this IA.
1. Analysis of data collected for the report on the implementation of the PQD
The drafting of this IA has benefited extensively from data collected by DG EMPL, including
in cooperation with DG GROW, in the context of the preparation of the report on the
implementation of the PQD covering the years 2020–2024. The report and the accompanying
Staff Working Document were published in February 2026162 and have been extensively
referenced above. Those documents describe in detail how stakeholders’ views contributed to
identifying the main shortcomings in the implementation of the PQD and, subsequently, to
shaping the present initiative.
2. Targeted consultations carried out in the context of the SPI
In parallel to the work carried out with the contractor and the use of data and findings from
the implementation report to shape the problem analysis, DG EMPL also conducted targeted
stakeholder consultation activities as shown below. These proved particularly useful in
validating the different dimensions of the problem and gathering views and suggestions from
professionals and public authorities in the MS regarding possible solutions.
Date Title of meeting/event
19 May 2025 Portability of Skills in Cross-Border Regions (ISG consultation input)
3 July 2025 Meeting with Standing Committee of European Doctors (CPME)
2 October 2025 Meeting with EurHeCA (European Health Professionals’ Competent
Authorities)
6 November 2025 Targeted Consultation – EU Youth Stakeholders
14 November
2025 Regular Network Meeting – Adult Learning Coordinators
18 November
2025 Regular Network Meeting – VET Providers
18 November
2025 European Federation of Nurses
19 November
2025 General Assembly - Pharmaceutical Group of the EU (PGEU)
25 November
2025 Meeting – Validation and Recognition Working Group
162 EU facilitates skills portability for over 185 000 professionals - Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion
66
Date Title of meeting/event
27 November
2025 Meeting – Geodesks
3 December 2025 Meeting – Eurochambres Skills Committee
4 December 2025 Group of Coordinators for Professional Recognition
5 December 2025 Youth Guarantee Coordinators
11 December 2025 Annual NARIC Meeting
16 December 2025 EQF AG
13 January 2026 Dedicated Meeting – National Europass Centres
14 January 2026 Dedicated Meeting – ESCO and National Classifications Experts
16 January 2026 Dedicated Meeting – REGIO / EURES Cross-Border Regions
Stakeholders
20 January 2026 Targeted Consultation – Public Employment Services (PES Network)
23 January 2026 Targeted Consultation – Social Partners (Hearing)
27 January 2026 Targeted Consultation – Cross-Border EURES Projects
28 January 2026 Consultation – ENIC-NARIC Network
28 January 2026 Dedicated Meeting – EURES National Coordination Offices
29 January 2026 Targeted Consultation – VET Stakeholders (ACVT / DGVT)
6 March 2026 European network of competent authorities for architects (ENACA) -
conference
12 March 2026 Group of Coordinators for Professional Recognition
3. SPI public consultation (questionnaire and call for evidence)
The public consultation on the SPI, conducted between December 2025 and February 2026,
gathered views from a wide range of stakeholders on the portability of skills and
qualifications within the EU. The consultation aimed to identify the main challenges faced by
individuals and employers when using qualifications across borders, collect evidence on
experiences with recognition procedures and skills validation (including their effectiveness
and usability), and explore key obstacles to labour mobility linked to recognition issues. It
also sought to identify opportunities to improve mobility through more effective recognition,
validation and use of skills.
A total of responses were received from diverse stakeholder groups, including EU citizens
(336 – of whom 66 had undergone recognition of their professional qualifications in another
Member State), non-EU citizens (143), public authorities (81), academic and research
institutions (44), NGOs (43), business associations (41), companies (29), trade unions (11)
and other stakeholders (56). The input collected through this consultation has informed the
problem definition, supported the development of policy options, and contributed to the
assessment of impacts, in particular with regard to targeted aspects of the Professional
Qualifications Directive. The key points emerging from the public consultation are
67
summarised below. They broadly confirm the findings identified through the other
stakeholder consultation activities:
• Persistent barriers to skills portability. Respondents consistently identify lengthy,
complex and costly recognition procedures as one of the most significant obstacle to
skills portability in the EU (524 out of 785 total respondents).
• Fragmented and unclear information environment to guide recognition processes.
Information on recognition requirements is dispersed across multiple national and EU
sources, with no single authoritative entry point. EU citizens report unclear, incomplete
or missing information on procedures, CA, documentation requirements and expected
outcomes (36 out of 157 respondents to the relevant question), increasing the likelihood
of delays and failed applications.
• Insufficient access to guidance and support during recognition procedures. Only half
of applicants report having had access to support during recognition procedures (33 our
of 66 respondents – EU citizens having applied for recognition of professional
qualifications), while support is often considered limited or ineffective. The absence of
coordinated guidance and case management exacerbates administrative burden,
particularly for individual applicants, SMEs and early-career professionals.
• Excessive timeframes and high, uneven costs. Recognition procedures frequently last
months and, in some cases, years, thus often exceeding statutory deadlines (cf. Chapter 2
above). Applicants face significant and unpredictable costs related to fees, translations
and certifications, creating strong deterrents to mobility and reinforcing inequalities in
access to recognition (cf. Chapter 2 above).
• Need for better integration and interoperability. Stakeholders overwhelmingly
identify the creation of an EU-wide interoperable system for qualifications and skills as
the main solution to improve skills portability (404 out of 642 respondents). The priority
is not to multiply tools, but to ensure interoperability, reuse and trust across existing EU
and national systems.
• Digital credentials as a priority. Verifiable digital credentials are widely seen as a key
enabler of skills portability, provided they are trusted, legally meaningful and integrated
into established recognition frameworks, notably the PQD (they are considered very
important by 264 and important by 121 out of 449 respondents). Digitalisation is
expected to support faster verification, reduced duplication and greater transparency, but
not to replace substantive assessment by CA, especially in regulated professions.
• Simplification and digitalisation of recognition procedures. Respondents (n=642)
prioritise practical digital solutions that streamline administrative procedures, including
single online portals for the submission and tracking of applications (469 respondents),
automated document verification (372 respondents), certified and automated translations
(372 respondents), and digital pre-screening to determine whether recognition is required
(212 respondents). These solutions aim to reduce duplication, delays and uncertainty for
both applicants and employers.
68
• The recognition process can have significant consequences for the professional
opportunities and mobility of applicants. Among the 66 EU citizens who had
undergone a recognition procedure, 17 respondents reported accepting a job below their
qualification level, indicating a skills mismatch. Thirteen respondents stated that the
process encouraged them to resume studies or training in order to meet recognition
requirements. 12 respondents obtained a job opportunity matching or exceeding their
qualification level, while another 12 respondents reported having missed a job
opportunity as a result of the recognition process. 11 respondents indicated that they had
started working in a different field, and 10 respondents reported delays in starting a new
job. In addition, 9 respondents stated that the outcome discouraged them from moving to
or applying for a job opportunity in another country, while 2 respondents indicated that
the process ultimately led them to leave the EU and migrate elsewhere. Stakeholders
consistently associate delayed, partial or failed recognition with significant skills waste,
as professionals are compelled to accept underqualified roles or work outside their field
while procedures are pending, even in sectors experiencing acute labour shortages.
The call for evidence feeding into the public consultation confirms that qualification
recognition systems in the EU remain fragmented, lengthy and unpredictable, generating
significant barriers to labour mobility and skills portability. Stakeholders consistently report
that limited trust in foreign qualifications, divergent scopes of practice across MS, and
assessment practices centred on diplomas constrain both employer recruitment
decisions and individual career progression. These challenges translate into delayed labour
market entry, skills waste, downgraded employment outcomes and missed job opportunities,
with disproportionate effects on SMEs, early-career professionals and sectors characterised by
high regulatory or safety requirements. Employers, in particular, underline legal and
operational risks linked to uncertainty over professional status, good standing and timelines,
which discourages cross-border hiring even in contexts of labour shortages.
Evidence also highlights persistent structural weaknesses in recognition procedures
themselves, which frequently exceed PQD deadlines and impose high direct and indirect
costs related to fees, translations, compensatory measures and income loss during
prolonged procedures. Fragmented information landscapes and the lack of a single
authoritative entry point further exacerbate uncertainty for applicants and employers, leading
to inappropriate applications, procedural duplication and administrative fatigue. These
shortcomings undermine confidence in the practical enforceability of free movement rights
and generate spill-over effects for employers through delayed onboarding, disrupted
workforce planning and increased reliance on interim labour solutions.
Finally, contributors show strong support for EU-level action to address these challenges,
provided it builds on existing legal and administrative frameworks rather than creating
parallel mechanisms. Stakeholders broadly endorse better integration, interoperability and
operational use of EU transparency tools such as the EQF, Europass, ESCO and the
SDG, alongside clearer, more intelligible qualification information. While digital and
verifiable credentials are viewed positively in principle, their uptake is conditional on clear
legal value, robust governance, and full embedding into established recognition procedures.
Across stakeholder groups, there is a consistent call for proportionate, profession-specific
solutions that improve predictability and trust while safeguarding professional standards,
liability frameworks and public interest objectives.
69
4. Stakeholder consultations carried out for the supporting study
As part of the evidence-gathering for this impact assessment, a range of targeted consultation
activities was carried out by the contractor to collect additional input from key stakeholders.
These activities aimed to refine the problem definition, inform the design of policy measures,
and assess their potential impacts. They comprised strategic interviews, a consultation
workshop, focus groups, and surveys, as outlined below.
Strategic interviews were conducted to refine the scope of the analysis and gather additional
evidence on the SPI, the PQD, key issues affecting recognition procedures, and possible
adjustments suggested by stakeholders. In total, 8 interviews were carried out with 10
Commission staff members from DG EMPL, DG GROW and DG SANTE. A consultation
workshop was organised to discuss and further develop the problem definition. The
workshop took place in February 2026 and brought together 39 participants, including
members of the GoC and National ACs. Two focus groups were organised to collect
stakeholder feedback on the expected impacts of the preliminary policy measures designed to
address the identified problems in recognition processes. The first focus group took place in
February 2026 with EU-level representative organisations of the seven sectoral professions
benefiting from automatic recognition based on minimum training requirements. The second
focus group was held in March 2026 with members of the GoC and covered the same set of
topics. Finally, two surveys were conducted to collect evidence on (i) the costs incurred
during recognition procedures and (ii) the potential benefits of digitalisation. One survey
targeted national CA responsible for recognition processes in the seven sectoral professions
under automatic recognition and was disseminated through the GoC and direct outreach. The
second survey targeted EU citizens holding professional qualifications who are currently
seeking, or have previously sought, recognition for one of these professions; it was circulated
through professional representative organisations participating in the consultation process.
70
Tool/Method Objectives
Stakeholders
(number and
type)
Start –
end date IA elements/steps
Scoping
interviews
Refine the scope of
the study
Collect additional
qualitative evidence
on the PQD and
views on the SPI
Identify key issues
affecting recognition
procedures
Gather stakeholders’
views on potential
adjustments or
improvements to the
existing recognition
framework
DG SANTE (1)
DG EMPL (4)
DG GROW (5)
20.01.26-
06.02.26
Problem definition
Development of
policy options
Consultation
workshop
Discuss and refine the
problem definition
Members of the
Group of
Coordinators (39,
covering 22 MS)
10.02.26 Problem definition
Focus groups
Gather participants’
feedback on the
expected impacts of
the preliminary policy
measures.
Assess whether the
proposed measures
adequately address
the problems
identified in
recognition processes.
Identify perceived
strengths,
weaknesses, and
potential unintended
effects of the
proposed measures.
EU‑level
representative
organisations of
the seven sectoral
professions
benefiting from
automatic
recognition based
on minimum
training
requirements (21)
Members of the
Group of
Coordinators
covering (28,
covering 16 MS)
23.02.26
04.03.26
Development of
policy options
71
Tool/Method Objectives
Stakeholders
(number and
type)
Start –
end date IA elements/steps
Survey on
Costs
Collect evidence on
the costs incurred by
individuals and CAs
during recognition
procedures.
Assess the potential
benefits of
digitalisation in terms
of efficiency, cost
reduction, and
procedural
simplification.
National CAs (82
– covering 22
MS)
EU citizens with
professional
qualifications who
are currently
seeking, or have
previously sought,
recognition for
one of these seven
professions (203
from 24 MS)
16.02.26-
18.03.26
Assessment of
impacts on targeted
aspects of the PQD
Consultation workshop and focus groups
The workshop, involving 39 participants, confirmed that the proposed problem definition
broadly reflects national realities, where significant divergences persist. Divergences are
particularly noticeable between well-functioning automatic recognition systems and more
burdensome general systems. The main structural constraints identified were insufficient
administrative capacity, excessive verification requirements (reported by 5 participants), weak
administrative cooperation (delayed or missing replies from competent authorities were
reported by 12 participants), and underuse or ineffective use of IMI and EPC tools (excessive
use of IMI alerts was reported by 7 participants), often compounded by delayed or missing
responses from other authorities. Linked to the problems presented, participants stressed the
lack of trust in foreign qualifications, especially in the general system, which drives over-
checking and repeated requests for documentation. Participants highlighted persistent
information gaps for applicants, notably regarding the competent authority to contact,
required documentation, procedural steps, and compensation measures, despite partial
progress through portals, assistance centres, and the Single Digital Gateway. Applications
remain frequently incomplete (7 participants reported receiving complete and correct
applications to a great extent, 18 to a certain extent, and 7 to a limited extent); incomplete
applications are found especially in the general system, particularly where professions are
regulated in one Member State but not in another, or where supporting documents (e.g.
certificates of good standing or evidence of professional experience) are difficult or
impossible to obtain. Digitalisation has advanced but remains uneven: processes are often
only partially digital, document submission channels remain fragmented, and digitally signed
certificates face interoperability barriers. Overall, the discussion pointed to the need to
strengthen trust-based recognition, improve interoperability and usability of EU-level tools
(IMI, RegProf, EPC), and reduce administrative burden through clearer rules, better data
alignment, and more effective cooperation between competent authorities.
The two focus groups broadly confirmed that the main obstacles to the effective functioning
of automatic recognition under the PQD are not so much rooted in the legal framework itself,
but in shortcomings in its implementation. Participants from both professional organisations
72
and CA consistently pointed to fragmented, incomplete, and poorly coordinated information
available to applicants (24 of the 28 GoC membersreported increased administrative
workload due to information gaps “to a certain extent”), limited digitalisation of
procedures, and uneven administrative capacity across MS as the primary drivers of delays,
uncertainty, and additional costs for CAs. There was strong convergence on the need to
improve the clarity, accessibility, and consistency of information requirements (a priority
for 26 of the 28 GoC members), including documentation, timelines, and fees, while avoiding
measures that could undermine professional standards or public interest objectives.
The discussions highlighted broad support for policy measures aimed at process
efficiency, digitalisation, and stronger administrative cooperation. Digital-by-default
procedures, better use of existing EU tools such as IMI and the Single Digital Gateway,
proportional documentation requirements, and AI-assisted workflows were widely seen as
having the greatest potential to reduce administrative burden and improve predictability,
provided they support rather than replace professional judgment. By contrast, shortening
statutory recognition deadlines were met with significant reservations, particularly from CA
concerned about administrative capacity, overall process duration, and unintended
redistribution of workloads, notably for third-country qualifications. Overall, participants
considered that the effects of the proposed measures would be broadly beneficial (including a
slight reduction of incomplete or incorrect applications, expected by 8 of the 28 GoC
members), and a limited reduction of the duration of application procedures, expected by 3 of
21 professional organisations representatives). However, both groups stressed that expected
benefits would materialise only gradually and subject to complementary conditions,
including adequate resourcing, training, interoperability of systems, and effective
national implementation. Both focus groups emphasised that improvements in recognition
processes depend less on legislative change than on consistent application, mutual trust
between authorities, and sustained investment in digital infrastructure and cooperation
mechanisms.
Surveys with citizens and CA
Out of the 203 citizen surveyed, 48 provided relevant replies. Survey results indicate limited
clarity of pre-application information. Only 12/48 respondents consider the information
very clear, while 26/48 describe it as clear but point to inconsistencies across sources. 8/48
respondents finds the information difficult to understand.
Survey responses from citizens also confirm that recognition procedures are often lengthy.
Most respondents report that the process took more than four months from application to
decision (26/48 respondents), while only a small share experienced processing times between
three and four months (5/48 respondents). Preparatory steps are also time-intensive:
determining whether a profession is regulated requires weeks or months for a large share of
respondents (21/48 respondents), while seeking professional advice entails similar timeframes
(19/48 respondents). Identifying the CA requires significant effort for nearly one third of
respondents. Regarding documentation, most citizens consider requirements proportionate to
their purpose, either fully (18/48 respondents) or mostly (16/48 respondents). However, a
non-negligible share perceives them as excessive (14/48 respondents).
CA largely confirm the proportionality of documentation requirements, with most
considering them fully proportionate (52/82 respondents) or mostly proportionate (27
73
respondents), and only a marginal share viewing them as somewhat excessive (2
respondents). According to CA, delays in recognition procedures primarily stem from
incomplete or incorrect documentation submitted by applicants (57/82). Additional sources of
delay include late responses from other authorities (15/82) and the time required for
authenticity checks (12/82), indicating that inefficiencies are closely linked to documentation
quality and inter-authority coordination.
Staff effort in CA varies significantly depending on the activity to be carried out in the
context of recognition procedures. Routine tasks, such as maintaining national portals or
updating the RegProf, usually require fewer than 10 to 20 man-days per year, while
responding to preliminary inquiries and issuing certificates often require between 20 and more
than 50 man-days, and in some cases exceed 150 man-days. Core assessment activities,
including equivalence assessment, document authenticity checks and drafting decisions,
frequently require 30 or more man-days annually. Digitalising paper-based files continues
to require substantial effort, indicating incomplete transition to fully digital workflows.
In terms of staff needs to process recognition applications, CAs report significant variation:
21/82 indicate between one and two FTE, 15/82 indicate between two and five FTE, 14/82
indicate between five and ten FTE, 11/82 between one and 0,5 FTE, while 10/82 operate with
less than 0,5 FTE. Financially, the most significant costs relate to the development and
updating of electronic templates (around EUR 28 000 annually), followed by cybersecurity
and data protection compliance (around EUR 14 000) and core IT infrastructure costs (around
EUR 13-14 000). Phone and printing services entail moderate costs (around EUR 6-8 000),
while expenditure on staff training remains comparatively low (around EUR 4 000).
Additional costs not fully captured include legal fees, expert assessments and further IT or
digitalisation expenses, in some cases amounting to hundreds or thousands of euros annually.
Cooperation among CAs is mainly constrained by differences in national procedures or
requirements (47/82), as well as delayed responses and lack of clear deadlines (36/82),
highlighting structural barriers to timely cooperation.
Application costs are varied. Fees for certified translations and for notarisation, legalisation
or apostille are incurred by a large majority of citizens (35/48 respondents). Other common
costs include obtaining official documents from home country authorities (32/48
respondents), postal or courier services (33/48 respondents), identity verification (25/48
respondents) and application-related fees in the host country (30/48 respondents), although
only a small share report fees specifically for submitting the application (2/48 respondents).
Expenditure levels vary widely, from negligible amounts to several hundred euros, and in
some cases thousands of euros, with translation costs frequently reported between EUR 100
and EUR 300 and sometimes exceeding EUR 500. Respondents also report additional costs
not formally part of the procedure, such as language courses, exams and travel, which in some
cases amount to several thousand euros and represent a significant barrier to access. Survey
results indicate that costs and duration affect mobility decisions. While nearly half of
respondents report that these factors did not prevent them from working in another MS (22/48
respondents), a substantial share experienced significant difficulties without abandoning
mobility plans (19/48 respondents). 7/48 respondents postponed or abandoned mobility
altogether, illustrating the deterrent effect of financial and administrative burdens on cross-
border mobility.
74
From the citizens’ perspective, recognition procedures remain largely non-digital. A
majority report that it is not possible to complete the process fully online (33/48 respondents).
Key bottlenecks include document submission (27/48 respondents), identity verification
(16/48 respondents), communication with CA, delivery of the final decision and in-person
appointments (12 respondents each). Even payment of fees still involves non-digital steps for
a significant share of respondents (10/48 respondents).
By contrast, CAs report higher levels of digitalisation. Just less than half indicate that the full
recognition process can be partially conducted online (38/82), while a third report full
digitalisation (29/82) and one sixth report no possibility to complete the process online
(14/82). This discrepancy points to uneven implementation of digital tools across
authorities. Despite limited realised savings, authorities identify substantial future potential
of digitalisation tools and measures to aid recognition processes. The most consistently
expected benefit is shorter recognition processes (44/82), particularly through faster document
exchange and reduced duplication. Many also anticipate lower costs for applicants (e.g. fewer
apostilles and certified copies) (40/82), though benefits for authorities themselves are
perceived as more uncertain. Higher efficiency in terms of less staff needed is expected by
23/82 authorities. Respondents stress that digitalisation alone is insufficient: tangible gains
depend on legal acceptance of fully digital procedures, interoperable and trusted EU level
verification tools, and greater convergence of national practices. Without these enabling
conditions, digitalisation risks changing the nature of work rather than reducing overall costs
or workload.
75
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW?
1. Practical implications of the initiative
The implementation of the preferred option would require significant practical action by both
the Commission and the MS to ensure that the revised framework functions effectively in
practice.
For the Commission
• Prepare and propose the legislative amendments necessary to introduce the measures
under the preferred option.
• Monitor and support the implementation of the revised Directive using the usual
enforcement tools available to the Commission and the application of lump-sum
compensation.
• Facilitate exchanges of best practices, common understandings and operational
coordination within the Group of Coordinators and its subgroups.
• Provide and maintain the EU-level digital system and AI-supported workflow tools
supporting recognition procedures.
• Provide continuous technical support, operational guidance and training to national
administrations using the new tools and systems.
For MS and CAs
• Transpose the revised Directive into national law and adopt the necessary
implementing measures at national level.
• Ensure coordination between national coordinators and CAs responsible for
recognition procedures.
• Instruct and support CAs on the practical implementation of the revised rules and
procedures.
• Provide complete, accurate and regularly updated information on regulated
professions and recognition requirements.
• Regularly provide updated statistics and cooperate effectively with the Commission
and other MS.
• Use correctly and consistently the EU-supported system and AI-supported workflow
made available for recognition procedures.
• Adapt internal workflows, administrative practices and, where necessary, IT
infrastructure to support digital and AI-assisted procedures.
76
• Respect binding deadlines for recognition procedures and administrative cooperation
requests.
• Respect obligations relating to lump-sum compensation mechanisms in cases of non-
compliance with deadlines.
• Refrain from requesting unnecessary additional documents, translations or
verifications where interoperable digital credentials are used.
• Respect harmonised rules on fees, procedural deadlines and appeal rights established
under the revised Directive.
• Draw the attention of the Commission and other MS to shortcomings, implementation
difficulties and areas requiring further attention or improvement in the practical
application of the revised Directive.
77
2. Summary of costs and benefits
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Description Amount Comments
Direct benefits (cost-savings)
Administrative
cost-savings per
procedure
(applicants and
CAs)
EUR 417–608 net saving per
procedure (central: EUR 512.5)
EUR 27.2 million annually
starting in 2029
EUR 255.2 million over the
period 2029–2040 (present value,
discounted to 2026 at a rate of
3%).
Saving per procedure after applying a 95%
realisation factor. Main components: certified
translation (EUR 93/procedure), CA variable staff
costs (EUR 192/procedure), notarisation and
apostille (EUR 14/procedure), fee harmonisation
(EUR 18/procedure combined).
Recipients: applicants/professionals (EUR 145
savings per procedure) and CAs (EUR 278
savings per procedure). These savings for
applicants and competent authorities correspond
to the sum of the savings identified for the
individual cost components presented in Annex
13. If these per-procedure savings were
multiplied directly by the annual volume of
approximately 53 000 recognition procedures,
they would result in annual administrative savings
of around EUR 7.7 million for applicants and
EUR 14.7 million for competent authorities, or
approximately EUR 22.4 million in total. This
differs from the aggregate annual administrative
savings estimate of EUR 27.2 million in the
column to the left. The difference reflects a
methodological choice made for the estimation of
total administrative cost savings, which are
calculated using a calibrated aggregate approach
rather than by summing the savings estimated for
each individual cost component. As explained in
Annex 13, the aggregate approach captures
additional efficiency gains that cannot be readily
allocated to specific cost categories and ensures
consistency with the overall quantification
methodology applied throughout the impact
assessment.
78
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Monetised time
savings for
applicants
EUR 136.6 million per year (starting in 2029) presented as
direct gains accruing to applicants
in the form of earlier access to
professional practice.
Total value: EUR 1 281.7 million
over the period 2029–2040
(present value, discounted to
2026 at a rate of 3%).
The estimates are anchored to a methodology
based on observed processing time reductions and
occupational wage proxies. The analysis
segments the SCM baseline of 53 000 procedures
between procedures covered by the automatic
recognition system on the basis of minimum
training requirements (approximately 46% of
total establishment decisions, around 24 380
procedures per year, drawn from RegProf
cumulative statistics) and procedures handled
under the general system (approximately 28 620
procedures per year). Expected processing time
gains are anchored to the deadline reductions
envisaged under the policy options
(approximately two months for automatic
recognition, from three months to one month;
approximately one month for the general system,
from four months to three months). The
monetised time savings are proxied through
occupational wage references derived from the
Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey 2022 (in
the order of EUR 50 000 annual gross earnings
for ISCO-08 OC2 Professionals, used for nurses
and medical doctors in the automatic group; in the
order of EUR 40 000 for engineers and
electricians in the general group), with realisation
factors of 60% under PO1, 75% under PO2 and
95% under PO3 applied to differentiate the
welfare gain across the three options. The
estimates are presented as indicative orders of
magnitude. Recipients: applicants/ professionals.
Broader economic effects beyond these
immediate welfare gains are not included in the
quantitative assessment, as they would involve
diffuse channels (productivity spillovers,
allocative efficiency gains across the wider
economy) that cannot be robustly quantified
within the present analytical framework.
Reduction in
employer-borne
administrative costs
from cross-border
recruitment (incl.
SMEs)
EUR 1.5 million per year, starting
in 2029
EUR 14.1 million over the
period 2029-2040 (present value,
discounted to 2026 at a rate of
3%).
SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159) documents
mean external recognition costs of EUR 814/hire
for non-national EU qualifications
SME respondents anticipate savings of 26–36%
per cost category from a common EU digital
recognition system. Under PO3, mandatory
digital credentials and harmonised procedures
directly target these cost components. Recipients:
employers, particularly SMEs with limited HR
capacity.
79
I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
Total
EUR 1 550.9 million over the
period 2029-2040 (present
value, discounted to 2026 at a
rate of 3%).
Broader economic impacts
Firm-level
competitiveness Strong positive impact
Increased recruitment opportunities, lower
vacancy durations for critical roles, improved
intra-firm matching, higher labour productivity.
Faster and more predictable recognition processes
expected to improve the availability of qualified
professionals in regulated sectors facing acute
shortages. The European Labour Authority (2024)
documents shortages of specialist medical
practitioners in 75% of EU countries, generalist
practitioners in 64%, and nurses in 78%.
Recipients: general public, service users,
employers in shortage sectors.
Macro-economic
benefits Strong positive impact
Improved cross-border professional mobility
supports the functioning of the EU internal
market in services. Reduced recognition barriers
lower the cost of labour market access for mobile
professionals, improving allocative efficiency and
reducing skills mismatches. Reduced
overqualification, improved labour productivity
as well as labour market resilience. Consistent
with the strategic objectives identified in the
Draghi Report (2024) and the Commission's
Union of Skills communication. Recipients: EU
economy broadly.
Digitalisation and
interoperability Strong positive impact
Strong positive impact on the digitalisation and
interoperability of recognition procedures,
reducing fragmentation and supporting a more
coherent, efficient and trusted digital ecosystem
across thousands of CAs, professions and related
stakeholders throughout the Single Market.
Source: Elaboration based on quantitative estimates drawn from citizens/professionals survey
(n=48); CA survey (n=81); GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026); Scholz and Rohr (2026);
ECA Special Report 2024-10; SWD(2026) 64 final. Aggregate estimates based on
approximately 53.000 annual procedures (long-run SCM baseline).
II. Overview of costs – Preferred Option (PO3)
Citizens/consumers Businesses Administrations
One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent
Information
harmonisation
and RegProf
synchronisation
Direct
adjustment
costs
— — — —
Legislative
transposition
Maintenance of standardised
information content and automated
RegProf reporting
Direct
administrative
costs
— — — —
Staff time for
implementing
information
requirements
on national
CA websites
Staff time for maintaining
standardised information content
across CA portals
Direct
regulatory fees
and charges
— — — — — —
Direct
enforcement
costs
— — — — — —
81
II. Overview of costs – Preferred Option (PO3)
Indirect costs
Temporary
adjustment as
applicants
familiarise with
new information
portals and digital
tools
— — —
Coordination
costs during
transition to
standardised
information
structure
across MSs
—
Procedural
deadlines,
documentation
limits and fee
harmonisation
Direct
adjustment
costs
— — — —
Legislative
transposition;
higher in MSs
requiring
most
significant
procedural
reform
Compliance costs for implementing
binding procedural deadlines
Direct
administrative
costs
— — — — —
Additional staff time required to
meet shorter deadlines; variable
across MS.
Direct
regulatory fees
and charges
— — — — —
Possible reduction in fee income for
CAs in some MS as a result of fee
harmonisation; variable across MSs.
82
II. Overview of costs – Preferred Option (PO3)
Direct
enforcement
costs
— — — —
Investment in
mechanisms
to comply
with binding
deadlines:
costs variable
across MSs
Monitoring compliance
Indirect costs
Temporary
adjustment costs
as applicants
adapt to new
digital credential
submission
processes and
standardised fee
structures
—
Temporary
HR
adjustment
costs as
employers
adapt to
new digital
verification
procedures
— — —
IT implementation costs: cumulative EUR 11.14 million over the period 2027-2040 (discounted to 2026 using a 3% discount rate)
Under the preferred option, IT implementation costs are incurred only at EU level and are borne by the Commission, thereby avoiding separate development
and implementation costs for Member States. These costs are estimated at EUR 4.46 million in one-off development expenditure during 2027–2028, followed
by annual operational costs of EUR 1.09 million during the stabilisation period in 2029–2030 and EUR 0.65 million per year thereafter, from 2031 to 2040.
83
II. Overview of costs – Preferred Option (PO3)
Costs related to expected volume increases: cumulative EUR 47.9 million over the period 2029-2040 (discounted to 2026 using a 3% discount rate).
The preferred option is also expected to increase the volume of recognition applications and cases - an intended consequence of the initiative, which aims to
facilitate cross-border mobility in relation to regulated professions. The associated administrative expenditure has been treated as a cost in the analysis above.
These costs would be incurred by the competent authorities handling the cases and by the additional professionals who choose to seek recognition as a result
of the policy intervention. Based on an estimated increase of 6 625 recognition cases per year from 2029 onwards, the resulting additional administrative costs
are estimated at approximately EUR 5.1 million annually.
Source: Working estimates developed in cooperation with the digital units of DG EMPL and DG GROW, SPI public consultation, CA survey
(Q17).
84
III. Contribution to the administrative burden reduction target – Preferred Option (PO3)
Administrative
costs (M EUR)
New recurrent costs
(INs) (nominal values
per year)
Removed recurrent costs (OUTs)
(nominal values per year)
Net costs (INs –
OUTs) (nominal
values per year)
New one-off costs
(INs) (annualised
total net present
value over the
relevant period)
Removed one-off
costs (OUTs)
(annualised total net
present value over the
relevant period)
All businesses
Nil material new
recurrent
administrative
obligations on
businesses
~EUR 1.3–1.8 M/year (central estimate
around EUR 1.5 M/year), based on
~EUR 814/hire × 6 360 employer-
handled procedures/year × 95% PO3
realisation factor × midpoint 31% saving
rate (range 26%–36% per cost category)
~−EUR 1.3–1.8
M/year (net
reduction)
Nil Nil
Of which SMEs Nil
Proportionate share of above; SMEs
anticipate 26–36% reduction per cost
category; aggregate not separately
quantified
Net reduction
(negative); not
separately
quantified
Nil Nil
Public
administrations
Minimal; mandatory
RegProf real-time
reporting and
enforcement activity
expected to decline as
automated systems
embed
~EUR 14.7 M/year (removed CA
administrative costs: EUR
278/procedure × 53 000 procedures/year,
central estimate)
~−EUR 14.7
M/year (net
reduction in CA
recurrent admin
costs)
Nil Nil
85
III. Contribution to the administrative burden reduction target – Preferred Option (PO3)
Citizens
Nil new recurrent
administrative costs
on applicants
~EUR 7.7 M/year (applicant compliance
cost component: EUR 145/procedure ×
53 000 procedures/year, central
estimate; covers translation, fees,
notarisation and postal costs)
~-EUR 7.7
M/year (net
reduction in CA
recurrent admin
costs)
Nil Nil
1) Administrative burden reduction estimates derived from the SCM analysis using the EU Standard Cost Model (2) Applicant-borne savings
and CA-borne savings estimated from component-level analysis. (3) Employer aggregate savings estimated; SME Panel Survey (2026)
provides unit-level evidence (30% saving per cost category) but total population of employer-supported procedures is not precisely known.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); CA survey (n=81).
3. Relevant sustainable development goals
The initiative is relevant to four of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, as
summarised in Table IV below. The most directly relevant goals are SDG 8 (Decent Work
and Economic Growth) and SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities), which represent the primary
impact channels of the initiative and reflect its core objective of removing barriers to labour
market participation for qualified professionals exercising their right to free movement. SDG
4 (Quality Education) and SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals) are indirectly relevant through
the initiative's effects on the recognition and portability of educational qualifications and on
cross-border institutional cooperation.
IV. Overview of relevant Sustainable Development Goals – Preferred Option(s)
Relevant SDG Expected progress towards the Goal Comments
SDG 8 Decent Work
and Economic Growth
Expected reduction in barriers to
labour market participation for
qualified professionals exercising free
movement rights. Under PO3: in the
order of several thousand additional
recognised professionals gaining
labour market access per year by the
end of the horizon; per-procedure
recognition cost reduction of 33–47%;
net system burden reduction of 26–
39%
Target 8.5 (full and productive
employment and decent work for all)
and 8.6 (reduction in proportion of
youth not in employment, education
or training): the initiative directly
supports labour market participation
of qualified professionals seeking to
exercise their profession in another
MS. Reduced recognition barriers
lower the transaction costs of intra-EU
labour mobility, supporting efficient
allocation of skilled labour and
reducing skills mismatches.
Consistent with the EU's Union of
Skills objectives and the broader
single market competitiveness agenda.
SDG 10 Reduced
Inequalities
Expected reduction in structural
barriers faced by professionals from
other MS in accessing host-country
labour markets; improved equity of
access to regulated professions
regardless of national origin; particular
benefit for early-career professionals
and those from MSs with less widely
recognised educational systems
Target 10.2 (empowerment and
inclusion of all, irrespective of
national origin) and 10.7 (facilitation
of orderly, safe, regular and
responsible migration and mobility):
the initiative reduces inequality of
access to professional labour markets
based on national origin. Under PO3,
mandatory harmonisation of
procedural timelines and
documentation requirements reduces
the scope for discriminatory or
inconsistent application of recognition
rules at national level.
87
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS
Costs per procedure
The administrative costs per applicant are estimated at approximately EUR 330 per procedure
(median), comprising six components derived from question 17 of the citizens/professionals
survey: fees paid to the qualification-issuing institution and the home competent authority,
certified translation costs, notarisation and apostille fees, and postal or courier charges,
together with the host CA application fee. The mean total is EUR 867, reflecting a right-
skewed distribution driven primarily by translation costs and host CA fees. These figures
should be interpreted as EU27 central estimates across heterogeneous procedures, professions
and MS — not as uniform costs applicable to all cases — given that costs vary substantially
between automatic recognition and general system procedures, across professions, and across
MS with different fee structures. The breakdown of cost components is presented in the table
below.
Cost component Median (EUR) Mean (EUR)
Fee — qualification-issuing institution 38 78
Fee — home CA (official documents) 22 67
Certified translation 150 375
Notarisation / apostille 50 94
Postal / courier 20 30
Host CA application fee 50 223
Total per procedure 330 867
Source: citizens/professionals survey, Q17; contractor’s calculations.
Two cost components warrant specific methodological comment. For certified translation, the
median of EUR 150 was adopted on the full numeric distribution, inclusive of two high-end
observations (EUR 2 000 and EUR 4 000), which are plausible for complex multi-document
dossiers requiring sworn translation; this figure is consistent with the EUR 100–400 per
document range confirmed by Scholz and Rohr.163 For the host CA application fee, the
distribution is bimodal: approximately 81 out of 203 respondents reported zero fees,
consistent with SWD(2026)64 and the GoC Workshop of 10 February 2026 (11 out of 28
reporting no fee formula); at the upper tail, fees extend to EUR 17 500 for licensed
professions (ECA 2024-10 §44). The median of EUR 50 is adopted as the central estimate,
163 Scholz and Rohr. (2026) How can AI translations be used for equivalence assessments?
88
with the mean of EUR 223 serving as an upper bound. This is broadly consistent with
SWD(2026)64 (median EUR 200, mean EUR 411, n=284) and with the SPI consultation,
where among EU citizens with direct recognition experience and valid cost responses (n=46),
20 reported total costs in the EUR 1–250 band and approximately 13 reported costs above
EUR 500.
The variable cost borne by competent authorities is estimated at approximately EUR 950 per
procedure and comprises two components: variable staff cost (EUR 623) and other variable
operating costs (EUR 327). The staff component is derived from questions 9, 11 and 18 of the
competent authority survey. Question 9 asks respondents for the average annual salary of staff
involved in managing the recognition process. After cleaning, the median is EUR 32 000:
eight responses below EUR 5 000 were converted from monthly to annual figures (×12),
consistent with the geographic distribution of the respondents concerned, and one extreme
outlier (EUR 902 743) was removed, leaving 58 valid responses; the mean of EUR 37 299 is
retained as an upper bound. The median has been benchmarked against the Eurostat Structure
of Earnings Survey 2022 (EU-27 mean annual gross earnings for ISCO-08 OC2
Professionals), which returns a comparable order of magnitude for mid-level administrative
staff, and significant cross-country variation in the underlying responses is acknowledged.
Over 220 working days, this implies a daily staff cost of approximately EUR 145. Questions
11 and 18 ask respondents to report, in man-days, the annual effort devoted to each activity in
the recognition process. Question 11 covers the preliminary stage — maintenance of national
portals and the Single Digital Gateway interface, responses to pre-application enquiries,
consultation and updating of the Regulated Professions Database, issuance of outgoing
certificates — and question 18 covers core case processing: digitisation of paper files, staff
training on IMI, EPC and PQD requirements, verification of document authenticity,
assessment of training equivalence, communication through IMI, drafting of decisions, and
handling of appeals. Applying arithmetic midpoints to the ordinal response classes gives a
total of 220.5 man-days per authority per year. The share of that workload which varies with
the number of cases handled corresponds to approximately 4.3 man-days per procedure,
which at EUR 145 per day gives a staff cost of approximately EUR 623 per procedure. The
second component reflects the non-staff operating costs directly associated with the
processing of individual recognition cases. It is based on question 17 of the competent
authority survey, which collects annual monetary expenditure for case-related operating costs,
including electronic templates, servers, IT services, telephony, cybersecurity and data
protection compliance, printing and staff training. These costs are estimated to amount to
approximately EUR 327 per procedure. The two components together give the variable cost
of approximately EUR 950 per procedure.
Added to the EUR 330 borne by the applicant, the EUR 950 gives the total per-procedure
burden of EUR 1 280 used throughout the analysis.
Administrative costs borne by employers
The relevant sub-population for the application of these costs is the share of recognition
procedures with active employer involvement. Out of the 159 SME respondents to the SME
Panel Survey, 19 respondents reported that recognition procedures are handled directly by the
employer on behalf of the prospective employee, 47 reported that the employer supports the
procedure while the employee retains responsibility for it, and 24 respondents reported that
89
the procedure is handled independently by the employee. Based on this, we assume that
around 12% of procedures are handled directly by the employer on behalf of the prospective
employee, around 30% are supported by the employer with the employee retaining
responsibility for the procedure, and around 15% are handled independently by the
employee.164
The sub-population to which the per-hire cost is applied is derived directly from the SME
Panel Survey, Table 8: applying the 12% share of employer-handled procedures to the SCM
baseline of 53 000 procedures per year gives a sub-population of approximately 6 360
procedures per year. The 30% share of procedures supported by the employer but for which
the applicant retains responsibility for the procedure and bears the out-of-pocket fees is
documented qualitatively in this analysis but is not included in the quantitative calculation, as
those fees are already accounted for under the applicant-side compliance costs
(citizens/professionals survey Q17, average EUR 330 per procedure), and the corresponding
employer support takes the form of HR time and managerial backing not separately quantified
in an additive way in the SME Panel Survey evidence base.
These estimates are methodologically distinct from the cost components already captured
above for the applicants, and double counting is excluded by construction through the sub-
population restriction. The applicant-side compliance costs reported in question 17 of the
citizens/professionals survey165 — fees charged by the qualification-issuing institution, fees
charged by the home competent authority for official documents, certified translation,
notarisation, postal or courier costs and host competent authority fees, totalling on average
EUR 330 per procedure — are out-of-pocket costs paid by the applicant directly when the
applicant is responsible for the procedure. The competent-authority-side costs derived from
the CA survey — variable staff time and other variable components, totalling on average
EUR 950 per procedure — are borne by the receiving authority. The employer-borne costs
documented by the SME Panel Survey — covering the full set of costs an employer reports
incurring when handling the recognition procedure on behalf of the employee, including
recognition body fees paid by the company in lieu of the applicant, internal HR administrative
time and external consultancy or legal support — are sustained by the hiring organisation only
in the 12% of procedures handled directly by the employer. The application of the employer-
borne unit cost (EUR 814 per hire) to this restricted sub-population avoids double counting
with the applicant-side estimate: in the remaining 88% of procedures, the applicant pays the
out-of-pocket fees and these are accounted for under Q17 of the citizens/professionals survey.
The difference in magnitude between the applicant-side fees captured by Q17 (around EUR
164 SME Panel Survey, Summary Report, Table 8 'Arrangement for formal recognition procedures'. Distribution
of responses: 'We (the employer) handle the recognition procedure on behalf of the employee' 12% (n=19 of
n=159); 'We support the employee, but they are responsible for handling the procedure' 30% (n=47); 'The
prospective employee handles the procedure independently' 15% (n=24); 'It depends on the case' 3% (n=5);
'Don't know / Not applicable' 40% (n=64). 165 Q17 of the citizens/professionals survey, exact wording: "During the recognition process, did you incur in any
of the following costs?" The cost components captured by Q17 are: fees charged by the qualification-issuing
institution; fees charged by the home competent authority for official documents; certified translation;
notarisation or apostille; postal or courier costs; host competent authority application fees. The median total of
EUR 330 per procedure (mean EUR 867) corresponds to the sum of the medians of the six cost components
reported in the comparative summary above (n=48 respondents).
90
110 in cumulative fees across the qualification-issuing institution, home CA and host CA
components) and the SME Panel Survey 'fees for recognition bodies' (mean EUR 407, n=14)
reflects the broader cost perimeter captured by the employer-side question, which includes
ancillary fees and costs incurred by the firm in the management of the recognition file beyond
the strict application fees borne by the applicant.
The integration of employer-borne administrative costs into the structural cost-savings
analysis strengthens the evidence base for the comparative assessment of the three policy
options and reinforces the policy relevance of the initiative for cross-border labour-market
matching. SME Panel Survey respondents identify reduced administrative burden during
recruitment as the most widely anticipated benefit of a common EU digital recognition system
(108 out of 159 respondents), followed by faster recruitment processes (97 out of 159) and
easier hiring from other MS (80 out of 159).166 Position papers from BusinessEurope and
SMEUnited provide qualitative confirmation that recognition barriers weigh
disproportionately on small and medium-sized enterprises, which lack the dedicated human-
resources capacity available to larger firms.167 While the order of magnitude of the quantified
savings remains modest in aggregate terms, their strategic significance lies in the contribution
to addressing persistent labour shortages in regulated professions, a structural concern
documented across MS by recent EU-level labour market analyses.
Monetised time savings
The recognition procedure imposes a significant opportunity cost on applicants who are
unable to practise during the period in which their qualifications are under assessment. Survey
evidence from the citizens/professionals survey indicates that 23 out of 48 respondents
reported being entirely unable to work during the recognition procedure - for the purposes of
the analysis, this evidence is used to support the assumption that 47.9% of applicants are
unable to work while their recognition procedure is ongoing,168 while 7 out of 25169 of those
166 SME Panel Survey on Cross-border Recruitment and Recognition of Qualifications (2026), Summary Report,
Table 13 'Perceived benefits of a common EU-wide digital qualifications and skills credentials system'.
Distribution of responses: 'Reduced administrative burden during recruitment' 68% (n=108); 'Easier assessment
of foreign qualifications' 63% (n=100); 'Faster recruitment processes' 61% (n=97); 'Lower costs related to
verifying qualifications' 50% (n=80); 'Easier hiring from other EU countries' 50% (n=80); 'Increased confidence
in authenticity of documents' 49% (n=78); 'Improved ability to compare candidates' qualifications' 46% (n=73);
'No significant benefits' 8% (n=13). 167 BusinessEurope and SMEUnited submitted formal feedback to the IR Survey 2024 questionnaire
administered in support of the impact assessment of the Skills Portability Initiative. BusinessEurope identifies
recognition procedures as 'often slow, especially for regulated professions, delaying the entry of professionals
into the labour market', and calls for end-to-end digitalisation of recognition procedures and improved
transparency of qualifications systems. SMEUnited (the European association of crafts and SMEs) documents
that recognition challenges are 'particularly burdensome for safety-critical professions' such as electricians,
plumbers and construction workers, that 'qualification requirements vary significantly across MS', and that 'the
recognition process is often slow, costly, and burdened by bureaucracy'; the organisation calls for streamlined
recognition of foreign qualifications while maintaining quality standards. 168 Q21 of the citizens/professionals survey, exact wording: 'During the recognition procedure, were you able to
work in your country of destination?' Distribution: 'No, I was unable to work' 47.9% (n=23); 'Yes, I worked'
52.1% (n=25); n=48 respondents. While the underlying sample is relatively limited and may therefore not be
fully representative of the wider applicant population, it constitutes the most direct evidence available on the
labour market consequences of recognition delays. ECA confirmed that there is no data making it possible to
91
who were able to work reported being employed in roles not in line with their qualification
level. For the time savings analysis, the relevant counterfactual is not the median observed
procedural duration but the reduction in processing timelines expected from the measures
under each policy option: under the package of measures envisaged, recognition decisions for
the seven professions covered by automatic recognition under Title III, Chapter III of
Directive 2005/36/EC would be expected to benefit from shorter processing timelines, with an
indicative reduction from around three months to around one month for automatic recognition
procedures and from around four months to around three months for procedures handled
under the general system — corresponding to a gain of two months and one month
respectively.170
The time savings analysis is segmented accordingly between the two procedural groups.
Drawing on RegProf data, the seven professions covered by automatic recognition on the
basis of minimum training requirements account for around 46% of total establishment
assess how many EU citizens with a professional qualification have moved to a host country but do not exercise
their profession there because their qualification was not recognised, or information which would indicate how
many citizens have decided not to move because of difficulties in getting their qualifications recognised (ECA
Special Report 10/2024, paragraphs 37 and 105). Additional supporting evidence is provided by the Skills
Portability Initiative public consultation. Among respondents who answered the question ‘How did the process
or outcome of the recognition decision affect you?’ (n=66), 10 out of 66 respondents reported that the process
caused delays in starting a job, while 12 out of 66 reported that they missed a job opportunity as a result of the
recognition process. In addition, 17/66 reported accepting a job below their qualification level or with lower pay
than expected. These findings also point to material labour market impacts associated with recognition
procedures and corroborate the existence of opportunity costs linked to delayed or burdensome recognition
processes. However, the public consultation question was broad and captured a range of impacts associated with
the recognition process and its outcome, while the survey question used for this analysis was specifically
designed to identify the share of applicants who were unable to work while awaiting a recognition decision, and
therefore provides a more suitable basis for estimating the opportunity costs associated with lengthy recognition
procedures. In the absence of more comprehensive administrative or survey data, the applicant survey therefore
provides a credible and relevant basis for approximating the opportunity cost associated with delayed
recognition. Moreover, the survey captures the experiences of individuals directly affected by recognition
procedures, making it particularly valuable for assessing labour market impacts that are not currently monitored
through administrative statistics. Nevertheless, the resulting impacts should be interpreted as indicative and
subject to a degree of uncertainty regarding their extrapolation to the broader applicant population. 169 Q22 of the citizens/professionals survey, exact wording: 'During the recognition procedure, was the work you
carried out in line with your qualifications?' Distribution among respondents who worked during the procedure
(n=25): 'Yes, it was' 72.0% (n=18); 'No, my work was below my qualification level' 20.0% (n=5); 'No, my work
was above my qualification level' 8.0% (n=2). The combined share of respondents employed in roles not in line
with their qualifications (below + above) is therefore 28.0% (7/25). 170 The reduction of processing times reflects one of the main objectives of the initiative and responds, inter alia,
to recommendations made by ECA. Such reductions would result from a combination of measures, ranging from
clearer and more accessible information for applicants — facilitating faster submission of complete applications
and earlier start of processing — to measures directly targeting the handling of applications by CAs e.g.
encouraging the processing of applications within shorter deadlines where digital credentials are used, specifying
deadlines for individual steps of the recognition procedure with a view to shortening overall processing times
and possibly foreseeing lump-sum compensation for non-compliance, as well as establishing binding response
deadlines for administrative cooperation requests between CAs. While all policy options aim to reduce waiting
and processing times for recognition applications, their expected effectiveness differs depending on the binding
nature of the measures and the possibilities for enforcement, which are stronger under PO3.
92
decisions across all regulated professions in the EU during the years 2020-2024171. Applied to
the SCM baseline of 53 000 procedures per year, this implies approximately 24 380
procedures per year falling under automatic recognition based on minimum training
requirements and approximately 28 620 falling under the other recognition regimes. The
monthly monetised time savings is approximated using occupational wage proxies from the
Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey 2022, EU-27 aggregate, mean annual gross earnings,
enterprises with 10 or more employees: in the order of EUR 50 000 for ISCO-08 occupational
group OC2 (Professionals), used as the proxy for nurses and medical doctors in the automatic
group, and an average between OC2 and OC7 Craft and related trades workers — in the order
of EUR 40 000172 — used as the proxy for engineers and electricians in the non-automatic
group.173 These figures correspond to monthly opportunity costs in the order of EUR 4 000–
4 500 and EUR 3 000–3 500 respectively, consistent with OECD Health at a Glance 2023
estimates of the gross annual remuneration of hospital nurses across the largest EU MS174.
The time savings associated with each policy option is then estimated by combining the
volume of procedures in each group, the corresponding reduction in processing timelines (two
months for the automatic group, one month for the general system), the monthly opportunity
cost proxy, the share of applicants unable to work during the procedure (47.9%, Q21), and a
realisation factor reflecting the expected degree of effective implementation under each policy
option (60% under PO1, 75% under PO2, 95% under PO3), consistent with the calibration
adopted elsewhere in this Section. On this basis, the estimated annual reduction in applicant-
side forgone wages — that is, the monetised time savings accruing directly to recognition
applicants in the form of earlier access to professional activity — is approximately EUR 80.7-
171 Regulated Professions Database, Cumulative establishment decisions data, EU 2020-2024. The seven
professions covered by automatic recognition on the basis of minimum training requirements under Articles 21-
49 PQD (doctors of medicine, general care nurses, midwives, dental practitioners, pharmacists, veterinary
surgeons, architects) account for 122 808 of the 264 643 total establishment decisions recorded in RegProf
during the period 2020–2024, for qualifications obtained in any EU Member State and mobility to all host
countries in the EEA. 172 Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey 2022, dataset earn_ses22_28 (Mean annual earnings by sex, age and
occupation), available at https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/earn_ses22_28. Geographic aggregate
EU27_2020, enterprises with 10 employees or more, sex T (Total), reference year 2022, in EUR. Eurostat
Structure of Earnings Survey publishes occupational data at ISCO-08 one-digit aggregation only, in line with
confidentiality rules; lower-level disaggregation (e.g., specific occupations within ISCO 22 Health professionals)
is not available in the public database. The figures reported here are therefore proxy values at ISCO-08 one-digit
level and are presented as indicative wage references for the relevant professional groups. 173 The Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey constitutes the most harmonised and representative source
available for EU-wide wage comparisons. While wage levels vary significantly across Member States, the
objective of the analysis was to estimate opportunity costs at EU level rather than for individual national labour
markets. The use of EU-27 aggregate earnings therefore provides a reasonable central estimate of the economic
value of delayed labour market participation. Moreover, as the aggregate reflects the actual distribution of
employment across Member States, including the larger labour markets where a substantial share of recognised
professionals are active, it can be considered an appropriate proxy for an EU-level assessment. The estimates
should thus be interpreted as average EU-wide opportunity costs rather than as values applicable to each
Member State individually. 174 OECD (2023), Health at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators, Chapter 8 (Health workforce), section
'Remuneration of nurses', Figure 8.16 (Remuneration of hospital nurses, USD PPP, 2021 or nearest year). OECD
Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/7a7afb35-en. Reported values for the five largest EU MS: Italy 40
(USD PPP, thousands); Poland 45; France 46; Spain 54; Germany (2018) 60. OECD36 average: 52. Hospital
nurses across OECD countries earn on average 20% above the average wage of all employees (Figure 8.15).
93
91.8 (midpoint: 86.2) million per year under PO1, EUR 100.9-114.8 (midpoint 107.8) million
per year under PO2, and EUR 127.7-145.4 (midpoint 136.6) million per year under PO3.
Sensitivity of the monetised time savings
The monetised time savings for applicants constitute the largest component of the quantified
benefits: EUR 1 281.7 million of the EUR 1 550.9 million estimated for the preferred option
in cumulative present value over 2029–2040. They are derived from a multiplicative model
with five parameters: the number of procedures in each procedural group, the reduction in
processing timelines expected under each policy option, the monthly wage proxy for each
group, the share of applicants unable to work during the procedure, and a realisation factor.
Since the model is multiplicative, a given percentage change in any one parameter produces
the same percentage change in the result. The analysis below therefore sets out the plausible
range of each parameter and the range of the aggregate that follows from it.
The share of applicants unable to work during the procedure (47.9%, Q21 of the
citizens/professionals survey) is estimated on a sample of 48 respondents, with a 95%
confidence interval of 33.8%–62.0%. Applying the bounds of the confidence interval isolates
the effect of sampling uncertainty on the aggregate.
The wage proxies drawn from the Structure of Earnings Survey (EUR 50 000 for ISCO-08
OC2 Professionals in the automatic group; EUR 40 000 as the average of OC2 and OC7 for
the general group) are varied by ±20%. The variation is a deliberately conservative
assumption adopted solely to test the robustness of the result. It is not derived from an
observed distribution: its purpose is to establish how far the estimate moves under a plausible
departure from the central wage values, which is the function a sensitivity test is intended to
perform.
The expected reduction in processing timelines (two months for automatic recognition, one
month for the general system) is halved, to one month and half a month. This is the most
demanding of the tests, since the timeline reduction depends on how the measures are
implemented and no ex-post evidence is available.
The split between the two procedural groups (around 46% of establishment decisions under
the automatic system, from RegProf data, giving approximately 24 380 procedures a year
against 28 620 under the general system) is varied by ±10 percentage points, allowing for a
change in the composition of the procedure population over the appraisal period.
The realisation factors (60%, 75% and 95% under PO1, PO2 and PO3) are reduced by 10
percentage points, as in the test already applied to the administrative cost savings.
Results – annual monetised time savings (EUR million)
Parameter varied PO1 PO2 PO3 Δ on PO3
Central estimate (as
published)
86.2 107.8 136.6 —
94
Share unable to work – lower
bound (33.8%)
60.8 76.0 96.3 −29.5%
Share unable to work – upper
bound (62.0%)
111.6 139.6 176.9 +29.5%
Wage proxies −20% 69.0 86.2 109.3 −20.0%
Wage proxies +20% 103.4 129.4 163.9 +20.0%
Processing time gains halved 43.1 53.9 68.3 −50.0%
Automatic share 36% (−10 pp) 78.6 98.3 124.5 −8.8%
Automatic share 56% (+10 pp) 93.8 117.3 148.7 +8.8%
Realisation factors −10 pp 71.8 93.4 122.2 −10.5%
Combined pessimistic scenario 20.3 26.3 34.5 −74.8%
Δ on PO3 is the variation relative to the central estimate for the preferred option.
Results – cumulative present value 2029–2040, discounted to 2026 at 3% (EUR million)
Scenario Monetised time
savings
TOTAL benefits Δ on total
Central estimate 1 281.7 1 550.9 —
Share unable to work – lower bound
(33.8%)
903.5 1 172.8 −24.4%
Share unable to work – upper bound
(62.0%)
1 659.9 1 929.2 +24.4%
Wage proxies −20% 1 025.4 1 294.7 −16.5%
Wage proxies +20% 1 538.0 1 807.3 +16.5%
Processing time gains halved 640.9 910.1 −41.3%
95
Automatic share 36% (−10 pp) 1 168.4 1 437.7 −7.3%
Automatic share 56% (+10 pp) 1 395.0 1 664.3 +7.3%
Realisation factors −10 pp 1 146.8 1 416.1 −8.7%
Combined pessimistic scenario 323.4 592.7 −61.8%
The assumed reduction in processing timelines drives most of the variation. Halving the
expected time gains lowers total benefits by 41%, to EUR 910.1 million. This parameter
depends on how effectively the measures are implemented and cannot be observed ex ante; it
is the main source of uncertainty in the assessment.
Sampling uncertainty in the share of applicants unable to work is smaller. At the lower bound
of the confidence interval, total benefits fall by 24.4%, to EUR 1 172.8 million. The estimate
stays within the same order of magnitude, and PO3 remains the option with the highest
benefits under every scenario tested. The size of the sample affects the precision of the figure,
not the ranking of the options.
Applying the lower bound of the confidence interval, wage proxies 20% lower, halved
timeline gains and realisation factors reduced by 10 percentage points at the same time gives
total benefits of EUR 592.7 million against estimated costs of EUR 59.0 million for the
preferred option. The combined pessimistic scenario is intentionally extreme, as it
simultaneously applies conservative values to several independent parameters. It should
therefore be interpreted as a lower-bound stress test rather than as a plausible central scenario.
The conclusion that benefits exceed costs by a wide margin does not rest on any single
assumption.
The figures are reported as indicative orders of magnitude rather than as point forecasts, and
the ranges above give the interval within which the aggregate can reasonably be expected to
fall.
Qualitative and non-quantifiable dimensions
Several dimensions of material significance cannot be quantified but are substantiated by
primary and secondary evidence. The deterrence effect — likely reflecting professionals who
do not initiate procedures due to perceived complexity — is documented in the SPI public
consultation (n=785, 37% rating recognition processes as a very big problem), and consistent
with Adamis-Császár et al.,175 who find that administrative burden in professional recognition
is associated with statistically significant reductions in intra-EU labour mobility. Eurostat EU-
LFS (lfsa_egai2d) overqualification rates among EU mobile workers remain persistently
175 Adamis-Császár, K. et al. (2019). Labour mobility and recognition in the regulated professions.
96
above those of comparable domestic workers, suggesting that recognition barriers compound
skill mismatch beyond the formally registered procedure population.
The GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026) and the EU Representatives Focus Group (23
February 2026) provide qualitative confirmation that procedural complexity, documentation
requirements and lack of predictability are among the dominant factors discouraging
professionals from initiating or completing recognition procedures.
Per-procedure cost reductions: mechanism and calibration
The savings achievable under each policy option are estimated as percentage reductions in the
baseline per-procedure burden of EUR 1 280, applied to the SCM baseline population of
53 000 procedures per year and discounted by a realisation factor reflecting expected
implementation effectiveness. The gross savings ranges are calibrated on the basis of:
• Specific administrative bottlenecks documented in ECA Special Report 2024-10 —
including document proliferation, deadline non-compliance, and fee opacity — and the extent
to which each policy option directly addresses them;
• GoC Workshop (10 February 2026) on CA-side simplification drivers;
• Focus Group with professional associations (23 February 2026) on applicant-side friction
points; and
• translation cost reduction potential from Scholz and Rohr.176
The savings ranges are triangulated across survey evidence, stakeholder consultations, and
documented administrative bottlenecks, and should be interpreted as informed and calibrated
estimates grounded in the full body of primary and secondary evidence assembled for this
study.
Realisation factors reflect the expected effectiveness of the policy option, i.e. the the extent to
which the intended specific objectives are achieved in practice. They are calibrated based on
qualitative evidence, institutional design, and comparable impact assessments.
Under PO1, a realisation factor of 60% is applied (40% discount), informed in part by Q29 of
the CA survey, which provides indicative evidence of implementation uncertainty: 42% of
respondents answered 'not sure / it depends' on whether simplification benefits would
materialise. Under PO2, a realisation factor of 75% is applied (25% discount), reflecting the
binding but transposition-discretionary character of the measures, consistent with EU impact
assessment precedents for partial harmonisation directives. Under PO3, a realisation factor of
95% is applied (5% discount), reflecting the mandatory character of the provisions, with
limited scope for national discretion following transposition, and a residual 5% for
transitional implementation effects. These rates are informed structural assumptions, not
empirically observed; they are subjected to sensitivity testing in the relevant section of this
176 Scholz and Rohr. (2026) How can AI translations be used for equivalence assessments?
97
report. Central estimates throughout this section are derived as midpoints of the reported net
saving ranges — that is, (minimum + maximum) / 2 — and used consistently for aggregation
across all three policy options.
IT implementation costs across policy options
IT implementation costs have been estimated in line with standard project cots management
methodologies, combining multiple techniques to ensure robustness and reliability. Estimates
draw on established practices, expert validation, and analogous evidence from comparable EU
digitalisation projects. Techniques applied include:
Method Description Underpinning
evidence
Bottom-up
estimating
Work decomposed into discrete packages (e.g.,
applicant portal, IMI integration, AI tools), with
cost estimates per component, then aggregated
upward.
Work breakdown
structure; EU project
standards.
Expert judgment
Costs for IMI/SDG-OOTS integration validated
by DG GRIW technical teams; auxiliary costs
(e.g., testing, security) derived from standard
EU project benchmarks.
Input from IMI/SDG-
OOTS project leads.
Analogous
estimating
Costs for EUDI wallet integration based on
ESSPASS study; AI tool implementation costs
estimated from scaling a previous proof of
concept to full production.
ESSPASS study;
reports and contracts
for AI proof of
concept.
Parametric
estimating
Member State costs under PO2 calculated using
a per-country average, multiplied by the
number of MS expected to develop national
solutions (see assumptions below).
Survey data on CA
digital activity to
estimate digital
maturity.
To arrive at the cost estimates, a number of assumptions have been made. Key assumptions
were:
- Functionality that is currently in planning to improve the use of IMI for workflows
would be available for the implementation of the EDRS, and would be used for its
implementation (evidence: DG GROW confirmation of planned enhancements).
- Existing corporate solutions are re-used where possible, e.g. EU login, chatbot
implementations (in line with Commission reuse policy).
- Under policy option 2, MS can opt to implement their national solutions or to use the
EU-level system. Thus, between 0 and 27 MS would bear national implementation
98
costs. For a realistic scenario it is assumed 11 MS with comprehensive, digitally
mature recognition systems would develop independent solutions; while others would
adopt the EU-level solution.177
- Under policy option 2 it is assumed that (i) MS organise implementation in a cost-
effective way, i.e. without unnecessary duplication of systems between competent
authorities, (ii) a central national verification entity to verify the EUDI attestations can
be made available, to be called by the single competent authorities to verify the
received EUDI attestations, (iii) one single central issuer of recognition decision will
issue attestations on behalf of the different competent authorities, and (iv) all
competent authorities will connect to OOTS through national proxies.
No. Cost category Cost element Policy
Option 1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
A
A1 Information
portal
Enhanced information
portal for applicants with
more specific guidance
on professions,
procedures and required
evidence
125.000 € 125.000 € 125.000 €
A2 AI Chatbot pilot
Pilot implementation of a
Chatbot to help
applicants find
information on the
procedures
175.000 € 175.000 € 175.000 €
A3 EDRS
Implementation
Front-office for
applicants to prepare
applications; integration
with IMI for submission
of applications
700.000 € 700.000 € 700.000 €
177 To determine if Member States have digitally mature recognition systems in place, the number of CAthat
responded to have invested in IT systems in the last 5-10 years has been used. For the realistic scenario, Member
States where at least 75% of responding CAmade such investments have been considered digitally mature (10
out of 25 = 40% of Member States). Accordingly, it is assumed in the realistic scenario that 11 Member States
(40% of 27) would opt for implementing their own solution, while 16 would use the solution provided at EU
level.
99
No. Cost category Cost element Policy
Option 1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
A4 EDRS
Implementation
Back-office module for
competent authorities in
IMI with workflow
support for processing
applications
850.000 € 850.000 € 850.000 €
A5 EDRS
Implementation
Integration with EUDI
trust framework to
validate attestations
140.000 € 140.000 € 140.000 €
A6 EDRS
Implementation
Integration with SDG-
OOTS to retrieve and
validate evidence
250.000 € 250.000 € 250.000 €
A7 EDRS
Implementation
Issuance of recognition
decision in the EUDI
wallet
250.000 € 250.000 € 250.000 €
A8 EDRS
Implementation
AI-based analysis of
submitted documents,
detection of fraud, e-
Translation, and
decision-support
functionalities
750.000 € 750.000 € 750.000 €
A9 EDRS
Implementation
Statistics collection and
analytics dashboard 200.000 € 200.000 € 200.000 €
A10 EDRS
Implementation
Miscellaneous: Security,
testing and release,
training, communication,
documentation and
contingency
400.000 € 400.000 € 400.000 €
A11 RegProf update
Updates supporting
standardisation and
interoperability
250.000 € 250.000 € 250.000 €
A12 RegProf update
Update taxonomy of
professions to align with
ESCO; data migration
286.000 € 286.000 € 286.000 €
A13 Communication
Communication material
to support the launch of
EDRS
80.000 € 80.000 € 80.000 €
100
No. Cost category Cost element Policy
Option 1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
Total EC one-off 4.456.000 € 4.456.000 € 4.456.000 €
B
B1 EDRS
Operations Hosting 50.000 € 50.000 € 50.000 €
B2 EDRS
Operations Technical support 50.000 € 50.000 € 50.000 €
B3 EDRS
Operations
Annual maintenance in
the
hypercare/stabilisation
period (first 2 years):
20% of implementation
costs (without
communication)
875.200 € 875.200 € 875.200 €
B4 EDRS
Operations
Annual maintenance
from 3rd year onwards:
10% of implementation
costs (without
communication)
437.600 € 437.600 € 437.600 €
B5 Operations
Data audits: Regular
verification of data on
regulation of professions
and competent
authorities; and follow-
up
71.500 € 71.500 € 71.500 €
B6 Governance
Meeting of a GOC
subgroup on digitisation
(2 in-person meetings per
year)
40.000 € 40.000 € 40.000 €
Total EC recurrent
(years 1-2) 1.086.700 € 1.086.700 € 1.086.700 €
Total EC recurrent
(years 3+) 649.100 € 649.100 € 649.100 €
101
No. Cost category Cost element Policy
Option 1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
C
C1 National System
Development
Adaptation of national
systems to implement the
recognition workflow
- 2.000.000 € -
C2 National System
Development
Integration with EU
shared services (IMI,
RegProf and AI tools)
- 250.000 € -
C3 National System
Development
Addition of EUDI
verification features - 140.000 € -
C4 National System
Development
Addition of EUDI
issuing features - 250.000 € -
C5 National System
Development
Integration with SDG-
OOTS evidence
functionalities
- 250.000 € -
C6 AI Chatbot Participation in AI
chatbot pilot Negligible Negligible Negligible
C7 Training
Training on use of EDRS
system including AI
support
Negligible Negligible Negligible
Total cost per Member
State - 2.890.000 € -
Total cost for 27
Member States (worst
case scenario)
- 78.030.000 € -
Total cost for 11
Member States
(realistic scenario)
- 31.790.000 € -
Total cost for 0
Member States (best
case scenario)
- 0 € -
102
No. Cost category Cost element Policy
Option 1
Policy Option
2
Policy
Option 3
D
D1 National System
operations
Annual maintenance
from 3rd year onwards:
10% of initial
implementation costs
- 289.000 € -
Total cost per Member
State - 289.000 € -
Total cost for 27
Member States (worst
case scenario)
- 7.803.000 € -
Total cost for 11
Member States
(realistic scenario)
- 3.179.000 € -
Total cost for 9
Member States (best
case scenario)
0 €
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK
1. Overview of impacts on competitiveness
The table below summarises the expected impacts of the preferred policy option (PO3) across the
main dimensions of EU competitiveness. Impacts are rated on a scale ranging from ++
(significant positive impact) to -- (significant negative impact), with 0 indicating no material
change compared to the baseline. References to the relevant sections supporting the assessment
are provided.
Dimensions of
Competitiveness
Impact of
the
initiative
(++ / + / 0
/ - / -- /
n.a.)
References to sub-sections of the main report or
annexes
Cost and price
competitiveness ++
PO3 reduces per-procedure costs by 33–47% (central:
40%), generating net savings of EUR 512.5 per
procedure and EUR 27.2 million per year at system
level. For businesses, the SME Panel Survey (2026,
n=159) documents mean employer-borne costs of EUR
814 per hire for non-national EU qualifications; PO3 is
expected to reduce these by 26–36% through
mandatory digital credentials, harmonised
documentation and fee caps. The SME Panel Survey
(2026) documents that 68% of respondents identified
reduced administrative burden during recruitment as
the primary anticipated benefit of a common EU
digital recognition system, and 50% identified easier
hiring from other EU MS as a direct benefit. Reduced
per-procedure costs lower the effective price of cross-
border labour inputs in regulated professions.
International
competitiveness +
The initiative operates within the intra-EU framework
of Directive 2005/36/EC and does not directly regulate
EU competitiveness vis-à-vis non-EU firms. Indirect
positive effects are expected: more efficient allocation
of qualified professionals within the EU reduces skills
mismatches and vacancy durations in regulated sectors
where EU firms also compete internationally
(healthcare, engineering, ICT). The Draghi Report
(2024) identifies barriers to skilled labour mobility as a
structural weakness of EU competitiveness relative to
global competitors.
104
Dimensions of
Competitiveness
Impact of
the
initiative
(++ / + / 0
/ - / -- /
n.a.)
References to sub-sections of the main report or
annexes
Capacity to innovate +
PO3 introduces mandatory digital-by-default
infrastructure — digital credentials, AI-assisted
workflows, harmonised EU platform — strengthening
public administration capacity. Improved access to
qualified professionals in engineering, ICT and STEM-
adjacent regulated professions supports firms'
innovation capacity. Reduced brain waste from faster
recognition of mobile qualified professionals releases
productive capacity for innovation-driven sectors.
Consistent with the EU's digital transition objectives.
SME
competitiveness ++
SMEs bear recognition barriers disproportionately due
to limited HR capacity and lower ability to absorb
costs. The SME Panel Survey (2026)178 documents that
50% of respondents identified easier hiring from other
EU countries as a direct benefit of a common EU
digital recognition system, with 61% citing faster
recruitment processes and 68% citing reduced
administrative burden during recruitment.
BusinessEurope (2024) and SMEUnited (2024)
confirm that recognition barriers are systematically
more burdensome for SMEs and micro-enterprises,
which lack the dedicated HR capacity available to
larger firms. PO3's mandatory digital credentials and
harmonised procedures remove the administrative
complexity that disproportionately burdens SMEs; fee
harmonisation eliminates the cost unpredictability that
larger firms better absorb.
178 As part of the assessment of impacts of the SPI, the Commission launched an SME Panel consultation.
Conducted through the EU Survey portal, the survey gathered responses from 159 SMEs across 18 EU and third
countries. Respondents shared their experiences with cross-border recruitment, challenges they face in verifying
and recognising EU/non-national and third-country/foreign qualifications, and their views on potential digital
solutions to streamline cross-border mobility.
105
2. Synthetic assessment
The synthetic assessment below summarises the overall competitiveness impact of the
preferred policy option and its comparison with the alternative options.Among the three policy
options assessed, PO3 generates the most significant positive contribution to EU
competitiveness. This assessment is consistent with the multi-criteria assessment in this report.
On cost and price competitiveness, PO3 produces the largest absolute reduction in per-
procedure administrative costs — central net saving of EUR 512.5 per procedure and EUR 27.2
million per year — substantially exceeding PO1 (EUR 81.5/procedure; EUR 4.3 million/year)
and PO2 (EUR 243/procedure; EUR 12.9 million/year). The 95% realisation factor applied to
PO3 reflects the mandatory and comprehensive character of its provisions, which distinguishes
it structurally from the non-binding approach of PO1 and the partially binding approach of
PO2. For businesses in regulated sectors relying on cross-border recruitment, this translates
directly into lower labour input costs and more efficient access to qualified professionals. The
net total system burden reduction under PO3 — approximately 26–39% of the EUR 67.8
million annual baseline — is positioned above the 25% indicative simplification reference
point, while the corresponding reductions under PO1 (~1–3%) and PO2 (~10–14%) deliver
progressively smaller improvements relative to the baseline.
On SME competitiveness, PO3 addresses the asymmetric burden that current recognition
procedures place on smaller firms. The mandatory digital-by-default infrastructure eliminates
precisely those administrative steps — paper documentation, manual verification, opaque fee
structures — that are most costly relative to firm size. The SME Panel Survey (2026) confirms
that SMEs anticipate average savings of 26–36% per cost category from a common EU digital
recognition system, with the largest savings on internal administrative time (36%) and
recruitment-related costs (34%).
On international competitiveness and capacity to innovate, PO3's effects are indirect but
consistent in direction. Improved intra-EU professional mobility supports the EU's ability to
address structural skills shortages in globally competitive sectors, reduces brain waste, and
strengthens the digital infrastructure of public administrations. PO1 and PO2 generate positive
competitiveness effects relative to the baseline, but of materially lower magnitude. PO2 reaches
approximately 15–22% per-procedure savings and a 10–14% total burden reduction — a
material improvement, but insufficient to reach the simplification threshold or to address the
structural digitisation deficit that is most damaging to EU competitiveness.
3. Competitive position of the most affected sectors
The table below presents the current competitive position and the expected impact of PO3 for
the five sectors most significantly affected by recognition barriers—healthcare and social
services, construction and craft trades, manufacturing and engineering, education, and
professional and scientific services. This selection is based on evidence consulted in the study
supporting this impact assessment (BusinessEurope (2024), SMEUnited (2024), the SME Panel
Survey (2026), the European Labour Authority (2024) and ECA Special Report 2024-10).
106
Sector Current competitive
position and key challenges
Expected impact of PO3 on
competitive position
Healthcare and
social services
The most acutely affected
sector. The European Labour
Authority (2024) documents
shortages of specialist
medical practitioners in 75%
of EU countries, generalist
practitioners in 64%, and
nurses in 78%. Healthcare
organisations face severe
competitive constraints in
cross-border recruitment for
regulated health professions
(ISCO-08: groups 22–226).
Lengthy and variable
recognition procedures deter
qualified health professionals
from pursuing recognition,
exacerbating shortages
particularly in regions
experiencing medical
desertification.
PO3's binding procedural timelines,
mandatory digital workflow and
limitations on documentation requests
are expected to materially reduce
vacancy durations for regulated health
professionals. Faster recognition
improves healthcare system staffing
capacity and reduces the competitive
disadvantage of regions with high
regulatory burden.
Construction
and craft trades
SMEUnited (2024) identifies
construction as a sector
significantly affected by
labour shortages across the
EU. Recognition procedures
for craft professions are
particularly burdensome:
qualification requirements
vary widely for safety-
critical professions,
generating costly and time-
consuming recognition
procedures. The sector is
dominated by SMEs and
micro-enterprises with
limited administrative
capacity.
PO3's mandatory digital credentials and
limitations on additional verification
requests directly address the
documentation complexity that burdens
craft profession recognition. Mandatory
fee harmonisation removes cost
unpredictability for small employers
supporting worker recognition. The
digital-by-default approach reduces the
asymmetric administrative burden that
disproportionately affects SMEs in this
sector. SMEUnited explicitly identifies
a unified, digitalised EU recognition
system as the primary structural
improvement needed.
107
Sector Current competitive
position and key challenges
Expected impact of PO3 on
competitive position
Manufacturing,
engineering and
technical
professions
BusinessEurope (2024)
identifies manufacturing as a
sector with broad skills
shortage across MS. The
SME Panel Survey (2026)
confirms manufacturing as
the most represented sector
among respondents (36 out
of 159); 25 out of 63
respondents who had hired
from abroad encountered
difficulties verifying the
authenticity of qualifications
from other EU countries
(SME Panel Survey, 2026,
§6.2: n=63), reflecting the
practical obstacle that
fragmented national
frameworks create for
employer-side qualification
assessment.
Where regulated, PO3's comprehensive
simplification measures reduce the cost
and duration of recognition, improving
cross-border labour supply. Where
unregulated, improved information
transparency under PO3 — harmonised
content requirements, RegProf real-time
update — supports employers' ability to
assess foreign qualifications more
reliably. BusinessEurope identifies
digital recognition procedures and fast-
track options as the primary EU-level
measures to address manufacturing
skills shortages.
Education
Teaching is a regulated
profession in most MS. The
SME Panel Survey records
education as the fourth most
represented sector (8% of
respondents). Cross-border
recognition of teaching
qualifications is
characterised by lengthy
procedures and wide
variation in documentation
requirements, limiting
mobility of qualified teachers
at a time of growing
shortages, particularly in
STEM subjects.
PO3's binding procedural deadlines,
harmonised documentation
requirements and mandatory digital
workflow are expected to reduce
procedure duration for teaching
qualifications, which currently face
some of the most variable timelines
across MS. The SME Panel Survey
documents a median of 30 days for non-
national EU qualifications but with 24%
of employer respondents reporting
durations of 6–12 months. Improved
predictability supports cross-border
deployment of teachers and contributes
to addressing STEM shortages.
108
Sector Current competitive
position and key challenges
Expected impact of PO3 on
competitive position
Professional,
scientific and
technical
services
The second most represented
sector in the SME Panel
Survey (10% of
respondents).
BusinessEurope notes that
complex and slow
recognition procedures —
under both the establishment
regime and temporary
service provision—
constitute a significant
obstacle to cross-border
service provision, reducing
firms' ability to staff cross-
border mandates and
compete for EU-wide
contracts.
PO3's information harmonisation,
procedural standardisation and
mandatory digital workflow directly
address the fragmentation and opacity
of recognition procedures in
professional services. Real-time
RegProf update ensures accurate,
current information on qualification
requirements across all MS — a key
barrier identified by BusinessEurope as
driving uncertainty and costs in cross-
border professional service provision.
109
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK
OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON SMES
Relevance for SMEs
(Based on SME filter and the ISG discussion, this initiative is relevant/highly relevant for
SMEs179)
Based on the SME filter applied during the scoping of this impact assessment, the initiative is
relevant for SMEs. SMEs are present across the sectors most affected by recognition barriers
under Directive 2005/36/EC — in particular construction and craft trades, professional and
scientific services, healthcare (private providers), education (private institutions) and
manufacturing. They are affected as employers whose cross-border recruitment decisions are
constrained by recognition procedures, and as firms whose owner-operators or key staff hold
regulated qualifications requiring recognition in another Member State.
(1) IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND ASSESSMENT OF RELEVANCE
Are SMEs directly affected? (Yes/No) In which sectors?
(Specify sectors, see also Competitiveness check (Annex 5))
Yes. SMEs are directly affected in two ways: as employers in sectors with regulated
professions relying on the recognition system when recruiting mobile professionals; and as
professional service operators whose owner-operators hold regulated qualifications requiring
recognition when establishing in another Member State. The SME Panel Survey (2026,
n=159) documents that 81 out of 159 respondent firms had hired or attempted to hire from
abroad in the previous five years. Of those, 12 encountered difficulties specifically when
recruiting from other EU countries (SME Panel Survey 2026, §4.1). Key affected sectors
include construction and craft trades; professional, scientific and technical services; healthcare
(private providers); education (private institutions); and manufacturing and engineering. The
SME Panel Survey sample is distributed across sectors as follows: 36 respondents in
manufacturing, 16 respondents in professional, scientific and technical services, 13
respondents in other service activities, and 12 respondents in education, with additional
representation from accommodation and food services, ICT, and wholesale and retail sectors
(10 respondents each). These figures reflect the composition of the survey sample and provide
indicative coverage across sectors rather than a direct measure of impact intensity.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159, §2.3 and §4.1); SMEUnited (2024);
BusinessEurope (2024); RegProf database (April 2026).
Estimated number of directly affected SMEs
(Provide number of SMEs within the scope – include size subcategories for highly relevant
179 https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/63274
110
initiatives)
The EU has approximately 26.1 million SMEs (Annual Report on European SMEs 2024/2025,
European Commission/JRC). Applying the Flash Eurobarometer 537 figures — 6–7% of
SMEs encountered difficulties having the professional qualifications of candidates recognised
when recruiting from other EU countries — yields a proxy estimate of approximately 1.6–1.8
million SMEs directly affected as employers. Of these, 4–5% indicated they had refrained
from hiring from other EU countries due to recognition barriers, corresponding to
approximately 1.0–1.3 million SMEs. Volume of recognition procedures: approximately
53,000 procedures per year are processed across the EU recognition system in the medium
term, including establishment decisions, declarations for temporary and occasional service
provision, and additional procedural cases tracked through IMI. The sectors most represented
— healthcare, construction, education, professional services — are dominated by SMEs and
micro-enterprises. In construction and professional services, SMEs represent the large
majority of firms. SMEUnited (2024) estimates that more than 500 regulated professions exist
within the craft sector alone across EU MS.
Source: Annual Report on European SMEs 2024/2025 (European Commission/JRC); Flash
Eurobarometer 537; SMEUnited (2024); RegProf database (April 2026).
Estimated number of employees in directly affected SMEs
(Provide estimated number)
A precise count is not available. Eurostat Structural Business Statistics (dataset sbs_sc_ovw,
2023) document approximately 12.1 million persons employed in SMEs in construction and
approximately 15.4 million in manufacturing — two large SME-intensive sectors affected by
skills shortages and recognition-related barriers. The European Labour Authority (2024)
documents shortages of specialist medical practitioners in 75% of EU countries, generalist
practitioners in 64%, and nurses in 78%, indicating that a substantial number of positions in
these professions — many within SME-scale organisations — are affected by the current
recognition framework.
Source: Eurostat SBS (sbs_sc_ovw, 2023); European Labour Authority (2024).
Are SMEs indirectly affected? (Yes/No) In which sectors? What is the estimated number
of indirectly affected SMEs and employees?
(Specify sectors, see also Competitiveness check (Annex 5); provide number of SMEs or
estimated min/max % of affected SMEs, where possible by size subgroup, and estimated
number of employees.)
Yes. SMEs in sectors with acute skills shortages are indirectly affected through extended
vacancy periods that are disproportionately costly for smaller firms. The SME Panel Survey
(2026) documents that the median process duration for non-national EU qualifications is 30
days (mean: 37 days), but 24% of respondents reported durations of 6–12 months — a
timeframe structurally more disruptive for SMEs than for large firms. Sectors most affected:
construction and craft trades, healthcare, manufacturing. An aggregate estimate of indirectly
affected SMEs is not available from primary data.
111
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); SMEUnited (2024); European Labour Authority
(2024).
(2) CONSULTATION OF SME STAKEHOLDERS
How has the input from the SME community been taken into consideration?
(Explain how)
SME stakeholders were consulted through: SME Panel Survey (Ecorys/DG EMPL/DG
GROW, 2026, n=159): 47 micro-enterprises, 50 small, 36 medium, 17 large, 9 self-employed;
BusinessEurope (2024): qualitative input from member federations on the industrial and
manufacturing sector; SMEUnited (2024): comprehensive input from the European
association of crafts, trades and SMEs; SPI Public Consultation (n=785); GoC Focus Group (4
March 2026). The input has been systematically integrated into the assessment of costs,
benefits and mitigating measures in this Annex and in Chapter 8 of the Final Report.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026); BusinessEurope (2024); SMEUnited (2024); SPI Public
Consultation (n=785); GoC Focus Group (4 March 2026).
Are SMEs’ views different from those of large businesses? (Yes/No)
(Explain how. For highly relevant initiatives, include size categories and key takeaways from
targeted consultation)
Yes, in structurally important ways. Large businesses can absorb recognition costs through
dedicated HR departments, whereas SMEs cannot. SMEUnited (2024): "structural deficiencies
of SMEs multiply when it comes to a search for qualified personnel on national or European
level." SMEs are disproportionately forced to rely on external consultancy (mean EUR
545/procedure) or forgo cross-border recruitment entirely. SMEs place greater weight on
binding procedural deadlines and free digital tools; large businesses prioritise credential
portability for senior mobile professionals.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026); BusinessEurope (2024); SMEUnited (2024).
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES180
What are the estimated direct costs for SMEs of the preferred policy option? (Fill in only
if step 1 flags direct impacts)
Qualitative assessment
180 The costs and benefits data in this annex are consistent with the data in annex 3. The preferred option includes
the mitigating measures listed in section 4.
112
(Summarise)
Recognition procedures impose costs that are qualitatively distinct for SMEs: opacity and
unpredictability of fees and timelines; fixed administrative burden (certified translations,
notarisation) disproportionate to SME capacity; and dependence on external expertise that
larger firms internalise. BusinessEurope (2024) identifies complexity of bureaucratic
procedures and lack of digital processes as primary barriers. SMEUnited (2024) notes high
reallocation costs that smaller firms cannot easily absorb.
Quantitative assessment
(Provide numbers. Include size categories for highly relevant initiatives)
PO3 does not impose significant new direct compliance costs on SMEs; the figures below
describe the baseline employer-side costs that the preferred option is expected to reduce. SME
Panel Survey (2026, §9.2) — mean costs per hire for non-national EU qualifications: Fees for
recognition bodies: EUR 407 (median EUR 225); Translation and certification: EUR 265
(median EUR 175); Bridging or training costs: EUR 526 (median EUR 500); External
consultancy or legal support: EUR 545 (median EUR 250); Internal administrative time: EUR
354 (median EUR 225); Delayed start dates and reduced productivity: EUR 934 (median EUR
250); Total external cost per hire: EUR 814 (mean). For comparison: national qualifications
EUR 657; third-country qualifications EUR 2,875. Duration: 30 reported 1–3 months; 16
reported 6–12 months; only 4 under one month.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, §9.1–9.2).
What are the estimated direct benefits/cost savings for SMEs of the preferred policy
option181?
Qualitative assessment
(Summarise)
Under PO3, SMEs benefit from: binding procedural deadlines eliminating open-ended
vacancy periods; mandatory fee harmonisation removing cost unpredictability; digital-by-
default infrastructure eliminating paper documentation; real-time qualification information
reducing reliance on external consultancy. BusinessEurope (2024) and SMEUnited (2024)
explicitly identify end-to-end digitalisation and a unified EU recognition system as the
primary structural improvements needed.
Quantitative assessment
(Provide numbers)
SME Panel Survey (§10.1) — anticipated mean savings from a common EU digital
recognition system: Internal administrative time: 36%; Translation and certification: 35%;
Recruitment-related costs: 34%; External consultancy or legal support: 30%; Bridging or
181 The direct benefits for SMEs can also be cost savings.
113
training costs: 30%; Onboarding delays and reduced productivity: 28%; Fees for recognition
bodies: 26%; Mean across all categories: ~31%; Perceived benefits: 108 out of 159 cited
reduced administrative burden; 100 cited easier assessment of foreign qualifications; 97 faster
recruitment; 80 easier hiring from other EU Member States. At system level: EUR 512.5 net
saving per procedure (range EUR 417–608); EUR 27.2 million/year aggregate saving.
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, §10–10.1)
What are the indirect impacts of this initiative on SMEs? (Fill in only if step 1 flags
indirect impacts)
Three categories: (1) Reduced vacancy duration — binding deadlines eliminate the 6–12
month tail generating the EUR 934 mean delayed-productivity cost; (2) Improved cross-
border service capacity — faster recognition reduces risk of deploying staff in other MS for
SMEs bidding on cross-border contracts; (3) Reduced information asymmetry — harmonised
RegProf reduces reliance on external consultancy (mean EUR 545/procedure).
Source: SME Panel Survey (2026, §9.1–10.1); BusinessEurope (2024); SMEUnited (2024)
(Summarise the significant indirect impacts qualitatively and, where possible, quantitatively)
(4) MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
Are SMEs disproportionately affected compared to large companies? (Yes/No)
If yes, are there any specific subgroups of SMEs more exposed than others?
Yes. SMEs lack dedicated HR departments, have lower financial capacity to absorb costs and
delays, and their dependence on individual professionals with regulated qualifications means
recognition bottlenecks directly constrain operations. Most exposed: micro-enterprises and
sole traders in craft trades, healthcare (private practice) and legal/professional services — for
whom a single blocked procedure can prevent business establishment altogether. SMEUnited
(2024): "structural deficiencies of SMEs multiply when it comes to a search for qualified
personnel on national or European level."
Have mitigating measures been included in the preferred option/proposal? (Yes/No)
(Specify the mitigating measures, including SME-friendly provisions (e.g. phasing ins,
guidance, etc.). Describe the expected benefits/cost savings qualitatively and, where possible,
quantitatively)
Yes. PO3 incorporates: Mandatory fee harmonisation — binding ceilings eliminating cost
unpredictability; binding procedural deadlines with enforcement — reducing the number of
procedures lasting between 6 and 12 months; Mandatory digital-by-default infrastructure —
eliminating paper documentation that is most costly relative to firm size; Harmonised
information requirements — reducing information asymmetry driving SME reliance on
external consultancy (mean EUR 545); Limitations on documentation and verification
requests — reducing per-procedure burden disproportionately affecting SMEs.
114
Source: SMEUnited (2024); BusinessEurope (2024); SME Panel Survey (2026)
CONTRIBUTION TO THE 35% BURDEN REDUCTION TARGET FOR SMES
Are there any administrative cost savings relevant for the 35% burden reduction target
for SMEs?
(Provide number from Annex 3)
Yes. System-level burden reduction under PO3: 26–39% of the EUR 67.8 million annual
baseline (central estimate: 32.6%), as documented in Section 7.2. The central estimate is
positioned above the 25% indicative simplification reference point and approaches the 35%
level used as a reference for SME-relevant burden reduction. SME-specific anticipated
savings (SME Panel Survey, §10.1 of the Summary Report): 26–36% per cost category. The
highest savings — internal administrative time (36%), translation and certification (35%),
recruitment-related costs (34%) — are those where the asymmetric SME burden is most
pronounced. SME-specific realisation is expected to be at or above the system average. PO1
(~1–3%) and PO2 (~10–14%) deliver progressively smaller but still material improvements
relative to the baseline, reflecting the limited reach of soft coordination and the intermediate
nature of targeted procedural reforms respectively.
115
ANNEX 7: THE PQD AND THE REST OF THE SINGLE MARKET ACQUIS
The PQD applies to EU citizens who have obtained their professional qualifications in one MS
(the home MS) and wish to practise a regulated profession in another MS (the host MS). It
plays a crucial role in supporting the effective functioning of the Single Market by giving
practical effect to the fundamental freedoms of movement of workers, establishment, and the
provision of services (Articles 45, 49, and 56 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European
Union - TFEU).
Broadly speaking, the Directive provides for three main recognition systems:
Under the general system of recognition, an applicant seeking to establish themselves in
another MS must provide a number of documents including evidence of nationality,
professional qualifications, and relevant experience, if applicable. The CA in the host MS then
compares the applicant’s qualifications that give them access to a given profession in the home
MS with the national requirements for access to the same profession in the host state, on a case-
by-case basis. If they are deemed equivalent, recognition is granted, allowing the applicant to
practise. If substantial differences exist that cannot be compensated by professional experience
and/or lifelong learning, the authority may require an aptitude test or adaptation period to
bridge the gap. Once completed successfully, the applicant obtains recognition and may legally
exercise the profession in the host MS.
Recognition based on professional experience pertains mainly to craft, trade, and industrial
professions where EU-level minimum harmonised training requirements do not exist. More
specifically, this recognition system applies to the professional activities listed in Annex IV of
the Directive (e.g. painters, bricklayers, carpenters, catering managers, etc.). Under this system,
a professional who has gained sufficient and verified experience in a regulated profession in
one MS can have their qualifications automatically recognised in another MS, without
undergoing further assessment. The applicant must provide evidence - such as certificates or
attestations from CA - showing that they have lawfully and effectively pursued the profession
for a prescribed period (usually between two and six years, depending on the profession,
employment status and level of training). The host MS must then recognise the applicant’s right
to practise the same or comparable activity. This procedure simplifies mobility for experienced
professionals while maintaining safeguards for service quality and public protection.
Under automatic recognition based on minimum training requirements, which applies to
seven professions—mainly in the health sector—professionals apply to the host MS, but
authorities do not verify the content or duration of training. Qualifications listed in Annex V of
the PQD are deemed to meet minimum training standards and are automatically recognised
across the EU.
In addition, professionals who are legally established in one MS and wish to provide services
on a temporary and occasional basis in another MS may generally do so without undergoing
a formal recognition procedure, although a prior declaration may be required in certain cases
As an instrument enabling qualified professionals to establish themselves or to provide services
on a temporary and occasional basis in another MS, the PQD is closely linked to, and operates
in complementarity with, the Services Directive (2006/123/EC), which lays down general
provisions facilitating the free movement of services across MS. However, as regards regulated
116
professions, pursuant to Article 3(1)(d) of the Services Directive, where its provisions conflict
with those of the PQD, the PQD prevails.
This is expected to remain unaffected by the possible adoption of future sector-specific
instruments in the field of services, such as the envisaged Construction Services Act or
comparable initiatives targeting particular economic sectors. While such instruments may
introduce additional or more tailored rules governing the provision of services, they would not
displace the PQD in matters relating to access to and the exercise of regulated professions. In
this respect, the PQD retains its role as the central legal framework governing the recognition
of professional qualifications.
At the same time, the PQD does not constitute the sole legal instrument governing regulated
professions at Union level. It establishes a horizontal system for the recognition of professional
qualifications applicable across a wide range of professions, which is sometimes complemented
by sector-specific instruments reflecting the particular characteristics and regulatory
needs of certain professions. For example, in the case of lawyers, Directive 98/5/EC facilitates
the permanent establishment of lawyers in another MS under their home-country professional
title, while Directive 77/249/EEC governs the provision of legal services on a temporary basis.
Finally, it is important to distinguish clearly between professional recognition, which falls
within the scope of the PQD, and academic recognition. The PQD governs the recognition
of professional qualifications for the purpose of granting access to and enabling the pursuit of a
regulated profession in a host MS. By contrast, academic recognition concerns the recognition
of diplomas and periods of study for the purpose of accessing further education or training. In
this context, initiatives under the European Research Area, including the forthcoming European
Research Area Act, aim to facilitate the mobility of researchers and the circulation of
knowledge and skills, with a focus on academic and research pathways. These instruments
pursue objectives distinct from, yet complementary to, those of the PQD, which will continue
to provide the legal framework governing access to regulated professions and supporting the
cross-border mobility of professionals within the Union.
117
ANNEX 8: THE LANDSCAPE OF REGULATED PROFESSIONS IN THE EU
Which professions are regulated?
A profession is considered as ‘regulated’, if law requires people to have a specific qualification
to access and/or pursue the profession.
There are two types of regulated professions (182):
a) 7 key professions that are regulated in all MS, and where Directive 2005/36/EC requires
MS to apply harmonised minimum training requirements: doctors, nurses, midwives,
dentists, pharmacists, veterinarians and architects. These are regulated in all MS.
b) More than 5.000 professions that MS decided to regulate on national level, usually for
reasons of public health, safety or protection of the service recipient. These are often
regulated in a subset of MS. MS must respect the limits of proportionality when
regulating professions. (cf. Proportionality Test Directive)
Examples of professions with different degree of regulation
Nurses – A profession with harmonised minimum training requirements. Regulated in all MS.
Falls under the “automatic recognition system”, i.e. the qualification gives the right to obtain
recognition in other MS (no “case-by-case” assessment).
Engineers – Some degree of regulation, but not all types of engineers are regulated, and not in
all MS. E.g. civil engineers are regulated in 15 MS, electrical engineers in 6 MS and industrial
engineers in 4 MS.
Plumbers – Like many other professions in crafts and construction, plumbers are regulated in a
subset of MS (in this case 9).
Cooks – An example for a profession that is unregulated in most MS, but 2 MS do regulate.
AI engineers – A relatively new profession. Like almost all professions in ICT this is
unregulated in all MS. However, if a higher impact on health and safety is observed, this might
change, and countries might want to regulate it in future.
The RegProf database provides an overview of regulated professions in the MS.
Regulation as a barrier in the Single Market
While it can be justified in view of overriding reasons of public interest, regulation of
professions creates barriers to entry. Moreover, when regulations diverge between MS, this
makes it more difficult for people to move between professions.
182 To note that some EU acquis, for example in the area of transport and energy, also requires or encourages MS
to regulate certain activities/professions. This can take the form of minimum as well as full harmonisation and
some of these instruments also contain specific provisions on recognition across MS.
118
EU nationals that want to work in a regulated profession in another MS than the one where they
obtained their qualification need to demonstrate that they are qualified for that profession, i.e.
they need to obtain recognition from the CA in the host MS. Thus, recognition is necessary
whenever an EU national moves to the MS (to establish there) where a profession is regulated,
no matter if it is regulated in their home country, or not.
Directive 2005/36/EC regulates the procedures to be applied by the MS for the recognition of
professional qualifications. There are different regimes applicable to different sets of
professions (e.g. automatic recognition based on minimum training requirements, automatic
recognition based on professional experience, general system of recognition, common training
test, common training framework).
Service providers that temporarily and occasionally want to provide services in another MS in a
profession regulated in that country, can be required to submit a prior declaration (but not – to
request recognition). Only in exceptional cases they may be subject to prior checks.
Overview of regulated professions in the EU
⎯ Regulated professions can be found across all sectors (e.g. healthcare, education,
construction, manufacturing, business services, tourism, …).
⎯ Regulated professions are not equal in size, i.e. they cannot be directly compared. There
are for example 3.7 million nurses working in the EU, 2 million doctors and 611.000
physiotherapists. On the other hand, some regulated professions are niches in the labour
market and cover only few thousand professionals (e.g. orthoptists, airport firefighters
or mining supervisors)
⎯ There is a very high degree of overlap between regulated professions and shortage
professions. Most of the shortage professions are regulated in some MS, and most of the
regulated professions are in high demand.
119
Overview by groups of sectors
Health & care Education
70% of establishment cases
12% of temporary service provision
12% of establishment cases
<1% of temporary service provision
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition cases)
⎯ Nurses (1st)
⎯ Doctors of medicine (2nd)
⎯ Nursing assistants (4th)
⎯ Child care workers (5th)
⎯ Dentists (6th)
⎯ Physiotherapists (8th)
⎯ Psychologists (14th)
⎯ Pharmacists (15th)
⎯ Midwives (19th)
⎯ Occupational therapist (20th)
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition cases)
⎯ Secondary school teachers (3rd)
⎯ Primary school teachers (10th)
⎯ Kindergarten teachers (13th)
⎯ Special needs teachers (40th)
Skills gaps
4 out of the top-10 shortage professions (183)
are in healthcare (nurses, medical specialists,
nursing assistants, physiotherapists).
Others (generalist doctors, pharmacists,
dentists) feature in the longer list of shortage
professions.
WHO expects a shortage of 4.1 million
healthcare workers in the EU by 2030.
Skills gaps
Several MS are reporting shortages of teachers,
however, the sector does not feature prominently
among the top shortage professions.
Transport & machinery Construction & trades
6% of establishment cases
2% of temporary service provision
5% of establishment cases
13% of temporary service provision
183 Top shortage professions listed in the EURES Report on labour shortages and surpluses 2024, i.e. professions
most frequently reported by MS as shortage professions.
120
Transport & machinery Construction & trades
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition
cases)
⎯ Forklift truck operators (7th)
⎯ Machinery operators (17th)
⎯ Road haulier (26th)
⎯ Driving instructor (36th)
Car, taxi & van
⎯ drivers (39th)
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition cases)
⎯ Electricians (11th; ranking 4th for
temporary service provision)
⎯ Crane operators (12th)
⎯ Bricklayer (56th)
⎯ Painter / decorator (58th)
⎯ Joiner / carpenter (59th)
⎯ Glazier (63rd)
⎯ Plumber (65th)
⎯ Building insulator (69th)
⎯ Plasterer (72nd)
⎯ Tiler (73rd)
Skills gaps
2 out of the top-10 shortage
professions are in transport &
machinery (heavy truck and lorry
drivers; sheet metal workers).
Others (metal working machine
operators, bus and tram drivers,
earthmoving plant operators) feature in
the longer list of shortage professions.
Skills gaps
3 out of the top-10 shortage professions are
in construction & trade (welders,
electricians, plumbers).
There are many others (e.g. painters,
concrete placers, insulation workers,
carpenters) that feature in the longer list of
shortage professions.
121
Technical & engineering Tourism & personal services
4% of establishment cases
10% of temporary service provision
1% of establishment cases
53% of temporary service provision
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition
cases)
⎯ Architects (16th; ranking 6th for
temporary service provision)
⎯ Engineers (18th)
⎯ Electricity services supervisors
/ Electrical managers (28th)
⎯ Electricity equipment
inspectors (38th)
⎯ Civil engineers (41st)
⎯ Electrical equipment installers
(44th)
⎯ Mobile offshore unit related
professions (51st)
⎯ Industrial engineers (61st)
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition cases)
⎯ Tourist guide (24th; ranking 3rd for
temporary service provision)
⎯ Aesthetician (42nd)
⎯ Hairdresser (50th)
⎯ Restaurant Manager (57th)
⎯ Ski instructor (71st; ranking 1st for
temporary service provision)
⎯ Tour manager (81st)
⎯ Cook (90th)
⎯ Canyon guide (n/a; ranking 2nd for
temporary service provision)
Skills gaps
No professions among the top-10
shortage professions.
However, several technical and
engineering professions appear in the
longer list of shortage professions, e.g.
industrial engineers, electrical
engineers, and civil engineers.
Skills gaps
2 out of the top-10 shortage professions are
tourism and personal services related (cooks
and butchers).
Others (chefs, waiters, fast food preparers)
feature in the longer list of shortage
professions.
122
Business services Others
1% of establishment cases
7% of temporary service provision
1% of establishment cases
3% of temporary service provision
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition
cases)
⎯ Lawyers (29th)
⎯ Translators / interpreters (46th)
⎯ Accountants (49th; ranking 5th
for temporary service
provision)
⎯ Real estate agents (55th;
ranking 8th for temporary
service provision)
Key professions
(with ranking based on recognition cases)
⎯ Security guards (25th)
⎯ Conservators / restorers (67th)
⎯ Divers (76th)
⎯ Journalists (83rd)
Skills gaps
Business services do not appear among
the lists of shortage professions.
Skills gaps
Among the other professions, journalists
appear in the list of surplus professions.
Divergences between Member States
With the exception of the seven professions for which the PQD establishes minimum training
requirements, regulation of professions falls entirely within the competence of the MS. The
latter decide which professions are regulated, what qualifications are required, and which
authorities oversee access to and the exercise of the professions in question.
As illustrated in the graph below, the number of regulated professions differs significantly
across MS.184
184 Cf. SWD(2026)64
123
Number of regulated professions under the general system per Member State based on
information in the Regulated Professions Database.
As emphasised in the Staff Working Document accompanying the Report from the
Commission on the implementation of Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional
qualifications, these numbers should be appropriately contextualised and interpreted with
caution as some Member States may regulate a bundle of professional activities as one
profession, while other may regulate each of these activities separately. Moreover, a Member
State might regulate fewer professions but impose stringent requirements and detailed
conditions on each, whereas another might regulate a larger number but with less stringent
criteria. Understanding the specific regulatory environment of any given Member State,
therefore, involves examining not only the number of professions regulated but also the depth,
restrictiveness, and underlying factors driving these regulations.
While on average approximately 22% of those employed in the EU work in a regulated
profession,185 the share of professionals employed in regulated professions varies considerably
across MS as emphasised by the graph below:
185 COM (2016) 820 final.
9 5
1 2
6
5 1 5
7
2 5
2
6 1
7 9
5 8
1 0
6
1 4
1 1 5
4
1 4
6
1 1
6
3 1
0
1 0
7
1 1
3
3 9
7 7
1 2
7
6 6
1 3
7
2 4
3
1 7
9
1 3
6
1 0
6
1 7
9 1 9
6
A T B E B G C Y C Z D E D K E E E L E S F I F R H R H U I E I T L T L U L V M T N L P L P T R O S E S I S K
124
+
Share of regulated professions in total labour force, 2015186
Data from the RegProf for 2020–2024 also shows that MS are not equally involved in the
recognition of professional qualifications. While for example Romania (15.8%), Spain (12.0%),
Belgium (9.2%), Germany (8.2%) and France (7.6%) account for the largest shares of
professionals seeking recognition in another MS, Cyprus, Estonia, Luxembourg and Ireland
account for only between 0.04% and 0.4% of professionals seeking recognition in another MS.
Conversely, Germany (17.6%), Italy (14.7%), France (12.2%), Belgium (11.5%) and
Luxembourg (7.8%) receive the largest shares of applications, while for example Bulgaria,
Estonia, Luxembourg and Ireland only receive between 0.04% and 0.2%.
186 COM(2016) 820 final. On regulated professions relative to population size across MS ff. also Mårten Blix –
Almega (2023), Wither on the vine? The unfulfilled EU Single Market for Services. Germany, Italy, France and
Spain record the lowest ratios, while Luxembourg, Malta, Slovenia and Cyprus are among the MS with the highest
numbers relative to their population.
125
ANNEX 9: EXPANSION OF AUTOMATIC RECOGNITION THROUGH CTFS
The expansion of automatic recognition is covered by the present impact assessment in the
baseline. This is because such expansion would be implemented through delegated acts adopted
on the basis of an existing empowerment under Article 49a of the PQD. As such, it does not
require the establishment of a new legal basis, but rather builds on, and improves where
necessary, the current framework. Moreover, the extension of automatic recognition does not,
in itself, address the core problems identified in this impact assessment. While automatic
recognition facilitates access to certain professions, it remains subject to procedural and
administrative constraints which can affect its efficiency in practice. The assessment of the
policy options therefore focuses on measures aimed at improving the functioning, speed and
transparency of recognition procedures overall. Any future extension of automatic recognition
would benefit from these horizontal improvements, rather than constituting a standalone
solution to the problems analysed here. However, the review of the PQD will provide an
opportunity to introduce a multi-year planning instrument (in the form of a periodically updated
working plan) under the Directive to better streamline the process and organise preparatory
work on those delegated acts.
As announced in the 2026 Implementation Report, efforts are underway to establish a CTF for
physiotherapists. The draft delegated act establishing a Common Training Framework for
physiotherapists was published at the end of May 2026 for a four-week public feedback
period.187 This followed the publication, in March 2026, of a report prepared by the
Commission and its contractor, which analysed and substantiated the commonalities in the
regulation and training for the profession of physiotherapist across Member States.188
In addition, the Commission is working to identify additional professions for which CTFs could
be developed in the future and reflections are on-going on how to further streamline and
structure the process for the selection, prioritisation and assessment of suitable professions for a
CTF in the medium-term, in close cooperation with the MS, the professional organisations
concerned and other stakeholders. More concretely, the Commission has been working with its
contractor to identify an initial list of around ten professions that could be suitable for the
development of CTFs, in line with the requirements of Article 49a of the PQD.
This would be supported by the measure envisaged in this impact assessment which seeks to
establish a more structured and systematic approach to expanding automatic recognition
through a work programme with annual outputs and a multiannual planning perspective agreed
with the Group of Coordinators to steer the development of CTFs. This would help make fuller
and more effective use of the possibilities for automatic recognition already provided for in the
PQD.
187 Physiotherapists – a common training framework to allow automatic cross-border recognition of qualifications 188 Feasibility of establishing a common training framework for the profession of physiotherapist - Publications
Office of the EU
126
ANNEX 10: USER JOURNEY OF APPLICANTS TO REGULATED PROFESSIONS
Step Duration Challenges
Verify whether the
profession is
regulated in the
host MS and, if so,
how?
No formal deadline;
depends on the availability
and the quality of the
available information.
Information is often scattered across
different sources, not always consistent
and easy to come by. Language issues
may add to the complexity.
Identify the
correct procedure
and the CA
No formal deadline;
depends on the availability
and the quality of the
available information.
Information is often scattered across
different sources, not always consistent
and easy to come by. Language issues
may add to the complexity.
Compile the
documents
required for
recognition
No formal deadline;
depends on the number and
types of documents that are
required for the profession
in question.
In addition to evidence of qualifications
(e.g. degree or certificate, detailed
breakdown on courses, certificate of
conformity, etc.), CA may request
additional documents (e.g. proof of
nationality, of legal establishment, proof
of good character, certificate of non-
bankruptcy, certificate of good standing,
attestation of experience). In some
cases, (certified) translations of these
documents are requested.
Apply for
recognition
No formal deadline;
depends on the quality of
the interface between the
user and the CA .
Lack of digital tools make the actual
submission cumbersome.
Respond to
additional
information
requests to the
applicant
No formal deadline;
depends on the number of
type of documents missing
in the initial request.
Given the lack of clarity on which
professions are regulated and how and
what kind of documents are required to
provide a complete file, additional
information requests often delay the
start of the formal recognition
procedure.
127
Processing of the
request
Formal deadlines enshrined
in the Directive, depend on
the recognition regime: 4
months following the
submission of a complete
file for the recognition
under the general system
and 3 months for automatic
recognition based on
minimum training
requirements. This includes
exchanges between home
and host MS to confirm
that the documents
provided are authentic and
meet the required standards.
CA cite several reasons incurred delays,
including the high volume of requests,
staff shortages, and the time required to
verify the validity and authenticity of
documents, which is which is often
prolonged by late responses from the
MS of origin.
Recognition
decision
The outcome of the
decision differs between
individual cases:
- No recognition
- Full recognition
- Partial recognition
- Recognition with
compensation
measures (adaption
period, aptitude test)
When compensation measures are
required, the recognition procedure is de
facto prolonged by either the duration of
the adaptation period or by the time
needed to complete the aptitude test.
Any adaptation period needs to be
proportional to the substantial
differences observed between the
qualifications of the applicant and the
requirements in the host MS with a
maximum duration of three years. The
aptitude test needs to be organised
within 6 months following the decision.
128
ANNEX 11: MEASURES CONSIDERED
PO1:Convergence of administrative practices through shared standards
Driver and
issues
Elements of the option
SO1. Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and
recognition processes is provided at national level, in line with EU level information
Driver
Fragmented
and
inconsistent
information
available to
applicants
Issues
Information at
national level
often scattered
or difficult to
navigate
Information at
national level
not always
consistent with
information at
EU level
Issue Commission guidance on information structure and quality for
competent authority websites
The Commission provides guidance defining how CAs should structure
and present information on regulated professions, required documents,
procedures, timelines, fees, and appeal rights. It establishes a common
template to support clarity and consistency across Member State
portals. Guidance could be issued in the short term (1 year).
Carry out voluntary peer review of national portals
A voluntary peer review mechanism enables authorities to benchmark
their portals and adopt aligned practices. Monitoring would rely on
voluntary reporting by MS, peer-review outcomes, and qualitative
assessments of information completeness and user experience (e.g.:
feedback collected through your Europe or national portals). No formal
enforcement mechanisms would apply, given the non-binding nature of
the measure. Peer reviews would run on a rolling basis.
SO2. Make recognition processes faster, easier and less burdensome
Driver
Process
inefficiencies
Issues:
Develop an AI-assisted workflow management system to support CA in
the recognition process and applicants in preparing applications. The
use of the tool would be voluntary.
The measure provides an EU‑developed workflow tool that guides
applicants in assembling complete applications and supports CAs in
processing and tracking cases. The tool automates basic completeness
129
Paper-based,
resource-
intensive
recognition
procedures
Procedural
deadlines not
always
respected
Excessive
documentation,
translation and
certification
requirements
High, unclear
or inconsistent
application fees
checks and provides structured processing steps. Use of the system is
voluntary and compatible with national IT infrastructures. Monitoring
would be based on uptake rates, reductions in incomplete applications,
and changes in average processing times in participating MS. No
enforcement mechanisms apply, as use of the tool is voluntary.
Development would take place in the medium term (2-3 years).
Training and technical support would be essential complementary
actions.
Encourage processing of applications in shorter deadlines than provided
in the PQD when EU digital credentials are used (automatic system).
(e.g. update of Code of conduct, Pilot with like-minded countries).
The measure encourages CAs to apply shorter decision deadlines under
Article 51 of Directive 2005/36/EC when applicants submit verifiable
EU digital credentials. It introduces indicative reduced timelines
through updates to the Code of Conduct. Participating MS implement
the shortened deadlines on a voluntary basis. Monitoring would rely on
voluntary reporting of processing times and comparison between
standard and digitally supported cases. No enforcement mechanisms
apply; the measure remains non-binding. Implementation would occur
in the short to medium term. Wider uptake will depend on the
availability of digital credentials.
Develop shared understanding between MS on which standards to use,
how to improve interoperability of digital systems for recognition (e.g.
Community of practice via a GoC Subgroup)
The measure establishes a structured forum where MS compare digital
systems and develop shared functional standards for interoperability. It
promotes common approaches to electronic identity, document formats,
and data exchange. Outputs include shared guidance and technical
recommendations to support gradual convergence. A GoC subgroup or
community of practice would be established to develop shared
functional standards (e.g. document formats, data exchange). Outputs
would be monitored qualitatively (guidelines, recommendations
adopted) rather than through compliance indicators. The measure could
be implemented in the medium term.
Ensure that the document requirements are proportionate (e.g. update
the Code of Conduct, sharing best practices)
The measure updates the Code of Conduct on the PQD further detailing
clear principles and examples defining proportionate documentation,
translation, and certification requirements. It provides a reference list
distinguishing essential from non-essential documents. CAs are invited
to align their practices with these proportionality standards. The Code
of Conduct would be updated with clearer guidance, examples and
reference lists identifying proportionate document requirements.
130
Monitoring would rely on complaints logic, peer discussions and case
examples raised in the GoC. The measure would be implemented in the
short term.
Issue guidelines (e.g.: a formula) to calculate reasonable fees for
recognition processes (e.g. update the Code of Conduct, share of best
practices)
The Commission provides an EU formula and methodological guidance
for determining reasonable and proportionate fees for recognition
procedures. It outlines permissible cost components and presents
examples of compliant fee structures. MS use the guidelines to review
or adjust their national fee-setting methods. Monitoring would rely on
voluntary reporting and comparison of fee levels across MS, but no
enforcement mechanisms apply. The measure would be implemented in
the short term. Data collection on fees would be a key complementary
action (on the side of the Commission) to help with later assessment.
SO3. Improve cooperation and communication among CAs to achieve uniform
implementation of recognition processes
Driver
Fragmented
administrative
cooperation
among national
authorities and
between
national
authorities and
the
Commission
Issues
Weak
coordination
issues among
national
authorities and
with the
Commission
Uneven uptake
of EU-level
digital tools
and reliance on
national digital
Establish indicative response deadlines for administrative cooperation
requests between CAs (e.g., 2 weeks), so to ensure organisational
interoperability (in line with the European Interoperability framework),
and report regularly on non-compliance per country via GoC
The Commission presents in the Code of Conduct of the PQD
nonbinding response deadlines for IMI exchanges between CAs to
support timely cooperation. It defines indicative timeframes for
different types of requests. Regular reporting on non-compliance is
included in GoC meetings to promote transparency and encourage
adherence. Monitoring would be based on IMI statistics and regular
reporting of delays per country in GoC meetings. No formal
enforcement applies. The measure would be applied in the short term.
Increase efforts to disseminate training on digital tools and processes
(e.g.: IMI, EPC, etc.) to CAs (training at more frequent intervals,
recorded training with voice over in all EU languages, etc)
The Commission offers more frequent sessions and high-quality
recorded modules with voice-overs in all EU languages. It ensures
consistent onboarding and supports uniform use of digital tools and
procedures. Participation rates and IMI usage statistics would be
monitored, although no enforcement applies. The measure would be
applied in the short term.
Encourage recognition processes to be entirely conducted online by
CAs (whilst allowing CAs to choose their own system)
131
infrastructures The Commission encourages MS to conduct the entire recognition
procedure online, from submission to communication of decisions,
highlighting the benefits of digital processes. It outlines in the Code of
Conduct of the PQD functional requirements for national systems and
ensures compatibility with future EU workflow tools. Authorities retain
flexibility to choose their own compliant digital solutions. Monitoring
would rely on reporting by MS and user feedback, although no
enforcement mechanism applies. The measure would be implemented in
the medium term.
PO2: Targeted procedural reforms for improved interoperability
Driver and
issues
Elements of the option
SO1. Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and
recognition processes is provided at national level, in line with EU level information
Driver
Fragmented and
inconsistent
information
available to
applicants
Issues
Information at
national level
often scattered
or difficult to
navigate
Information at
national level
not always
consistent with
information at
EU level
Issue Commission guidance on information structure and quality for
competent authority websites;
The Commission provides guidance defining how CAs should
structure and present information on regulated professions, required
documents, procedures, timelines, fees, and appeal rights. It
establishes a common template to support clarity and consistency
across Member State portals. Guidance could be issued in the short
term (1 year).
Carry out voluntary peer review of national portals
A voluntary peer review mechanism enables authorities to benchmark
their portals and adopt aligned practices. Monitoring would rely on
voluntary reporting by MS, peer-review outcomes, and qualitative
assessments of information completeness and user experience (e.g.:
feedback collected through your Europe or national portals). No
formal enforcement mechanisms would apply, given the non-binding
nature of the measure. Peer reviews would run on a rolling basis.
Amend the PQD to ensure real-time automated update through
interoperability with the RegProf database information on recognition
decisions
The PQD is amended to require automatic, real-time updates of
recognition related information transmitted from national systems to
the RegProf. It establishes a legal obligation for MS to enable
continuous synchronisation of recognition decisions and related data.
MS would be responsible for adapting their national IT systems to
enable real-time or near-real-time data transmission, in line with
132
technical specifications defined by the Commission. The Commission
would support implementation by providing common data models,
interoperability standards and technical guidance. Monitoring would
be largely automated and data-driven. The Commission would
monitor the completeness and timeliness of data transmitted to
RegProf, frequency of updates, discrepancies between national
sources and EU-level information. These indicators would allow
systematic identification of delays or gaps at MS level. As a binding
legal obligation, compliance would be enforceable through standard
EU enforcement mechanisms, including structured dialogue and,
where necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation would
occur over the medium term, reflecting the need for legislative
adoption and national IT adaptations (indicatively 2-5 years).
Complementary actions to support this measure would include
coordination with other EU digital systems (e.g.: SDG, IMI) to ensure
consistency and avoid duplication.
SO2. Make recognition processes faster, easier and less burdensome
Driver
Process
inefficiencies
Issues
Paper-based,
resource-
intensive
recognition
procedures
Procedural
deadlines not
always
respected
Excessive
documentation,
translation and
certification
requirements
High, unclear or
inconsistent
application fees
Develop an AI-assisted workflow management system to support CA
in the recognition process and applicants in preparing applications.
The use of the tool would be voluntary, combined with a requirement
for MS to ensure digital workflow for recognition procedures
The measure provides for the development of an AI-assisted
workflow management system to support applicants in preparing
complete applications and CAs in processing and tracking recognition
cases. The tool would automate basic completeness checks and
provide structured processing steps. Its use by MS would remain
voluntary and compatible with national IT infrastructures. At the same
time, MS would be required to ensure a digital workflow for
recognition procedures, which is expected to facilitate and encourage
the uptake of interoperable digital tools. Monitoring would be based
on uptake rates, reductions in incomplete applications, and changes in
average processing times. No enforcement mechanisms would apply
to the use of the tool itself, as participation would remain voluntary.
Development would take place in the medium term (2–3 years), and
training and technical support would constitute essential
complementary actions.
Amend the PQD to specify deadlines of individual steps of the
recognition process with a view to shortening the overall deadlines
The PQD is amended to establish specific deadlines for different steps
of the recognition process (i.e.: acknowledgement of receipt; sending
request to other MS; replying to incoming requests; taking a decision
once the applicant completes the application), whilst not changing the
overall deadlines already provided for. MS would be responsible for
adjusting internal administrative workflows and IT systems to comply
133
with the new step-by-step deadlines. Monitoring would rely on
objective and quantifiable indicators derived from administrative and
digital systems (in particular IMI and national recognition systems),
including: compliance with individual step deadlines, average
processing times per procedural phase, frequency and duration of
deadline overruns. These data would allow systematic comparison
across MS and professions. As a binding legislative measure,
compliance would be enforceable through standard EU enforcement
mechanisms. Recurrent or systemic failure to respect intermediate
deadlines could be addressed through structured dialogue and, where
necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation of this measure
would take place over the medium term, following adoption of the
legislative amendment and a transposition period (typically 2-3 years).
Complementary actions would include guidance on process mapping,
alignment with digital workflow tools, and training for CAs to ensure
consistent interpretation of procedural steps.
Amend the Directive to introduce legal obligation for MS issue Annex
V qualifications as interoperable digital credentials
The Commission introduces a legal obligation for MS to accept and
use EU wide digital credentials as valid evidence of qualifications for
sectoral professions under the Directive. It requires credentials to be
verifiable, trusted and interoperable across MS. MS would be
responsible for issuing credentials, while complying with common EU
requirements on verifiability, authenticity, trust and interoperability.
The Commission would define the technical specifications and trust
framework, ensuring compatibility with EU digital identity and data
exchange infrastructures. Monitoring would focus on the proportion
of Annex V qualifications issued as digital credentials, uptake and use
of digital credentials in recognition procedures, reduction in requests
for paper documents or authenticity confirmations. Data would be
collected through digital systems and reported at EU level. As a
binding obligation, failure to issue or accept compliant digital
credentials would be subject to standard enforcement mechanisms
under EU law. This includes structured dialogue and infringement
procedures where MS fail to issue/accept digital credentials.
Implementation would occur over the medium term, reflecting the
need to adapt national qualification-issuing systems (3-4 years).
Complementary actions to support the measure could include
transitional arrangements to allow coexistence of paper and digital
formats during the roll-out phase and for very old qualifications (e.g.:
issued more than 10 years ago).
Ensure that the document requirements are proportionate (e.g. update
the Code of Conduct, share best practices)
The measure updates the Code of Conduct on the PQD further
detailing clear principles and examples defining proportionate
134
documentation, translation, and certification requirements. It provides
a reference list distinguishing essential from non-essential documents.
CAs are invited to align their practices with these proportionality
standards. The Code of Conduct would be updated with clearer
guidance, examples and reference lists identifying proportionate
document requirements. Monitoring would rely on complaints logic,
peer discussions and case examples raised in the GoC. No
enforcement mechanisms apply, as use of the tool is voluntary. The
measure would be implemented in the short term.
Issue guidelines (e.g.: a formula) to calculate reasonable fees for
recognition processes (e.g. update the Code of Conduct, share of best
practices)
The Commission provides an EU formula and methodological
guidance for determining reasonable and proportionate fees for
recognition procedures. It outlines permissible cost components and
presents examples of compliant fee structures. MS use the guidelines
to review or adjust their national fee-setting methods. Monitoring
would rely on voluntary reporting and comparison of fee levels across
MS, but no enforcement mechanisms apply. The measure would be
implemented in the short term. Data collection on fees would be a key
complementary action (on the side of the Commission) to help with
later assessment.
SO3. Improve cooperation and communication among CAs to achieve uniform
implementation of recognition processes
Driver
Fragmented
administrative
cooperation
among national
authorities and
between
national
authorities and
the Commission
Issues
Weak
coordination
issues among
national
authorities and
with the
Amend the Directive to establish binding response deadlines for
administrative cooperation requests between CA (e.g., 2 weeks)
Directive 2005/36/EC is amended to introduce legally binding
deadlines for responses to administrative cooperation requests
between CAs (through IMI or alternative channels, e.g.: email). The
amendment would specify a standard maximum response time (e.g.
two weeks), while allowing limited extensions in duly justified cases.
MS would be responsible for adapting internal procedures, allocating
sufficient resources and ensuring that CAs are operationally capable
of respecting the deadlines. The Commission would support
implementation through updated IMI workflows, guidance and
clarifications discussed within the Group of Coordinators. Monitoring
would be based primarily on IMI system data, allowing the
Commission to track: response times to cooperation requests,
frequency of deadline overruns, patterns of recurrent non-compliance
by authority or MS. These data would enable systematic and
comparable monitoring across MS and professions, and would feed
into regular reporting and discussions in the GoC. As a binding legal
obligation, compliance would be enforceable through standard EU
enforcement mechanisms. Persistent or systemic failure to respect
135
Commission
Uneven uptake
of EU-level
digital tools and
reliance on
national digital
infrastructures
response deadlines could be addressed through structured dialogue
and, where necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation
would take place over the medium term, following legislative
adoption and a transposition period (typically 2-3 years).
Complementary actions would include targeted training for CAs on
IMI workflows, awareness-raising on the legal importance of timely
cooperation, and organisational support to ensure sufficient staffing
and prioritisation of cross-border requests.
Increase efforts to disseminate training on digital tools and processes
(e.g.: IMI, EPC, etc.) to CAs (training at more frequent intervals,
recorded training with voice over in all EU languages, etc)
The Commission offers more frequent sessions and high-quality
recorded modules with voice-overs in all EU languages. It ensures
consistent onboarding and supports uniform use of digital tools and
procedures. Participation rates and IMI usage statistics would be
monitored, although no enforcement applies. The measure would be
applied in the short term.
Require recognition procedures to be capable of being conducted
online by CAs (whilst allowing CA to choose their own system,
compliant with the AI-assisted workflow)
The measure requires MS to ensure that recognition procedures can be
conducted through a digital workflow, from the submission of
applications to the communication of decisions, while allowing
authorities flexibility to choose their own digital solutions. The
Commission would outline, in the Code of Conduct under the PQD,
functional requirements for national systems and ensure compatibility
with future EU workflow tools, including the AI-assisted workflow
proposed by the Commission. Monitoring would rely on reporting by
MS and user feedback. The measure would be implemented in the
medium term.
Policy option 3: Unified EU workflow and enhanced enforcement
Driver and
issues
Elements of the option
SO1. Ensure complete and clear information on qualification requirements and
136
recognition processes is provided at national level, in line with EU level information
Driver
Fragmented and
inconsistent
information
available to
applicants
Issues
Information at
national level
often scattered
or difficult to
navigate
Information at
national level
not always
consistent with
information at
EU level
Amend the PQD to specify in more detail minimum content
requirements for national information (regulated professions,
documentation, timelines, fees, appeal rights etc.)
The PQD is amended by further detailing the uniform set of mandatory
information elements that MS must publish for each regulated
profession. It defines the minimum headings to be included, such as
applicable rules, required documentation, processing timelines, fees,
appeal rights and contact details for CAs. The amendment ensures that
all national portals present information in a harmonised structure across
the EU. MS would be responsible for updating national portals and
information systems to comply with the revised requirements, ensuring
that information is complete, accurate and presented in a harmonised
structure. The Commission would support implementation by issuing
interpretative guidance and templates clarifying how the minimum
content requirements should be operationalised. Monitoring would
combine qualitative and quantitative elements. The Commission would
assess: completeness and consistency of information published by MS,
alignment of national information with the mandatory content
requirements, coherence between national portals and EU-level
information tools (e.g.: RegProf, SDG). Monitoring would be supported
by desk reviews, structured reporting by MS, and feedback from users
and stakeholders. As a binding legislative obligation, compliance with
the minimum information requirements would be enforceable through
standard EU enforcement mechanisms. Persistent failure to publish
complete or compliant information could lead to structured dialogue
and, where necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation would
take place over the medium term, following legislative adoption and a
transposition period (typically 2-3 years). Complementary actions could
include coordination with the SDG and targeted training for CAs
responsible for information provision.
Amend the PQD to ensure real-time automated update through
interoperability with the RegProf database information on recognition
decisions
The PQD is amended to require automatic, real-time updates of
recognition related information transmitted from national systems to the
Regulated Professions Database (RegProf). It establishes a legal
obligation for MS to enable continuous synchronisation of recognition
decisions and related data. MS would be responsible for adapting their
national IT systems to enable real-time or near-real-time data
transmission, in line with technical specifications defined by the
Commission. The Commission would support implementation by
providing common data models, interoperability standards and technical
guidance. Monitoring would be largely automated and data-driven. The
Commission would monitor the completeness and timeliness of data
137
transmitted to RegProf, frequency of updates, discrepancies between
national sources and EU-level information. These indicators would
allow systematic identification of delays or gaps at MS level. As a
binding legal obligation, compliance would be enforceable through
standard EU enforcement mechanisms, including structured dialogue
and, where necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation would
occur over the medium term, reflecting the need for legislative adoption
and national IT adaptations (indicatively 2-5 years). Complementary
actions to support this measure would include coordination with other
EU digital systems (e.g.: SDG, IMI) to ensure consistency and avoid
duplication.
SO2. Make recognition processes faster, easier and less burdensome
Driver
Process
inefficiencies
Issues:
Paper-based,
resource-
intensive
recognition
procedures
Procedural
deadlines not
always
respected
Excessive
documentation,
translation and
certification
requirements
High, unclear or
inconsistent
application fees
Develop, for mandatory use by MS an AI-assisted workflow
management system to support CA in the recognition process and
applicants in preparing applications
The Commission releases for mandatory use by MS an EU developed
digital tool that supports applicants in preparing complete files and
assists CAs in managing applications through structured workflows.
The workflow standardises process steps and reduces administrative
handling through automated checks. The Commission would be
responsible for developing, maintaining and updating the system,
including defining common process steps, data requirements and
interfaces with national systems. MS would be required to integrate the
EU workflow tool into their administrative processes and ensure that all
recognition applications are submitted, processed and decided through
the system. While decision-making authority would remain fully with
CAs, the workflow would standardise procedural steps, automate basic
checks (e.g. completeness of applications) and support structured
administrative cooperation. Monitoring would be largely automated and
based on data generated by the workflow system itself. The
Commission would be able to monitor, in real time: number of
applications processed, compliance with procedural and intermediate
deadlines, frequency of requests for additional information, processing
times by profession and MS. As a binding obligation, mandatory use of
the EU workflow system would be enforceable through standard EU
enforcement mechanisms. Failure to integrate or properly use the
system could be addressed through structured dialogue and, where
necessary, infringement procedures. The digital traceability of
procedures would also reduce ambiguity regarding compliance with
procedural obligations. Implementation would take place over the
medium to long term, reflecting the need for system development,
legislative adoption and national integration (3-5 years).
Complementary actions would be critical and could include training for
CAs, change-management support, and transitional-arrangements to
ensure continuity of service during the migration to the new system.
Safeguards for applicants unable to use digital tools would also be
138
required.
Amend the PQD to specify deadlines of individual steps of the
recognition process with a view to shortening the overall deadlines, and
foresee lump-sum compensation for non-compliance.
The PQD is amended to establish specific deadlines for different steps
of the recognition process (i.e.: acknowledgement of receipt; sending
request to other MS; replying to incoming requests; taking a decision
once the applicant completes the application), whilst not changing the
overall deadlines already provided for. MS would be responsible for
adjusting internal administrative workflows and IT systems to comply
with the new step-by-step deadlines. Monitoring would rely on
objective and quantifiable indicators derived from administrative and
digital systems (in particular IMI and national recognition systems),
including: compliance with individual step deadlines, average
processing times per procedural phase, frequency and duration of
deadline overruns. These data would allow systematic comparison
across MS and professions. As a binding legislative measure,
compliance would be enforceable through standard EU enforcement
mechanisms. Recurrent or systemic failure to respect intermediate
deadlines could be addressed through structured dialogue and, where
necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation of this measure
would take place over the medium term, following adoption of the
legislative amendment and a transposition period (typically 2-3 years).
Complementary actions would include guidance on process mapping,
alignment with digital workflow tools, and training for CAs to ensure
consistent interpretation of procedural steps.
Amend the PQD to prevent MS from requesting additional information
when receiving digital credentials (for professions in Chapter III of the
PQD)
When receiving digital credentials, CAs in the host MS can no longer
request the CAs from the home MS confirmation of the authenticity of
the attestations and evidence of formal qualifications awarded, as well as
confirmation of the fact that the beneficiary fulfils, the minimum training
conditions (for professions in Chapter III of the PQD). MS would be
required to adapt administrative practices and internal guidance to ensure
that digital credentials are treated as sufficient and authoritative
evidence. The Commission would support implementation through
interpretative guidance and alignment with the technical specifications
governing digital credentials. Monitoring would focus on the frequency
of administrative cooperation requests triggered despite the use of digital
credentials, complaints and SOLVIT cases related to unnecessary
information requests, processing times for applications supported by
digital credentials. As a binding legal requirement, compliance would be
enforceable through standard EU enforcement mechanisms. Systematic
requests for additional information contrary to the amended PQD could
139
be addressed through structured dialogue and, if necessary, infringement
procedures. Implementation would take place over the medium term,
following legislative adoption and a transposition period (typically 2-3
years).
Amend the Directive to introduce a legal obligation for MS to issue
Annex V qualifications as interoperable digital credentials and accept
digital credentials as valid evidence of qualifications for sectoral
professions under the Directive (Annex V qualifications)
The Commission introduces a legal obligation for MS to not only issue
qualifications as EU-wide digital credentials, but also to accept and use
such credentials as valid evidence of qualifications for sectoral
professions under Directive 2005/36/EC. It requires credentials to be
verifiable, trusted and interoperable across MS. MS would be
responsible for issuing credentials, while complying with common EU
requirements on verifiability, authenticity, trust and interoperability, and
would also be required to accept compliant digital credentials as valid
evidence in recognition procedures. The Commission would define the
technical specifications and trust framework, ensuring compatibility with
EU digital identity and data exchange infrastructures. Monitoring would
focus on the proportion of Annex V qualifications issued as digital
credentials, uptake and use of digital credentials in recognition
procedures, including their acceptance by CAs, and the reduction in
requests for paper documents or authenticity confirmations. Data would
be collected through digital systems and reported at EU level. As a
binding obligation, failure to issue or accept compliant digital credentials
would be subject to standard enforcement mechanisms under EU law.
This includes structured dialogue and infringement procedures where
MS fail to issue or accept digital credentials. Implementation would
occur over the medium term, reflecting the need to adapt national
qualification-issuing and processing systems (3–4 years).
Complementary actions to support the measure could include transitional
arrangements to allow coexistence of paper and digital formats during
the roll-out phase and for very old qualifications (e.g. issued more than
10 years ago).
Amend the PQD to further reduce, documents requirements allowed by
law . Add provision requiring MS to accept documents in all official EU
languages
Clear reductions are introduced in case Annex V qualifications are
provided in the form of digital credentials. A provision requiring MS to
accept documents in all official EU languages is added. MS would need
to revise national legislation, administrative rules and standard
application requirements accordingly. Monitoring would rely on:
analysis of document requests in recognition procedures, complaints and
feedback from applicants regarding excessive or unlawful requirements,
comparison of document requirements across MS. Digital systems would
facilitate monitoring by capturing data on requested and submitted
140
documents. As a binding legal measure, non-compliance would be
enforceable through standard EU mechanisms. Continued imposition of
excessive or unlawful document requirements could give rise to
infringement procedures. Implementation would occur over the medium
term (2-3 years). Complementary actions could include guidance
clarifying acceptable documentation, translation practices and interaction
with digital credentials.
Amend the Directive to include common rules to establish fees (not
exceeding the cost of the service provided) that CA can charge
applicants for the recognition process
The measure introduces EU‑level rules ensuring that recognition fees are
transparent, cost‑based and applied consistently across MS, preventing
excessive or arbitrary charges for applicants. MS would remain
responsible for setting fees but would need to adapt national rules and
practices to comply with the cost-based and transparency requirements.
Monitoring would involve the collection and comparison of fee levels
across MS and professions, the assessment of compliance with cost-
based principles, the analysis of complaints linked to excessive or
unclear fees. As a binding obligation, failure to comply with the
common fee rules would be enforceable through standard EU
enforcement mechanisms. Persistent application of excessive or non-
transparent fees could lead to infringement procedures. Implementation
would take place over the medium term following legislative adoption
and transposition (2-3 years). Complementary actions would include
methodological guidance on cost calculation and support for data
collection on administrative costs.
SO3. Improve cooperation and communication among CAs to achieve uniform
implementation of recognition processes
Driver
Fragmented
administrative
cooperation
among national
authorities and
between
national
authorities and
the Commission
Issues
Weak
Directive 2005/36/EC would be amended to introduce legally binding
deadlines for responses to administrative cooperation requests between
CAs (through IMI or alternative channels, e.g. email).
The amendment would specify a standard maximum response time (e.g.
two weeks), while allowing limited extensions in duly justified cases,
and would provide for lump-sum compensation where CAs fail to
comply with these deadlines. MS would be responsible for adapting
internal procedures, allocating sufficient resources and ensuring that
CAs are operationally capable of respecting the deadlines. The
Commission would support implementation through updated IMI
workflows, guidance and clarifications discussed within the Group of
Coordinators. Monitoring would be based primarily on IMI system
data, allowing the Commission to track: response times to cooperation
requests, frequency of deadline overruns, patterns of recurrent non-
141
coordination
issues among
national
authorities and
with the
Commission
Uneven uptake
of EU-level
digital tools and
reliance on
national digital
infrastructures
compliance by authority or Member State, and instances triggering
compensation. These data would enable systematic and comparable
monitoring across MS and professions, and would feed into regular
reporting and discussions in the Group of Coordinators. As a binding
legal obligation, compliance would be enforceable through standard EU
enforcement mechanisms. Persistent or systemic failure to respect
response deadlines, including repeated cases triggering lump-sum
compensation, could be addressed through structured dialogue and,
where necessary, infringement procedures. Implementation would take
place over the medium term, following legislative adoption and a
transposition period (typically 2–3 years). Complementary actions
would include targeted training for CAs on IMI workflows, awareness-
raising on the legal importance of timely cooperation, and
organisational support to ensure sufficient staffing and prioritisation of
cross-border requests.
Increase efforts to disseminate training on digital tools and processes
(e.g.: IMI, EPC, etc.) to CAs (training at more frequent intervals,
recorded training with voice over in all EU languages, etc)
The Commission offers more frequent sessions and high-quality
recorded modules with voice-overs in all EU languages. It ensures
consistent onboarding and supports uniform use of digital tools and
procedures. Participation rates and IMI usage statistics would be
monitored, although no enforcement applies. The measure would be
applied in the short term.
Mandate that recognition processes be entirely conducted online by CA
with the AI-assisted workflow provided by the Commission (Digital
Only Principle).
The Commission requires MS to conduct the entire recognition
procedure online, from submission to communication of decisions,
highlighting the benefits of digital processes. MS shall assist applicants
that for specific reasons are not capable to use digital solutions and
ensure that all applications are handled through the digital system. MS
would be obliged to process all applications through the system, from
submission to decision and communication. Safeguards would be
required to assist applicants who are unable to use digital tools, while
ensuring that all cases are ultimately handled within the digital system.
Monitoring would be fully data-driven, based on the workflow system,
allowing real-time tracking of application volumes, processing times,
compliance with deadlines, system usage by authorities. As a binding
obligation, failure to comply with the digital-only principle would be
enforceable through standard EU mechanisms. The mandatory nature of
the system would also make non-compliance immediately visible
through system usage data. Implementation would take place over the
longer term (4–5 years), reflecting the scale of transformation required.
Complementary actions would be essential and include substantial EU
142
funding, extensive training, change-management support, and
transitional measures to ensure continuity and inclusiveness.
Measures that could support all policy options
Launch a pilot on chatbots as tools to support information provision to applicants
The Commission develops and launches EU‑supported pilot to deploy chatbots that guide
applicants through recognition requirements and documentation steps. The chatbot provides
standardised answers and directs users to the correct EU and national sources. The pilot
generates a common model that MS may adopt or adapt in the future. Pilots would be
implemented with a limited number of volunteering MS and professions, with national
authorities responsible for validating content and accuracy. Monitoring would entail the
development of indicators (e.g.: usage rates, types of queries handled, user satisfaction and
reduction in incomplete or incorrect applications. Participation is entirely voluntary; no
enforcement applies. Pilots would be launched in the short term (1-2 years). Results would
inform possible scaling-up in the medium to long-term.
Amend the Directive to include a provision on cooperation between the Commission and the
MS, providing for the adoption of an annual work programme by the expert group on
recognition of professional qualifications and its subgroups.
On this measure, see also Annex 9. Cooperation among CAs, and between CAs and the
Commission, would benefit from strengthened governance within the Group of Coordinators
and its subgroups. The introduction of annual work programmes within a multiannual
perspective would help ensure that the expert group supports the Commission not only in the
consistent implementation of the PQD, but also in making fuller and more systematic use of
the opportunities already provided for in the Directive. This concerns, in particular, the
delegated powers available under the PQD. A concrete example is the development of CTFs,
which can extend automatic recognition to professions currently covered exclusively by the
general system. Enhanced cooperation within the expert group would support a more
structured and predictable approach to identifying priority professions and facilitating the
development of CTFs, one of the work strands under Action 2 of the SPI.
143
ANNEX 12: DISCARDED MEASURES
The table below presents the policy measures that were considered but ultimately discarded,
organised by the problem drivers they were intended to address. These measures were
screened against a set of knockout criteria to determine whether they should be retained or
excluded at this stage.
The following criteria were applied:
• Legal feasibility: the extent to which a measure is compatible with the EU Treaties,
consistent with existing EU legislation (including Directive 2005/36/EC), and can be
implemented without requiring disproportionate legal amendments.
• Political feasibility: the likelihood that the measure can secure sufficient support
from EU institutions, MS and relevant stakeholders to be realistically adopted.
• Effectiveness: the extent to which the measure is capable of achieving the intended
policy objectives.
• Efficiency: the extent to which the expected benefits are proportionate to the
associated costs.
• Relevance: the degree to which the measure directly addresses the identified
problem drivers and contributes to the specific objectives.
• Coherence: the extent to which the measure is consistent with other EU policies,
initiatives and internal market principles, avoiding overlaps or contradictions.
• Proportionality: the extent to which the measure does not go beyond what is
necessary to achieve the objectives and remains proportionate to the scale of the
problem.
• Identifiability: the clarity and precision of the measure, including whether its scope,
obligations, target groups and expected effects can be clearly defined and
operationalised.
• Subsidiarity: the extent to which EU action is justified, in that the objectives cannot
be sufficiently achieved by MS acting alone and can be better achieved at EU level.
1. Fragmented and inconsistent information available to applicants
Discarded measure Rationale for discarding
Delegate to the Commission common
templates/taxonomies and data models for
recognition information; update via
delegated acts as practice evolves.
Proportionality: Developing templates designed
to be comprehensive and self-contained may
easily go beyond what is necessary. Coherence:
Overlaps with existing IMI and PSC
frameworks.
144
Make the current obligation on reporting
and notifications digital
Relevance: imposing digital reporting and
notifications will not necessarily ensure the
quality and completeness of the information
reported
Mandate regular updates of recognition
information on national websites (e.g.,
PSCs/CA sites) at fixed intervals (e.g.,
every 3 months).
Proportionality: Fixed update intervals impose
significant administrative burden (especially for
smaller/less staffed CAs) without guaranteeing
alignment. Political feasibility: MS prefer
autonomy in managing national portals.
Effectiveness: Does not address root causes of
inconsistency.
Develop an IMI-based alert system
notifying CA of changes recorded in the
PQD/national registers.
Effectiveness: Adds monitoring and technical
obligations with limited value. Proportionality:
High development cost for marginal gain.
Coherence: Risks duplication with existing
registry systems.
2. Process inefficiencies
Discarded measure Rationale for discarding
Delegate powers to adapt non-essential
technical/procedural elements (standard
forms, data fields, workflows) supporting
digital recognition.
Legal feasibility: Difficult to separate essential
vs. non-essential elements. Coherence:
Overlaps with existing IMI governance.
Political feasibility: MS likely resistant to
Commission-driven redesign.
Introduce an EU digital service/dashboard
for real-time status reporting of
recognition applications (incl. applicant-
facing tracking).
Feasibility: Requires deep integration with
diverse national IT systems. Proportionality:
High cost for limited added value. Coherence:
Overlaps with EPC rather than complementing
it.
Extend EPC as currently designed to new
professions
Relevance: the current EPC system currently
shows shortcomings and uneven
implementation
Shorten Article 51 decision deadlines
under both automatic and general systems
(blanket shorter deadlines, irrespective of
digital credentials).
Effectiveness: Risks lowering assessment
quality. It would be much more effective to
make visible the split of responsibility between
home and host MS, each one with defined
deadlines instead of shortening the overall
deadline. This is a lesson learnt from the EPC
where such split of deadlines exists, and it is
clear in which MS the process is stalled.
Proportionality: Heavy burden for CAs,
145
especially smaller ones. Political feasibility: MS
likely opposed to blanket reductions.
Shorten Article 51 decision deadlines
under the automatic system only
(irrespective of digital credentials).
Effectiveness: Risks lowering assessment
quality. Proportionality: Heavy burden for CAs,
especially smaller ones. Political feasibility: MS
likely opposed to blanket reductions, especially
for health professions Relevance: when
deadlines are not respected, it is often because
of lack of/delayed administrative cooperation
between MS
Apply shortened Article 51 deadlines
when EU digital credentials are used
(automatic system). E.g. update of Code
of conduct, Pilot with like-minded
countries
Effectiveness: Risks lowering assessment
quality. Proportionality: Heavy burden for CAs,
especially smaller ones. Political feasibility: MS
likely opposed to blanket reductions, even in
case of use of digital credentials. Relevance:
when deadlines are not respected, it is often
because of lack of/delayed administrative
cooperation between MS
Require CA that demand documentation
in excess of what is provided in Art. 50
(and Annex VII) of the Directive to justify
in writing, to the applicant and to the
home CA, the reason(s) for such request
Legal coherence: Art. 50/Annex VII already
limit required documentation. It is not
reasonable to ask for justifications to go above
and beyond what is already foreseen in the
PQD. Redundancy: Duplicates existing
safeguards. Proportionality: Adds unnecessary
administration.
Mandate uniform fee that CA can charge
applicants for the recognition process
Subsidiarity & proportionality: Fees reflect
national cost structures. Coherence: Uniformity
disrupts cost-recovery principles.
Indicate max fee range that CA can charge
applicants for the recognition process
Coherence: maximum fee range could create
incentive for CA that do not currently impose
any fee, to set one Subsidiarity &
proportionality: Fees reflect national structures.
3. Fragmented administrative cooperation
Discarded measure Rationale for discarding
Mandate that all communications
among CA occur through IMI
(excluding e.g.: email or telephone)
Proportionality: Overly prescriptive; informal
channels remain essential. Effectiveness: Could
slow cooperation rather than improve it.
Hold regular online GoC meetings
(e.g., every two months) with structured
Efficiency: High frequency risks administrative
fatigue. Proportionality: Reporting burdens
146
reporting on bottlenecks and metrics. outweigh benefits. Coherence: Existing structures
already serve this purpose.
Amend the Decision on GoC to include
provisions on tasks and annual work
programme.
Efficiency: Directive amendments better placed to
achieve the objective; risk of unintended changes
to GoC Decision due to possible unstructured
stakeholder involvement
Mandate uniform fee that CA (both
home and host) can charge applicants
for the EPC
Subsidiarity & proportionality: Similar issues as
general fees; EPC costs differ across MS.
Coherence: Undermines link between fees and
cost-recovery.
Indicate a max fee that CA can charge
applicants (fee formula adjusted to real
costs)
Coherence: a maximum fee range could have the
perverse incentive to lead CA that do not currently
impose any fee, to set one
Increase efforts to disseminate IMI
training to CA
Subsidiarity & proportionality: imposing training
could be an excessive burden for CA that already
use IMI correctly and effectively Effectiveness:
the primary issue linked to IMI use is the lack
of/delayed responses
Commission gathers feedback on IMI
issues from CA
Effectiveness: Already covered under IMI
governance. Identifiability: Little measurable
impact
Mandate that recognition processes be
entirely conducted online by CA and
impose a unique digital platform
Legal feasibility & subsidiarity: Exceeds PQD
harmonisation limits. Proportionality: High
implementation costs; risks undermining national
systems. Coherence: Duplicates EPC scope.
Commission provides a list of approved
IT/AI tools
Proportionality: Tools evolve rapidly; ongoing
assessment burdensome. Legal feasibility: Risk of
endorsing private solutions. Effectiveness: No tool
supports full workflow.
147
ANNEX 13: DIRECT COST IMPACTS
The first three tables below present the estimated savings generated under Policy Options 1, 2
and 3. A methodological note is provided below the table for Policy Option 1 to explain the
calculation approach and the derivation of the final results. The same methodology,
assumptions and calculation approach apply equally to the estimates presented for Policy
Options 2 and 3.
PO1: Administrative cost-savings per procedure for applicants and CAs (EUR)
(Recurrent)
cost
component
Stakeholder
Cost in
baseline
(EUR)
Gross
saving (%)
Gross
saving
(EUR)
Net saving189
(EUR)
Fee —
qualification-
issuing
institution
Applicant 38 5-10% 3 2
Fee — home
CA (official
documents)
Applicant 22 5-10% 2 1
Certified
translation Applicant 150 10-15% 19 11
Notarisation /
apostille Applicant 50 5-10% 4 2
Postal /
courier Applicant 20 5-10% 2 1
Host CA
application
fee
Applicant 50 0-5% 1 1
(Home and
host) CA
variable staff
cost
CA 623 5-10% 47 28
(Home and
host) CA
other variable
costs
CA 327 3-7% 16 10
189 Under PO1, a 60% factor (40% discount) is applied to reflect the non-binding nature of the instruments and the
documented partial uptake of comparable EU coordination instruments (Single Market Enforcement Taskforce
2020 report on the implementation of post-2013 recognition guidelines; ECA Special Report 2024-10 on the
Single Digital Gateway). The factor is corroborated by Q29 of the CA survey (n=81), in which 42% of
respondents answered "not sure / it depends" on whether simplification benefits would materialise under non-
binding measures.
148
(Recurrent)
cost
component
Stakeholder
Cost in
baseline
(EUR)
Gross
saving (%)
Gross
saving
(EUR)
Net saving189
(EUR)
Total per
procedure 1 280 4-8%
Central:
94
Central:
81.5
Source: citizens/professionals survey (Q17), CA survey (Q9, Q11, Q18); Scholz and Rohr;
authors' calculations. Gross saving percentages are derived from survey responses on
anticipated cost reductions, focus group consultations and bottlenecks documented in ECA
Special Report 2024-10; gross EUR values are computed as the gross percentage applied to
the baseline cost component. Net savings apply the 60% realisation factor — an analytical
calibration parameter reflecting the expected uptake of non-binding measures, by analogy with
comparable evidence on voluntary EU coordination instruments (ECA Special Report 2024-10;
SMET 2020) — to the minimum and maximum gross savings. The central estimate (EUR 81.5
per procedure) is the midpoint of the resulting net range (EUR 55–108).
Note (of relevance also to calculations for PO2 and 3 below):
The estimated savings are derived from a baseline administrative cost of EUR 1 280 per
recognition procedure, consisting of EUR 330 borne by applicants (citizens/professionals
survey, Q17) and EUR 950 borne by competent authorities (CA survey, Q9, Q11 and Q18),
applied to an annual volume of more than 53 000 procedures. Savings are expressed as a net
percentage reduction of this baseline, corresponding to approximately 4–8% under Policy
Option 1, 15–22% under Policy Option 2 and 33–47% under Policy Option 3. These percentage
reductions were calibrated and triangulated on the basis of multiple sources of evidence,
including the cost-reduction responses collected through the applicant and competent authority
surveys, consultation polls conducted during the GoC Workshop (10 February 2026) and the
EU Representatives and ENIC-NARIC/PES/CSO Focus Groups (23–26 February 2026) where
reductions were placed in bands (up to 10%, 10–25%, or more than 25%), evidence on
procedural bottlenecks identified in ECA Special Report 2024/10, and the translation-cost
evidence reported by Scholz and Rohr. As regards the realisation factor, the 60/75/95% figure
is not a single multiplier applied to the component sum. Rather, it is a calibrated factor that
condenses a multi-stage correction of the gross benefits: a business-as-usual adjustment, an
attribution adjustment, and a likelihood adjustment. This is consistent with the Better
Regulation Toolbox CBA approach.
The savings presented in these tables are calibrated at the aggregate level and therefore do not
correspond to the simple sum of savings estimated separately for each individual cost
component. A component-by-component calculation would provide a more conservative,
bottom-up estimate and is useful for illustrating the specific sources of savings. However, it
would not fully capture benefits that are more difficult to attribute to individual cost lines, such
as shorter processing times, fewer incomplete applications, reduced requests for supplementary
information, and fewer delays in cross-border cooperation. The methodology used for the tables
was therefore designed to estimate the overall reduction in administrative burden per procedure
on the basis of the full body of available evidence and then apply this calibrated reduction to
the baseline cost per procedure. This approach also ensures consistency across the
quantification of administrative savings, monetised time savings and employer-borne savings,
all of which are based on calibrated net ranges and their midpoints. Finally, it provides a more
robust estimate by relying on the convergence of multiple sources of evidence rather than on
minimum and maximum estimates for each individual cost component.
149
PO2- Administrative cost-savings per procedure (applicants and CAs) (EUR)
(Recurrent)
cost component Stakeholder
Cost in
baseline
(EUR)
Gross
saving
(%)
Gross saving
(EUR) Net saving190 (EUR)
Fee —
qualification-
issuing
institution
Applicant 38 10–25% 7 5
Fee — home
CA (official
documents)
Applicant 22 10–20% 3 3
Certified
translation Applicant 150 30–50% 60 45
Notarisation /
apostille Applicant 50 15–25% 11 8
Postal /
courier Applicant 20 10–20% 3 3
Host CA
application
fee
Applicant 50 10–25% 9 7
(Home and
host) CA
variable staff
cost
CA 623 15–25% 125 94
(Home and
host) CA
other variable
costs
CA 327 10–20% 49 37
Total per
procedure 1 280 15-22%
Central:
266
Central:
243
Source: citizens/professionals survey (Q17), CA survey (Q9, Q11, Q18); GoC Workshop (10
February 2026); Scholz and Rohr (2026), in the study supporting this impact assessment.
Calculation methodology follows the approach set out in the PO1 sub-section. The 75%
realisation factor reflects the binding character of the measures (procedural deadlines,
document caps, fee transparency obligations) subject to MS transposition discretion, calibrated
by analogy with the implementation of comparable binding EU instruments (eIDAS Regulation;
190 Under PO2, a 75% factor (25% discount) reflects the binding-but-transposition-discretionary character of the
measures, consistent with the residual variability typically observed in partial harmonisation directives (eIDAS
Regulation 910/2014, as revised by Regulation 2024/1183; Single Digital Gateway Regulation 2018/1724).
150
Single Digital Gateway Regulation 2018/1724). The central estimate (EUR 243 per procedure)
is the midpoint of the resulting net range (EUR 198–288).
PO3: Administrative cost-savings per procedure (applicants and CAs)
(recurrent)
Cost component Stakeholder
Baseline
(EUR)
Gross
saving
(%)
Gross
saving
(EUR)
Net saving
(EUR)191
Fee — qualification-
issuing institution Applicant 38 25–40% 13 12
Fee — home CA
(official documents) Applicant 22 20–35% 6 6
Certified translation Applicant 150 50–80% 98 93
Notarisation /
apostille Applicant 50 20–40% 15 14
Postal / courier Applicant 20 20–35% 6 6
Host CA application
fee Applicant 50 20–40% 15 14
CA variable staff
cost CA 623 25–40% 202 192
CA other variable
costs CA 327 20–35% 90 86
Total per procedure 1 280 33–47% Central:
EUR 445
Central:
EUR 512.5
Source: citizens/professionals survey (Q17), CA survey (Q9, Q11, Q18); GoC Focus Group (4
March 2026); Scholz and Rohr (2026), in the study supporting this impact assessment.
Computation of savings is consistent with the methodology described in the PO1 sub-section.
The 95% realisation factor — set higher than in PO1 (60%) and PO2 (75%) — reflects the
mandatory character of PO3 provisions and the very limited margin for national discretion
following transposition, calibrated by analogy with the implementation profile of binding EU
191 Under PO3, a 95% factor (5% discount) reflects the mandatory character of the provisions, with very limited
scope for national discretion following transposition, and a residual 5% for transitional implementation effects in
the early years after entry into force.
151
instruments backed by enforcement mechanisms. The central estimate (EUR 512.5 per
procedure) is the midpoint of the resulting net range (EUR 417-608).
Comparative summary
The table below brings together the per-procedure and aggregate annual cost estimates (per-
procedure cost × 53,000 baseline procedures) across the three policy options and the baseline,
providing a synthetic basis for comparison.
Comparative summary of costs and cost-savings (applicants and CAs) by policy option
Dimension Baseline PO1 PO2 PO3
Total burden per procedure
(EUR) 1,280 ~1,172–1,225 ~992–1,082 ~672–863
Net saving per procedure —
range (EUR) — 55–108 198–288 417–608
Net saving per procedure —
central (EUR) — 81.5 243 512.5
Net saving as % of baseline — 4–8% 15–22% 33–47%
Realisation factor applied — 60% 75% 95%
Aggregate annual saving —
range (EUR M) — 2.9–5.7 10.5–15.3 22.1–32.2
Aggregate annual saving —
central (EUR M) — 4.3 12.9 27.2
Aggregate annual saving as %
of baseline (EUR 68.7 M) — 6.3 18.8 40.1
Source: calculations based on citizens/professionals survey (Q17), CA survey (Q9, Q11, Q18), SCM
framework (BRT Tool #58). Central estimates derived as midpoint of net saving range.
The progression across policy options is consistent and economically plausible. A basic internal
consistency check confirms that no policy option generates savings exceeding the total cost of
the procedure: PO1 reduces the unit cost per procedure by approximately 6% (midpoint of the
4–8% net saving range), PO2 by approximately 19% (midpoint of 15–22%), and PO3 by
approximately 40% (midpoint of 33–47%); these correspond to the aggregate annual savings
(EUR 4.3M, EUR 12.9M and EUR 27.2M at central estimates) as % of baseline.
The increasing magnitude of savings across options reflects the expanding scope and binding
character of the measures: PO1 operates on informational margins without touching structural
cost drivers; PO2 addresses the dominant cost components (certified translation and CA staff
152
time) through binding caps and deadlines; PO3 fundamentally restructures the procedure itself
through mandatory digital credentials and harmonised templates, addressimg all cost
components simultaneously.
Summary of direct cost-savings by policy option
Dimension Baseline PO1 PO2 PO3
Baseline volume (annual
number of procedures) 53 000
Total burden per procedure
(EUR) 1 280
Applicant and CA savings
per procedure after applying
the realisation factors—
central (EUR)
— 81.5 243 512.5
Annual applicant and CA
cost-savings (EUR M) — 4.3 12.9 27.2
Annual cost-savings for
employers (EUR M) — 1 1.2 1.5
Annual saving as % of
baseline total burden (EUR
67.8 million)
— 7.8% 20.8% 42.3%
Annual monetised time
savings for applicants (EUR
M)
— 86.2 107.8 136.6
Total direct cost savings
(EUR M) Cumulative
present value, 2029–2040
(EUR million, 3% discount
rate)
858.5 1 143.7 1 550.9
153
Summary of IT implementation costs (Commission and MS)
Policy Option 1 Policy Option 2 Policy Option 3
Commission
Identical costs in all three policy options:
One-off implementation costs (split over 2 yrs):
EUR 4.46 million
Operation costs (years 1 & 2):
EUR 1.09 million per year
Operation costs (year 3 onwards):
EUR 0.65 million per year
Member States None
One-off implementation
costs192:
Best case: EUR 0
Realistic: EUR 31.79 million
Worst case: EUR 78.03 million
Yearly operation costs:
Best case: EUR 0
Realistic: EUR 3.18 million
Worst case: EUR 7.80 million
None
Total costs (EU
& MS)
development in
2027/28 and
operation from
2029-2040
EUR 13.12 million
Best case:
EUR 0
Realistic:
EUR 83.06 million
Worst case:
EUR 184.79 million
EUR 13.12 million
192 EUR 2.89 million per Member State multiplied with the number of Member States that would opt for
implementing a solution on national level (optimistic: 9, realistic: 11, pessimistic: 21).
154
Policy Option 1 Policy Option 2 Policy Option 3
Total costs for
development in
2027/28 and
operation from
2029-2040
(discounted to
present value)
EUR 11.14 million
Best case:
EUR 0
Realistic:
EUR 71.38 million
Worst case:
EUR 159.00 million
EUR 11.14 million
Total benefits and costs 2027-2040 (non-discounted)
CategoryItem 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 TOTAL
Policy Option 1
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 4,300,000 € 51,600,000 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 1,000,000 € 12,000,000 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 86,200,000 € 1,034,400,000 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 3,400,000 €- 40,800,000 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 62,500 €- 62,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 125,000 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 87,500 €- 87,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 175,000 €- Common front-office for applicants 350,000 €- 350,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 700,000 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 425,000 €- 425,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 850,000 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 70,000 €- 70,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 140,000 €- Integration with OOTS 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool375,000 €- 375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 750,000 €- Analytics dashboard 100,000 €- 100,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 200,000 €- Other 200,000 €- 200,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 400,000 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Outreach / communication 40,000 €- 40,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 80,000 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB143,000 €- 143,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 286,000 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Technical support - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 875,200 €- 875,200 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,750,400 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 4,376,000 €- Data audits - € - € 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 858,000 €- Governance - € - € 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 480,000 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Integration with EU shared services - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI issuing features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of OOTS verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
TOTAL Policy Option 1 2,228,000 €- 2,228,000 €- 87,013,300 € 87,013,300 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 87,450,900 € 1,044,079,600 €
156
Policy Option 2 Number of MS to implement own system
11
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 12,900,000 € 154,800,000 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 1,200,000 € 14,400,000 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 107,800,000 € 1,293,600,000 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 4,900,000 €- 58,800,000 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 62,500 €- 62,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 125,000 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 87,500 €- 87,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 175,000 €- Common front-office for applicants 350,000 €- 350,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 700,000 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 425,000 €- 425,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 850,000 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 70,000 €- 70,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 140,000 €- Integration with OOTS 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool 375,000 €- 375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 750,000 €- Analytics dashboard 100,000 €- 100,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 200,000 €- Other 200,000 €- 200,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 400,000 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Outreach / communication 40,000 €- 40,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 80,000 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB 143,000 €- 143,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 286,000 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Technical support - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 875,200 €- 875,200 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,750,400 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 4,376,000 €- Data audits - € - € 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 858,000 €- Governance - € - € 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 480,000 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems 11,000,000 €- 11,000,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 22,000,000 €- Integration with EU shared services 1,375,000 €- 1,375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,750,000 €- Addition of EUDI verification features 770,000 €- 770,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,540,000 €- Addition of EUDI issuing features 1,375,000 €- 1,375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,750,000 €- Addition of OOTS verification features 1,375,000 €- 1,375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,750,000 €-
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 3,179,000 €- 38,148,000 €-
TOTAL Policy Option 2 18,123,000 €- 18,123,000 €- 112,734,300 € 112,734,300 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 113,171,900 € 1,320,941,600 €
157
Policy Option 3
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 27,200,000 € 326,400,000 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 1,500,000 € 18,000,000 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 136,600,000 € 1,639,200,000 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 5,100,000 €- 61,200,000 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 62,500 €- 62,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 125,000 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 87,500 €- 87,500 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 175,000 €- Common front-office for applicants 350,000 €- 350,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 700,000 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 425,000 €- 425,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 850,000 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 70,000 €- 70,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 140,000 €- Integration with OOTS 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool 375,000 €- 375,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 750,000 €- Analytics dashboard 100,000 €- 100,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 200,000 €- Other 200,000 €- 200,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 400,000 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 125,000 €- 125,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 250,000 €- Outreach / communication 40,000 €- 40,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 80,000 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB 143,000 €- 143,000 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 286,000 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Technical support - € - € 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 50,000 €- 600,000 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 875,200 €- 875,200 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,750,400 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 437,600 €- 4,376,000 €- Data audits - € - € 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 71,500 €- 858,000 €- Governance - € - € 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 40,000 €- 480,000 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Integration with EU shared services - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI issuing features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of OOTS verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
TOTAL Policy Option 3 2,228,000 €- 2,228,000 €- 159,113,300 € 159,113,300 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 159,550,900 € 1,909,279,600 €
158
Total benefits and costs 2027-2040 (discounted)
Category Item 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 TOTAL
Policy Option 1
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 3,935,109 € 3,820,494 € 3,709,218 € 3,601,182 € 3,496,293 € 3,394,460 € 3,295,592 € 3,199,604 € 3,106,411 € 3,015,933 € 2,928,091 € 2,842,807 € 40,345,195 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 915,142 € 888,487 € 862,609 € 837,484 € 813,092 € 789,409 € 766,417 € 744,094 € 722,421 € 701,380 € 680,951 € 661,118 € 9,382,603 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 78,885,211 € 76,587,584 € 74,356,877 € 72,191,143 € 70,088,488 € 68,047,076 € 66,065,122 € 64,140,895 € 62,272,714 € 60,458,946 € 58,698,006 € 56,988,355 € 808,780,417 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 3,111,482 €- 3,020,856 €- 2,932,870 €- 2,847,446 €- 2,764,511 €- 2,683,991 €- 2,605,817 €- 2,529,919 €- 2,456,232 €- 2,384,692 €- 2,315,235 €- 2,247,801 €- 31,900,852 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 60,680 €- 58,912 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 119,592 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 84,951 €- 82,477 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 167,429 €- Common front-office for applicants 339,806 €- 329,909 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 669,714 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 412,621 €- 400,603 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 813,225 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 67,961 €- 65,982 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 133,943 €- Integration with OOTS 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool 364,078 €- 353,473 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 717,551 €- Analytics dashboard 97,087 €- 94,260 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 191,347 €- Other 194,175 €- 188,519 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 382,694 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Outreach / communication 38,835 €- 37,704 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 76,539 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB 138,835 €- 134,791 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 273,626 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Technical support - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 800,932 €- 777,604 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,578,536 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 377,478 €- 366,483 €- 355,809 €- 345,445 €- 335,384 €- 325,615 €- 316,132 €- 306,924 €- 297,984 €- 289,305 €- 3,316,559 €- Data audits - € - € 65,433 €- 63,527 €- 61,677 €- 59,880 €- 58,136 €- 56,443 €- 54,799 €- 53,203 €- 51,653 €- 50,149 €- 48,688 €- 47,270 €- 670,856 €- Governance - € - € 36,606 €- 35,539 €- 34,504 €- 33,499 €- 32,524 €- 31,576 €- 30,657 €- 29,764 €- 28,897 €- 28,055 €- 27,238 €- 26,445 €- 375,304 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Integration with EU shared services - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI issuing features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of OOTS verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
TOTAL Policy Option 1 2,163,107 €- 2,100,104 €- 79,629,496 € 77,310,190 € 75,435,915 € 73,238,752 € 71,105,584 € 69,034,548 € 67,023,833 € 65,071,683 € 63,176,391 € 61,336,302 € 59,549,808 € 57,815,347 € 815,464,637 €
159
Policy Option 2 Number of MS to implement own system
11
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 11,805,327 € 11,461,483 € 11,127,653 € 10,803,547 € 10,488,880 € 10,183,379 € 9,886,776 € 9,598,812 € 9,319,234 € 9,047,800 € 8,784,272 € 8,528,420 € 121,035,584 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 1,098,170 € 1,066,184 € 1,035,131 € 1,004,981 € 975,710 € 947,291 € 919,700 € 892,913 € 866,906 € 841,656 € 817,142 € 793,341 € 11,259,124 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 98,652,271 € 95,778,904 € 92,989,227 € 90,280,803 € 87,651,265 € 85,098,315 € 82,619,724 € 80,213,324 € 77,877,014 € 75,608,751 € 73,406,554 € 71,268,499 € 1,011,444,651 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 4,484,194 €- 4,353,587 €- 4,226,783 €- 4,103,673 €- 3,984,148 €- 3,868,105 €- 3,755,442 €- 3,646,060 €- 3,539,864 €- 3,436,761 €- 3,336,662 €- 3,239,477 €- 45,974,757 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 60,680 €- 58,912 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 119,592 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 84,951 €- 82,477 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 167,429 €- Common front-office for applicants 339,806 €- 329,909 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 669,714 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 412,621 €- 400,603 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 813,225 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 67,961 €- 65,982 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 133,943 €- Integration with OOTS 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool 364,078 €- 353,473 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 717,551 €- Analytics dashboard 97,087 €- 94,260 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 191,347 €- Other 194,175 €- 188,519 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 382,694 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Outreach / communication 38,835 €- 37,704 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 76,539 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB 138,835 €- 134,791 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 273,626 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Technical support - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 800,932 €- 777,604 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,578,536 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 377,478 €- 366,483 €- 355,809 €- 345,445 €- 335,384 €- 325,615 €- 316,132 €- 306,924 €- 297,984 €- 289,305 €- 3,316,559 €- Data audits - € - € 65,433 €- 63,527 €- 61,677 €- 59,880 €- 58,136 €- 56,443 €- 54,799 €- 53,203 €- 51,653 €- 50,149 €- 48,688 €- 47,270 €- 670,856 €- Governance - € - € 36,606 €- 35,539 €- 34,504 €- 33,499 €- 32,524 €- 31,576 €- 30,657 €- 29,764 €- 28,897 €- 28,055 €- 27,238 €- 26,445 €- 375,304 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems 10,679,612 €- 10,368,555 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 21,048,167 €- Integration with EU shared services 1,334,951 €- 1,296,069 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,631,021 €- Addition of EUDI verification features 747,573 €- 725,799 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,473,372 €- Addition of EUDI issuing features 1,334,951 €- 1,296,069 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,631,021 €- Addition of OOTS verification features 1,334,951 €- 1,296,069 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 2,631,021 €-
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € 2,909,235 €- 2,824,500 €- 2,742,233 €- 2,662,362 €- 2,584,818 €- 2,509,532 €- 2,436,439 €- 2,365,475 €- 2,296,577 €- 2,229,687 €- 2,164,744 €- 2,101,694 €- 29,827,296 €-
TOTAL Policy Option 2 17,595,146 €- 17,082,666 €- 103,167,854 € 100,162,965 € 97,623,075 € 94,779,685 € 92,019,111 € 89,338,943 € 86,736,838 € 84,210,522 € 81,757,788 € 79,376,494 € 77,064,557 € 74,819,958 € 1,026,379,979 €
160
Policy Option 3
Benefits Administrative cost savings (applicants & CAs) - € - € 24,891,853 € 24,166,848 € 23,462,959 € 22,779,572 € 22,116,089 € 21,471,931 € 20,846,535 € 20,239,354 € 19,649,859 € 19,077,533 € 18,521,876 € 17,982,404 € 255,206,814 € Administrative cost savings (employers) - € - € 1,372,712 € 1,332,731 € 1,293,913 € 1,256,226 € 1,219,637 € 1,184,114 € 1,149,625 € 1,116,141 € 1,083,632 € 1,052,070 € 1,021,427 € 991,677 € 14,073,905 € Monetised time savings (applicants) - € - € 125,008,351 € 121,367,331 € 117,832,360 € 114,400,349 € 111,068,300 € 107,833,301 € 104,692,526 € 101,643,229 € 98,682,746 € 95,808,492 € 93,017,953 € 90,308,692 € 1,281,663,630 €
Costs Additional volume - € - € 4,667,222 €- 4,531,284 €- 4,399,305 €- 4,271,170 €- 4,146,767 €- 4,025,987 €- 3,908,725 €- 3,794,879 €- 3,684,349 €- 3,577,037 €- 3,472,852 €- 3,371,701 €- 47,851,278 €- IT implementation
One-off costs (EU) Enhanced information portal 60,680 €- 58,912 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 119,592 €- AI ChatBot for applicants pilot 84,951 €- 82,477 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 167,429 €- Common front-office for applicants 339,806 €- 329,909 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 669,714 €- EDRS back-office module in IMI for CAs 412,621 €- 400,603 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 813,225 €- Integration with EUDI (for verification) 67,961 €- 65,982 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 133,943 €- Integration with OOTS 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Issuance of recognition decision in EUDI 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- AI analysis of evidence and decision support tool 364,078 €- 353,473 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 717,551 €- Analytics dashboard 97,087 €- 94,260 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 191,347 €- Other 194,175 €- 188,519 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 382,694 €- Update of data structure of RegProf 121,359 €- 117,824 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 239,184 €- Outreach / communication 38,835 €- 37,704 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 76,539 €- Updating the professions taxonomy in RegProf DB 138,835 €- 134,791 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 273,626 €-
Recurrent IT costs (EU) Hosting - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Technical support - € - € 45,757 €- 44,424 €- 43,130 €- 41,874 €- 40,655 €- 39,470 €- 38,321 €- 37,205 €- 36,121 €- 35,069 €- 34,048 €- 33,056 €- 469,130 €- Hypercare/stabilisation period - € - € 800,932 €- 777,604 €- - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € 1,578,536 €- Annual maintenance - € - € - € - € 377,478 €- 366,483 €- 355,809 €- 345,445 €- 335,384 €- 325,615 €- 316,132 €- 306,924 €- 297,984 €- 289,305 €- 3,316,559 €- Data audits - € - € 65,433 €- 63,527 €- 61,677 €- 59,880 €- 58,136 €- 56,443 €- 54,799 €- 53,203 €- 51,653 €- 50,149 €- 48,688 €- 47,270 €- 670,856 €- Governance - € - € 36,606 €- 35,539 €- 34,504 €- 33,499 €- 32,524 €- 31,576 €- 30,657 €- 29,764 €- 28,897 €- 28,055 €- 27,238 €- 26,445 €- 375,304 €-
One-off IT costs (MS) Adaptation/development of national systems - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Integration with EU shared services - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of EUDI issuing features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € Addition of OOTS verification features - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
Recurrent IT costs (MS) Support & Maintenance - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - € - €
TOTAL Policy Option 3 2,163,107 €- 2,100,104 €- 145,611,209 € 141,370,106 € 137,630,008 € 133,621,367 € 129,729,482 € 125,950,954 € 122,282,479 € 118,720,854 € 115,262,965 € 111,905,791 € 108,646,399 € 105,481,941 € 1,491,950,345 €
ANNEX 14: DIVERGING TERRITORIAL IMPACTS OF POLICY OPTIONS
While the initiative supports the functioning of the Single Market by establishing horizontal
objectives to streamline the recognition of professional qualifications under the PQD, its
implementation costs and socio-economic benefits will not be distributed equally. The
territorial variation in impact is driven by the interplay of three main determinants:
• The scale of professional regulation: The number of nationally regulated professions
and the corresponding share of the domestic labour force employed within them
(ranging from under 15% to over 30%).
• Asymmetry in mobility flows: A Member State's structural position as a primary
country of origin (sending professionals) or a primary country of destination
(receiving applications).
• Baseline procedural efficiency and digital maturity: The distance between current
national practices (fees, processing times, and documentation requirements) and the
targeted framework as well as the readiness of public administrations to interface with,
or transition to, advanced digital workflows and a shared EU IT infrastructure.
The scale of professional regulation
As highlighted in Annex 8, the share of the labour force working in a regulated profession
varies considerably between Member States. Whereas in DE, HR, IE, and SK, regulated
professions encompass between 25% and 33% of the total labour force, in DK, SE, and LV
the regulated workforce remains under 15%.193
Consequently, policy interventions mandating strict administrative and digital workflows will
demand a greater total compliance effort in high regulatory density Member States, as they
must adapt a larger volume of nationally regulated professions to the new procedural and
digital standards. This impact will be particularly pronounced in decentralized or regionalized
administrations, where documentation requirements, fee practices, and processing workflows
must be re-aligned across multiple independent public bodies.
At the same time, in Member States which regulate a larger share of the labour market any
reduction in per-procedure compliance costs will yield disproportionately larger economy-
wide savings. By compressing administrative burdens, standardizing fees, and accelerating
processing times, these countries will experience the most substantial reductions in vacancy
durations for critical shortage roles, capturing the larger share of the direct cost-savings and
monetized time savings generated across the Single Market.
Depending on the policy option considered, cost impacts, compliance costs and economic and
social benefits would vary between these different types of MS.
Under PO1, the lack of additional binding rules means that high-regulatory-density Member
States would avoid immediate compliance pressure. However, they would also fail to capture
a considerable share of the potential economy-wide savings due to uneven, voluntary
implementation across their Competent Authorities.
193 On the differences in regulation across MS cf. also European Parliament (2019).
162
PO2 introduces a distinct trade-off. High-regulatory-density and regionalized Member States
would face the heaviest upfront legislative and operational burden to legally enforce strict
caps on fees, processing times, and documentation across multiple entities, but they would
also secure the largest economy-wide returns, reducing vacancy durations and generating
significant direct cost-savings across a substantial share of their workforce. For low-
regulatory-density Member States, the compliance effort and corresponding economic returns
under Option 2 would remain proportionately smaller and easily absorbed.
PO3 would maximize Single Market integration and eliminate cross-border friction. Low-
regulatory-density Member States would navigate this transition with minimal friction,
moving their limited number of regulated professions into the unified framework relatively
easy. For high-regulatory-density and especially regionalised MS, however, this would
require a more fundamental adaptation to align the recognition procedures pertaining to a
large volume of distinct national professions with the unified EU workflow.
Asymmetries in professional mobility flows
The administrative burden generated by recognition applications is concentrated within
specific geographical regions. Data indicates that a handful of Member States serve as the
primary engines of cross-border qualification recognition194:
Mobility profile Dominant Member States
(% of EU Total) Market Characteristics
Primary Countries of
Origin
RO (15.8%), ES (12.0%),
BE (9.2%), DE (8.2%), FR
(7.6%)
High domestic output of
mobile professionals; high
administrative burden on home
CAs for outbound
verifications.
Primary Countries of
Destination
DE (17.6%), IT (14.7%),
FR (12.2%), BE (11.5%),
LU (7.8%)
High structural reliance on
inbound talent; extreme
administrative pressure on host
CAs to process incoming
applications.
Low-Volume
Inbound/Outbound BG, EE, CY, IE
Combined influx/outflux
shares hover between 0.04%
and 0.4% of EU totals.
Minimal absolute operational
exposure to procedural
changes.
Host authorities in primary countries of destination will absorb the majority of the operational
impacts associated with processing reforms as their CAs will have to adapt to the improved
194 Cf. Annex 8 above.
163
processing workflows and procedural deadlines. From an economic point of view, however,
these destination Member States will reap the greatest direct benefits, as the faster and less
costly recognition procedures will allow them to quickly draw upon the wider Single Market
talent pool to mitigate acute labour shortages in critical sectors, reduce vacancy durations for
high-demand roles, and enhance the overall productivity of their workforce. Conversely,
home authorities in sending Member States will be highly sensitive to measures improving
outbound administrative cooperation as their CAs handle a continuous volume of cross-border
verification requests and administrative assistance queries within the mandated response
timelines.
The distribution of administrative and economic impacts under each policy option depends
heavily on a Member State's specific mobility profile. Under PO1, the lack of binding rules
means primary destination countries (such as DE, IT, and FR) could avoid workflow
adjustments, but they would also fail to capture systemic economic benefits. Primary sending
states (such as RO and ES) would see only little measurable relief from the uncoordinated
outbound verification requests straining their home Competent Authorities. Low-volume
Member States (BG, EE, CY, and IE) would remain virtually unaffected, given their minimal
baseline exposure of 0.04% to 0.4% of EU totals.
PO2, by contrast, introduces binding legal ceilings that would have considerable impact on
major mobility hubs. Host authorities in destination countries would face significant upfront
operational burden to meet strict processing deadlines. At the same time, they would reap the
greatest economic rewards through rapid, low-cost access to cross-border talent. Meanwhile,
primary sending states would gain structural predictability through standardized timelines for
administrative cooperation, while low-volume countries could easily absorb the compliance
rules with negligible impact.
PO3 represents a fundamental structural shift by centralizing or fully unifying the recognition
workflow at the EU level. For both primary destination and sending countries, this option
would alleviate localized administrative pressures by centralising the workflow development
at EU level. Destination states would maximize their economic returns through a frictionless
influx of cross-border talent, while sending states would see the outbound verification burden
lifted from their home authorities.
Baseline procedural heterogeneity and digital maturity
As indicated above and documented more in detail in the Report on the Implementation of the
PQD, recognition systems and procedures are organised differently in the Member States,
leading to significant variation in administrative performance as well associated timelines and
costs.195 Significant differences exist in the number and type of documents requested from
applicants,196 the duration of procedures and related compliance with deadlines,197 the level of
195 Cf. 2.2. above – Process inefficiencies and references therein. Below are added some ilustrative examples
based on data collected for the report on the implementation of the PQD 2020-2024. 196 For the profession of healthcare assistant, the number of documents requested ranges from fewer than five,
for example in Croatia and Hungary, to more than ten in Germany and Austria. Similar variation exists in the
volume of documentation to be submitted. While applicants typically provide between 10 and 20 pages of
supporting documents, the requirement exceeds 20 pages in Germany, Austria, Belgium and the Netherlands,
whereas fewer than 10 pages are generally required in Hungary.
164
fees charged,198 and the administrative resources devoted to processing applications.199
Depending on the current administrative performance, MS will face lower or higher
adaptation costs to respect the requirements of the new framework. Impacts will also vary
according to the level of digital maturity of public administration200 and, more specifically, of
professional recognition procedures.201 MS start from markedly different levels of digital
197 For the profession of secondary school teacher, Lithuania reports the shortest processing times, completing
procedures within two weeks to one month, while Estonia generally processes applications within one month. At
the other end of the spectrum, Austria, Germany and Italy report maximum durations of up to four months, with
Italy indicating that procedures may in some cases extend to as much as eight months due to staffing constraints
and procedural complexities. 198 Taking as example the profession of radiographers, which is a profession under the general system of
recognition, fees vary substantially across MS, ranging from no fee in some MS (Belgium, Malta and the
Netherlands) to as much as EUR 1 000 in Finland. 199 Cf. detailed footnote above under 2.2 – Process inefficiencies. 200 MS differ significantly in their level of digital maturity. The Digital Decade 2025: eGovernment Benchmark
2025 data show substantial variations across indicators that are particularly relevant for the recognition of
professional qualifications, such as the online availability of services, the possibility to complete procedures
electronically, the use of electronic identification, pre-filled forms, cross-border data exchanges and user support.
While several MS, including Estonia, Finland, Malta and the Netherlands, achieve scores close to or above 90%
on many of these indicators, others perform considerably less well, in some cases scoring below 50% on aspects
such as cross-border online service availability, eID use or pre-filled forms. These results suggest that MS start
from markedly different levels of digital readiness. Consequently, the effort required to implement a common
EU digital workflow for recognition procedures is likely to vary significantly across Member States, depending
on the maturity of their existing digital public administration systems. Differences in the digital maturity of
public administrations across MS are also well documented in the literature. For example, Lobont et al. (2025)
identify significant disparities in the digitalisation of public services across the EU. The authors note that
countries such as Denmark and Finland consistently perform strongly in the provision of digital public services,
while other MS continue to face challenges related to digital infrastructure, digital skills and the adoption of e-
government solutions. The study further highlights that successful digital transformation depends not only on
technological capabilities but also on institutional quality and regulatory effectiveness. The digitalisation of
public administration can face a range of barriers that may affect both the pace and effectiveness of
implementation. A recent review of the literature (Figueredo, E., Silva, L.C.S., (2026)) identifies organisational
and institutional barriers as the most frequently cited challenge, appearing in 80% of the studies analysed. These
include limited administrative capacity, insufficient training, lack of political or managerial support, and
bureaucratic complexity. Technical and human-related barriers are also common, being identified in around 69%
and 68% of studies respectively, notably shortcomings in digital infrastructure, system interoperability, technical
support, digital skills and resistance to change among staff. These findings suggest that the successful
implementation of digital public services depends not only on technological solutions but also on administrative
capacity, institutional readiness and the ability of public administrations to manage organisational change. 201 The replies by CAs to a questionnaire on costs distributed by the contractor for the purposes of the study
supporting this IA reveal considerable differences in the degree of digitalisation of recognition procedures across
CAs. In response to Q21 on whether recognition procedures had been digitalised during the last 5–10 years,
respondents reported markedly different levels of progress. While 29/81 respondents indicated that their
procedures had been fully digitalised, 38/81 reported only partial digitalisation. A further 14/81 stated that no
digitalisation of the recognition procedure had taken place during that period. These results suggest that CAs
across Member States start from different levels of digital maturity and may therefore face differing
implementation efforts in adapting to a common digital workflow. The expected benefits of further digitalisation
also vary. According to responses to Q30, the main expected benefits of fully digitalising recognition procedures
are shorter recognition processes (44/77 respondents), lower costs (40/77) and reduced administrative burden
(40/77) Higher efficiency gains were mentioned by 23/77 respondents. Qualitative comments further highlighted
potential benefits such as easier verification of qualifications through verifiable credentials and the European
Digital Identity Wallet, improved authenticity and reliability of diploma information, better access to verified
documents and information, and smoother application processes. Some respondents also stressed that,
particularly for health professions, full digitalisation would require enhanced cooperation between CAacross
MS. At the same time, a number of concerns were raised, including the risk of fraudulent documents, the
165
readiness, which may result in varying implementation efforts and adaptation costs for
initiatives relying on digital administrative procedures and cross-border exchanges of
information.
Under PO1, the voluntary nature of the benchmarks means that low-performing Member
States with slow processing speeds, excessive documentation requirements, and low digital
maturity could avoid immediate compliance pressure and upfront adaptation costs. However,
the lack of binding rules under this option also implies that these lagging systems would
likely continue to underperform and fail to capture the economic benefits of a streamlined
framework. Conversely, high-performing, digitally advanced Member States would incur low
costs as they their existing best practices would merely be formalised.
Under PO2, a sharp divergence emerges: Member States with low baseline performance and
paper-based workflows would face significant upfront legislative and operational costs to
legally enforce strict fee caps, compress processing timelines, and establish digital pathways.
Conversely, Member States that already offer fully electronic end-to-end recognition
procedures would easily absorb PO2 with minimal adaptation costs, as their current systems
are already close to the mandated legal ceilings.
For low-performing and digitally immature countries, transitioning to a centralized EU-level
single procedural workflow as mandated under PO3 represents a technical and administrative
leap, requiring them to rapidly phase out legacy paper processes. Currently high-performing
and highly digitized Member States would be required to modify their already efficient, well-
functioning domestic digital platforms to align with the new centralized EU standard.
possible loss of personal interaction with applicants, and practical or legal limitations preventing the exclusive
use of digital channels.
166
ANNEX 15: COMPARISON OF POLICY OPTIONS
Effectiveness
SO1: Complete and clear information on qualification requirements and recognition
processes
Under PO1, improvements would rely mainly on non-legislative measures, including
guidance on information provision and voluntary peer review of national portals. These
measures are expected to improve the structure, completeness and user-friendliness of
information. They may also reduce incomplete applications and inconsistencies between
information sources. However, as implementation would remain voluntary, impacts are
expected to remain limited and uneven (+). PO2 would strengthen these improvements
through a combination of legislative and non-legislative measures, notably including binding
real-time updates of the RegProf database alongside structured guidance and support tools.
Compared to PO1, this option is expected to create a more reliable, up-to-date and aligned
information environment, reducing inconsistencies between EU-level and national
information sources and supporting more predictable procedures for professionals and CAs
(++). PO3 is expected to deliver the strongest results by introducing harmonised and
enforceable requirements on the minimum content and structure of national information,
combined with automatic synchronisation of EU and national information systems. Compared
to the other options, this would establish the highest degree of consistency, transparency and
comparability across MS. Applicants would benefit from more complete and standardised
information regardless of the Member State concerned, while CAs and employers would gain
access to more reliable and comparable information across the Union (+++).
SO2: Make recognition processes faster, easier and less burdensome
Under PO1, simplification would be pursued mainly through non-binding measures
promoting digitalisation, AI-assisted workflow tools, lighter documentation requirements and
indicative shorter deadlines where possible. These measures are expected to improve the
functioning of procedures incrementally by supporting more complete applications, reducing
some administrative burdens and facilitating more efficient workflow management. However,
because the measures remain non-binding, the overall impact is expected to remain limited
(+). PO2 is expected to generate more substantial improvements through a combination of
legislative and non-legislative measures introducing more structured procedural rules, step-
specific deadlines and mandatory interoperable digital credentials for Annex V qualifications.
Compared to PO1, this option would support more consistent simplification across MS,
reduce verification and translation burdens, improve workflow management and facilitate
more predictable procedures. Nevertheless, differences in national administrative systems and
implementation capacity would continue to constrain the extent of simplification achieved
(++). PO3 is expected to produce the strongest effects by establishing a harmonised and
digital-by-default framework, including mandatory EU workflow systems, binding deadlines,
restrictions on documentation and verification requirements, and rules on fee structures.
Compared to the other options, this approach directly addresses the structural causes of delays
and procedural complexity and is expected to substantially reduce processing times,
administrative burden and duplication of work for both professionals and CAs. While
implementation challenges may arise, particularly regarding digital capacity and transition
costs, PO3 is expected to achieve the highest level of simplification (+++).
167
SO3: Improve cooperation and communication among CAs in charge of recognition
processes
Under PO1, improvements would rely mainly on training, indicative deadlines and
encouragement of digital procedures. These measures are expected to support more consistent
use of existing cooperation tools and contribute to somewhat faster and more predictable
exchanges between authorities. However, as the measures remain voluntary and non-binding,
improvements are expected to remain limited and uneven across MS (+). PO2 would reinforce
these efforts through more structured cooperation mechanisms and binding deadlines for
responses to administrative cooperation requests. Compared to PO1, this option is expected to
improve the timeliness, predictability and quality of exchanges between CAs more
substantially, while reducing one of the major causes of delays in recognition procedures.
Enhanced training and wider use of digital tools are also expected to support more effective
and consistent cooperation practices, although outcomes would continue to depend partly on
interoperability, administrative capacity and implementation across MS (++). PO3 is expected
to deliver the strongest improvement in administrative cooperation by introducing a fully
harmonised and enforceable cooperation framework, supported by mandatory digital systems,
compulsory training and enforcement mechanisms linked to binding deadlines. Compared to
the other options, this framework is expected to significantly improve the reliability,
consistency and speed of exchanges between CAs, reduce follow-up requests and support
more uniform implementation across the Union. The mandatory use of common digital
workflows and stronger coordination mechanisms between the Commission and MS is also
expected to strengthen the overall governance and effectiveness of cooperation within the
recognition system (+++).
Efficiency
As regards the balance between cost-savings and costs, the analysis presented above (Section
6.1.) shows that PO1 generates the lowest level of benefits and welfare gains, while also
entailing the lowest implementation costs, given its mainly non-legislative and voluntary
nature (+). PO2 is expected to generate greater economic benefits through more structured
and partly binding measures, while also involving higher implementation and adaptation costs
(++). PO3 is expected to maximise benefits through the most comprehensive simplification
and digitalisation measures, including mandatory interoperable digital workflows,
standardised procedures and stronger administrative cooperation mechanisms, and also it
entails less implementation effort and investment needs at the combined EU and MS level
(+++).
As regards the efficiency of recognition procedures and administrative cooperation as such,
PO1 is expected to improve the functioning of the system through guidance on simplification,
indicative deadlines, support for digital tools and improved practices. These measures may
reduce certain administrative burdens, but their impact is expected to remain uneven across
MS (+). Under PO2, more structured and partly binding measures are introduced to improve
digitalisation, reduce documentation requirements, accelerate procedures, and strengthen
administrative cooperation. Compared to PO1, this is expected to generate more consistent
efficiency gains by improving workflow management for applicants and CAs (++). PO3 goes
further by introducing mandatory digital workflows, binding deadlines, limitations on
documentary requirements, mandatory use of digital credentials and reinforced cooperation
mechanisms. This option is expected to generate the strongest improvements in procedural
efficiency by substantially reducing reliance on paper-based procedures, streamlining
168
exchanges between authorities, reducing delays and creating a more integrated recognition
system across the Union (+++).
Coherence
As regards coherence with other EU initiatives and broader Union objectives, PO1 improves
alignment with existing EU digital and administrative tools, notably through interoperability
guidance and support for digital procedures, while contributing to broader objectives related
to digitalisation, labour mobility and administrative simplification. However, because
integration with EU-level tools remains incomplete and dependent on voluntary uptake,
coherence with wider EU initiatives remains partial (+). PO2 significantly strengthens
alignment between national systems and EU-level tools such as RegProf, IMI and the Single
Digital Gateway through more structured requirements, coordination mechanisms and greater
standardisation. This option therefore contributes more substantially to wider EU objectives
related to interoperability, skills portability, digitalisation and the functioning of the Single
Market (++). PO3 goes further by introducing harmonised procedural and information
requirements, mandatory digital workflows and real-time synchronisation between national
and EU-level systems. As a result, it creates the strongest level of coherence with wider
Union initiatives and digital policy objectives by ensuring systematic integration and
compatibility between national recognition systems and EU tools and infrastructures (+++).
As regards coherence in terms of creating a more aligned, coordinated and integrated
recognition system across MS, PO1 is expected to improve consistency and coordination to a
limited extent through guidance, training, indicative deadlines and encouragement of more
consistent use of existing digital cooperation tools. These measures may improve
predictability and reduce some discrepancies in information provision, procedural practices
and administrative cooperation, but important differences between MS are expected to persist
(+). PO2 is expected to generate more substantial coherence gains by introducing more
structured cooperation frameworks, stronger interoperability, clearer procedural expectations
and greater standardisation of information and documentation requirements. This is expected
to improve consistency in the functioning of recognition systems and strengthen coordination
between CAs and the Commission (++). PO3 is expected to generate the highest level of
overall system coherence by establishing harmonised procedural frameworks, mandatory
interoperable digital systems, binding cooperation mechanisms and fully integrated
workflows across MS. Compared to the previous options, it therefore creates the most
aligned, coordinated and integrated recognition system across the Union, with greater
consistency between national systems, stronger interoperability of procedures and tools, and
more predictable cooperation between CAs and the Commission (+++).
Proportionality
In line with the EU principle of proportionality, policy intervention should not exceed what is
necessary to achieve the objectives pursued, and the content and form of the action should be
limited to what is required to address the identified problems effectively.
Proportionality was applied as a knock‑out criterion in the early stages of the analytical
process, to ensure that all measures retained from the initial long list complied with this
requirement (cf. Annex 12). Measures that were assessed as potentially excessive in relation
to their expected added value were excluded at that stage. As a result, all retained measures
169
that were subsequently combined into policy options are, by design, proportionate to the
problems identified and the objectives pursued.
Beyond this initial screening, the proportionality of the different policy options (packages of
measures) has been also assessed qualitatively, taking into account the balance between the
expected benefits and the implementation efforts required from the Commission, MS, and
other stakeholders. This assessment considers, in particular, whether the scope, intensity, and
implementation requirements of each option are commensurate with its anticipated impacts.
PO1 is inherently proportionate in that it focuses on targeted measures that directly address
key issues while preserving a high degree of national flexibility. Its design deliberately avoids
regulatory burden and relies on soft instruments and support mechanisms, ensuring that the
level of EU intervention remains limited and commensurate with its objectives. The scope and
intensity of action are therefore well aligned with the objective of incremental improvement.
PO2 also satisfies the proportionality principle by introducing binding elements only where
the analysis demonstrates that persistent structural problems cannot be adequately addressed
through non‑binding means alone. These elements remain limited in scope and leave ample
room for national discretion in implementation. The measures included are tailored to the
objectives pursued, ensuring that the additional requirements are justified by the expected
benefits and do not go beyond what is necessary. PO3 is likewise proportionate, although it
reflects a different policy choice. It addresses the identified issues in a more comprehensive
and systematic manner, with the aim of achieving stronger and more durable outcomes. The
higher level of implementation effort associated with this option, while still preserving
flexibility for MS in line with the nature of the legal instrument as a Directive, stems directly
from the broader scope and greater ambition of the measures envisaged, rather than from any
disproportionate character of the measures themselves: the measures remain appropriate and
necessary given the scale and persistence of the challenges they seek to address. The option is
proportionate insofar as the form and intensity of intervention are aligned with the objective
of achieving more substantial and lasting change.
170
ANNEX 16: MONITORING INDICATORS
The table below presents the monitoring indicators associated with each specific objective,
together with the corresponding data source and responsible actor, the baseline against which
progress will be assessed, and the frequency of data collection.
Monitoring
indicator
Data source/responsible
actor Baseline Frequency
SO1
Presence and
completeness of
required information
on national portals
Review of national
portals and RegProf
checks by the
Commission
2029
(pre-
implementation
benchmark
collected 2028)
Every two
years
Consistency
between national
information and EU-
level information
sources
Comparison by the
Commission of national
portals with RegProf
database
2029Every two
years
Share of incomplete
or incorrectly
prepared
applications linked
to information gaps
Reporting by CAs
consolidated by National
Coordinators
2029 Every two
years
User satisfaction
with the clarity and
accessibility of
information
Surveys of professionals
carried out by the
Commission through CAs
2029 Every two
years
SO2
Average processing
times for recognition
procedures
Digital system statistics
retrieved by the
Commission
2029 Annually
Average numbers of
documents,
translations and
certifications
requested per
application
Digital system statistics
retrieved by the
Commission
2029 Annually
171
Monitoring
indicator
Data source/responsible
actor Baseline Frequency
Administrative
effort required to
process an
application
Reporting by CAs
consolidated by National
Coordinators
2029 Every two
years
Number of
applications
completed within
prescribed deadlines
Digital system statistics
retrieved by the
Commission
2029 Annually
SO3
Average response
times to
administrative
cooperation requests
Digital system statistics
retrieved by the
Commission
2029 Annually
Average number of
information requests
and confirmation
exchanges per
recognition case
Digital system statistics
retrieved by the
Commission
2029 Annually
Satisfaction of CAs
with the quality and
usefulness of
responses received
Reporting by CAs
consolidated by National
Coordinators
2029 Every two
years
172
ANNEX 17: COMBINED IMPACTS OF SPI PREFERRED OPTIONS UNDER ACTION 1, 2, AND 3
When combined, the preferred options under Actions 1, 2 and 3 are expected to generate
substantial administrative cost savings and broader economic and social benefits by
improving the transparency, comparability, portability and recognition of qualifications and
skills across the EU labour market.
As explained in more detail in the dedicated impact assessments, the three Actions address
different aspects of the same underlying problem: difficulties in presenting, verifying and
recognising qualifications and skills across borders. Action 1 focuses on ensuring that labour
market actors in the EU have access to simplified, effective, digital and cost-efficient ways to
carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in another MS,
Action 2 on the cross-border recognition of qualifications required to access regulated
professions, and Action 3 on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals.
The combined effect of the SPI is to reduce information asymmetries, administrative burden
and recognition delays across borders supporting the creation of a genuine Single Market for
talent. Together, the measures included in the preferred policy options for each of the actions
contribute to improved labour mobility and skills matching. This is particularly relevant given
the significantly higher overqualification rates observed among EU mobile workers (31.3%)
and third-country nationals (39.4%) compared to domestic workers (20.2%).
The anticipated outcomes of the preferred policy options are intrinsically interrelated and
mutually reinforcing in various ways.
• Action 1 acts as a critical enabler for Action 2 as the availability of interoperable,
secure and verifiable digital qualifications is crucial to allow for faster and less burdensome
cross-border recognition processes under the PQD.
• Conversely, the preferred policy option under Action 2 is expected to provide a
concrete and reliable pathway for the benefits of digital credentials to materialise.
Qualifications benefiting from automatic recognition account for almost half of all
establishment recognition cases under the PQD. By ensuring that these qualifications are
systematically issued and accepted in digital credential format, the preferred option would
create a sizeable and predictable volume of use from the outset, thereby supporting the
deployment and practical benefits of digital credentials across recognition procedures.
• The preferred options under Action 1 and 2 also support the implementation of Action
3 as the creation of a unified digital workflow for the recognition of qualifications of EU
citizens, linking the various competent authorities in the MS, facilitates the interoperability
between national databases on third-country qualifications and recognition.
• In turn, Action 3 ensures that third-country nationals benefit from a similarly robust,
albeit specific, legal framework as EU citizens for the recognition of their qualifications,
thereby establishing a more equitable level playing field in the EU labour market.
173
• By working together to establish common approaches for the assessment and
recognition of qualifications obtained outside the EU in the context of Action 3, MS may
further strengthen mutual trust and cooperation between their competent authorities. This is
expected to reinforce the practical application of the principle of mutual recognition, which is
a cornerstone of the system for the recognition of professional qualifications within the EU,
and may contribute to a more efficient, consistent and less burdensome treatment of
qualifications obtained in other MS.
With respect to implementation costs, the preferred options yield significant synergies
through two main channels:
• By establishing common information standards, standards for digital credentials,
verification mechanisms, and qualification databases, the initiative reduces the cost of
presenting, verifying, and recognizing qualifications. As adoption grows, the value of these
systems for workers, employers, and public authorities increases—creating network effects
and economies of scale and maximizing the return on digital infrastructure investments.
• Using the EQF as a universal reference framework across all three actions makes
qualifications easier to compare, understand, and verify, minimizing information asymmetries
and fostering greater trust within the EU. Furthermore, widespread adoption of the EQF
within the Single Market incentivizes non-EU partners to relate to it, simplifying the
integration and recognition of third-country qualifications.
The combined actions are expected to generate substantial economic benefits.
Action 1 is estimated to generate quantified direct benefits of approximately EUR 164–336
million over the period 2026–2040, primarily through reduced administrative costs associated
with the presentation, assessment and verification of qualifications across borders. Employers
are expected to benefit from lower costs for verifying and understanding qualifications from
other MS, while workers will benefit from fewer and cheaper comparability procedures.
Issuers of qualifications will also benefit from reduced administrative burdens as digital
attestations enable automatic verification, reducing the need to respond to third-party
requests. With its focus on digitalising NQF qualifications (which are most labour market
relevant), the action directs the investment to the segment with the highest return, with
positive spillovers on national labour markets and the area of further learning. Indirect
benefits can also be expected: as the action contributes positively to the functioning of the
internal market and EU competitiveness: it is expected to facilitate cross-border hiring with
some effect on skills mismatches and improved labour market allocation.
Within the specific context of regulated professions, Action 2 is expected to generate annual
administrative cost savings of approximately EUR 28.7 million for applicants, competent
authorities and, where they support recognition procedures on behalf of applicants,
employers. In addition, they are projected to deliver an additional EUR 136.6 million per year
in monetised time savings resulting from faster access to the labour market for professionals
174
seeking recognition in another Member State. Taken together, these savings are estimated to
amount to approximately EUR 1.6 billion in present value terms over the period 2029–2040.
Swifter, cheaper and less burdensome recognition procedures are also expected to generate
considerable indirect economic and social impacts, supporting firm-level competitiveness,
allocative efficiency of skills in the Single Market, improved employment opportunities, and
increased resilience of essential social services such as healthcare.
Targeted specifically at third-country nationals, Action 3 is expected to reduce administrative
costs for applicants and CAs by over EUR 22 million/year, resulting in cumulative
administrative savings of approximately EUR 231 million between 2029 and 2040. In
addition, employers would benefit from a reduction of around 25% in administrative costs for
applications under the general system and of approximately 42.5% for automatically
recognised qualifications. At constant recruitment levels, the reduction of employer-borne
recruitment costs is estimated at over EUR 20 million/year, resulting in a cumulative cost
reduction of EUR 207 million between 2029 and 2040. PO3 would also reduce the processing
time of recognition applications considerably, allowing qualified TCNs to exercise a regulated
profession of their choice more quickly (by between 9 to 10 months depending on the
recognition regime). This generates monetised time savings for the applicants, which in the
aggregate are estimated at approximately EUR 300 million/year or slightly over EUR 3
billion from 2029 to 2040.
Better integration of third-country nationals in the Single Market is also expected to generate
indirect but sizeable positive effects on firm-level competitiveness by facilitating access to a
wider, geographically diverse pool of qualified applicants and alleviating critical shortages.
At macro-economic level, the resulting increase in the overall labour supply and improved
skills matching contributes to economic growth. From a social perspective, facilitating
recognition of qualifications of third country nationals contributes to upward career mobility,
improved long-term income security and, at macro-level, increased resilience of social
services by addressing critical labour shortages in various sectors.
These estimated direct cost savings and anticipated economic and social benefits are not
designed for aggregation, as some beneficiaries and impact channels overlap. Nevertheless,
they point consistently towards substantial reductions in transaction costs and significant
gains from earlier labour-market entry and improved skills utilisation.
The preferred options presented build on an independently existing IT infrastructure (the
EUDI Wallet) that is considered in the baseline of Action 1 and Action 2. Common digital
tools, interoperable systems and common information standards reduce duplication of effort
and increase the benefits generated by implementation expenditure. As a result, the overall
initiative is expected to be more cost-effective than separate interventions addressing each
area individually.
The distribution of costs and benefits is uneven by design. Public administrations bear a
significant share of implementation costs (which however are more effectively invested in the
175
proposed coordinated manner compared to uncoordinated actions by MS), while a large share
of the benefits accrues to workers and employers through reduced administrative burdens,
lower recruitment costs and faster access to employment opportunities. This reflects the
objective of removing market frictions and improving labour-market functioning.
The main implementation challenge relates to ensuring interoperability and coordination
across the different digital systems and governance arrangements established under the
Initiative. Failure to achieve sufficient interoperability could reduce some of the expected
efficiency gains and increase administrative complexity. These challenges are addressed by
the use of common standards, shared digital infrastructure and phased implementation.
In general, the Skills Portability Initiative generates substantial synergies and economies of
scale. By simultaneously addressing the presentation, verification and recognition of
qualifications across different labour-market contexts, the three Actions deliver greater
economic, administrative and social benefits than would be achieved through their separate
implementation.
176
ANNEX 18: RESOURCES – REFERENCES
Blix M. – Almega (2023), Wither on the vine? The unfulfilled EU Single Market for
Services
Brunow, S., Nijkam, P., & Poot, J. (2015). The impact of international migration on
economic growth in the global economy. In Handbook of the economics of international
migration (Vol. 1, Chapter 19, pp. 1027–1075). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-
444-53768-3.00019-9
CESI (2025). Union of Skills: Improve training, recognition of qualifications & fair
transitions.
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on reform
recommendations for regulation in professional services, COM(2016) 820 final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council,
the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the
Regions: The Union of Skills, COM(2025) 90 final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the
European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: The Single
Market: our European home market in an uncertain world, COM(2025) 500 final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council,
the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the
Regions, A Competitiveness Compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final.
Coraggio, L., Pagano, M., Scognamiglio, A., Tåg, J. (2025), JAQ of all trades: Job
mismatch, firm productivity and managerial quality, Journal of Financial Economics,
Volume 164.
Cuadros, A., Martin-Montaner, J., & Paniagua, J. (2019). Migration and FDI: The role of
job skills. International Review of Economics & Finance, 59, 318–332.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iref.2018.09.007
Employment and Social Developments in Europe (ESDE) 2023: Addressing labour
shortages and skills gaps in the EU
EURES, Report on labour shortages and surpluses, 2024
EURES, Report on labour shortages and surpluses, 2023
Eurofound (2023), Measures to tackle labour shortages: Lessons for future policy,
Publications Office of the European Union.
European Commission report to the European Parliament, the Council, the European
Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the implementation
of Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September
2005 on the recognition of professional qualifications COM(2026)86 final and
177
Commission Staff Working Document SWD(2026)64
European Commission (2026), Annual report on intra-EU labour mobility - Publications
Office of the EU
European Commission (2026a), Eurostat: Statistics Explained. EU population diversity by
citizenship and country of birth, data extracted in February 2026.
European Commission (2026b), Eurostat: Statistics Explained. Population projections in
the EU, data extracted in April 2026.
European Commission (2026c) Young EU movers and labour market mismatches
European Commission. (2025a). Flash Eurobarometer 559: Startups, scaleups and
entrepreneurship.
European Commission (2025b), Eurostat: Statistics Explained, Residence permits –
statistics on authorisations to reside and work, data extracted in December 2025.
European Commission (2025c), Eurostat: Migrant integration statistics – labour market
indicators, data extracted in May 2025.
European Commission (2024), Eurobarometer: SMEs and skills shortages, March 2024.
European Commission (2022), Eurobarometer: Intra-EU mobility after the pandemic,
December 2022.
European Commission (2021), The 2021 Ageing Report. Economic & Budgetary
Projections for the EU Member States (2019-2070), Institutional Paper 148, May 2021.
European Commission (2021b), Joint Research Centre, Healthcare and long-term care
workforce: demographic challenges and potential contribution of migration and digital
technology.
European Commission, Evaluation of the professional qualifications Directive (Directive
2005/36/EC), Brussels, 5 July 2011.
European Committee of the Regions, Opinion on the Union of Skills, CDR-1105-2025
European Council Conclusions of 17 and 18 April 2024.
European Court of Auditors, Special report 10/2024: The recognition of professional
qualifications in the EU – An essential mechanism, but used sparsely and inconsistently
European Economic and Social Committee, Opinion on the Union of Skills, SOC/837-
EESC-2025
European Investment Bank, Investment Report 2024/2025: Innovation, integration and
simplification in Europe.
European Parliament, Labour mobility and recognition in the regulated professions, April
178
2019.
EY Advisory S.p.A – IRS, Study supporting an impact assessment of Directive
2005/36/EC - Final Report on Targeted SPI-related aspects, April 2026.
Figueredo, E., Silva, L.C.S., (2026) Challenges of Digital Services in Public
Administration in the Era of Digital Transformation: A Systematic Literature Review.
ITEM Cross-Border Impact Assessment 2025, 360° labour market: Challenges and
solutions for recognising professional qualifications in cross-border regions, September
2025.
JRC (2021) New perspectives on territorial disparities - From lonely places to places of
opportunities
Lenka Jančová/Christa Kammerhofer-Schlegel, Mechanism to Resolve Legal and
Administrative Obstacles in a Cross-Border Context: European Added Value Assessment.
Brussels: European Parliamentary Research Service, European Parliament, 2023.
Enrico Letta, Much more than a market: Speed, Security, Solidarity. Empowering the
Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens, April
2024.
Lobonț et al. (2025), Assessing Digital Performance of Public Services in the EU: E-
Governance and Technology Integration
MKW Wirtschaftsforschung GmbH/Empirica Kft., Scientific Report on the Mobility of
Cross-Border Workers within the EU-27/EEA/EFTA Countries, Final Report,
commissioned by the European Commission, January 2009.
OECD, Health at a Glance: Europe 2024: State of Health in the EU Cycle, 18 November
2024.
Peter Jeffrey/Martina Morosi, Easing legal and administrative obstacles in EU border
regions, Case Study No. 1: Healthcare. Obstacles arising from different national systems
(Finland – Sweden), February 2017.
Peter Jeffrey/Simona Milio/Paula Vale, Easing legal and administrative obstacles in EU
border regions, Case Study No. 3: Labour mobility. Recognition of professional
qualifications and educational diplomas (Spain – Portugal), February 2017.
United Nations. (2011). Impact of remittances on poverty in developing countries. New
York and Geneva. https://unctad.org/en/docs/ditctncd20108_en.pdf
Ursula von der Leyen, Europe’s Choice, Political Guidelines for the next European
Commission, 2024-2029.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 997 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
amending Directive 2005/36/EC as regards the digitalisation of procedures and
recognition of professional qualifications issued outside the Union and Regulation (EU)
No 1024/2012
{COM(2026) 995 final} - {SEC(2026) 995 final} - {SWD(2026) 995 final} -
{SWD(2026) 996 final}
Need for EU action
What is the problem being addressed?
While regulating professions remains a national competence, the Professional Qualifications
Directive (PQD) provides a common EU framework to facilitate the recognition of
professional qualifications and the free movement of professionals across the Single Market.
Data on recognition procedures and evidence from concerned stakeholders – from applicants
and employers to competent authorities handling recognition requests – indicate that the PQD
has been effective in facilitating professional mobility. Nevertheless, three main shortcomings
remain: information available to applicants regarding the regulation of professions and
recognition requirements is not always complete, clear or consistent across national and EU-
level sources; recognition procedures remain inefficient (e.g. processes are often still long,
paper-based, insufficiently digitalised and costs can vary in unpredictable ways); cooperation
among competent authorities (CAs) remains suboptimal (e.g. delays in responses to requests
for information persist, while the transmission of statistics, updates on regulated professions,
mobility trends and recognition-related information can be improved considerably).
What is this initiative expected to achieve?
The initiative aims to improve the functioning of the PQD through targeted and proportionate
amendments. Rather than fundamentally revising the PQD’s core principles, which have
proven effective in facilitating professional mobility, it focuses strictly on the specific
shortcomings identified. Specifically, the initiative aims to streamline and digitalise
recognition procedures, improve accessibility and transparency for applicants, reduce
administrative burdens, and strengthen cooperation among CAs. Ultimately, these targeted
amendments will make cross-border recognition procedures more efficient, transparent and
predictable, thereby supporting professional mobility and strengthening the Single Market.
What is the added value of action at EU level?
Because the PQD already establishes the common legal framework for recognising
professional qualifications, any legislative improvements must necessarily be enacted at the
EU level. The core challenges - divergent national administrative practices and uneven levels
of digitalization—cannot be resolved by Member States (MS) acting alone. Unilateral action
cannot guarantee cross-border consistency, interoperability, or predictability. Action at EU-
level provides clear added value by aligning procedural rules, strengthening cooperation and
information exchange among CAs, and improving the overall functioning of recognition
systems. Ultimately, only coordinated action at EU level can effectively support more
consistent, transparent and predictable recognition procedures for professionals seeking to
exercise their rights across MS.
B. Policy options
What policy options have been considered? Is there a preferred option and why?
Three policy options were assessed, all addressing the three identified drivers of the problem:
fragmented information for applicants, inefficiencies in recognition procedures, and
insufficient administrative cooperation. The options represent a progressive approach, ranging
from non-legislative measures aimed at encouraging convergence of practices and improving
cooperation, to targeted and more comprehensive legislative amendments to the PQD
designed to strengthen and harmonise recognition processes across MS.
Policy Option 1 (PO1) relies on non-binding measures aimed at improving the
implementation of the PQD by encouraging convergence of administrative practices through
shared standards. It includes guidance to MS, peer learning, recommendations on good
administrative practices, and voluntary support for digitalisation.
Policy Option 2 (PO2) combines non-legislative measures with targeted legislative
amendments addressing specific shortcomings in the recognition processes and aiming at
improved interoperability. It introduces harmonised requirements for digital workflows and
procedural organisation, while preserving significant implementation flexibility for MS.
Policy Option 3 (PO3) combines more extensive legislative amendments with a common AI-
assisted EU digital recognition workflow supporting recognition procedures across the Union.
This option standardizes and centralizes procedures within a single digital environment.
Additionally, it modifies enforcement mechanisms to provide the Commission with expanded
compliance-monitoring tools.
PO3 is identified as the preferred option. It is the most effective path to achieving the
initiative's objectives. By combining a comprehensive set of legislative measures with a
common European digital infrastructure, it offers the greatest potential to simplify recognition
procedures, reduce administrative burdens, and generate significant savings for applicants,
authorities and employers. The centralised development of digital solutions at EU level also
avoids duplication of efforts across MS. At the same time, PO3 provides the strongest
alignment with broader EU priorities on digitalisation, simplification, skills portability and the
effective functioning of the Single Market.
Who supports which option?
During the consultation phase, mobile professionals in regulated professions have signalled
their support for the preferred option. Compared to the alternatives considered, it offers the
greatest simplification of recognition procedures and the largest reduction in administrative
burdens, enabling professionals to obtain recognition more quickly, move more easily
between MS, access employment faster and make better use of their qualifications.
The preferred option, which offers the greatest potential for reducing administrative burdens,
is highly aligned with the interests of MS and CAs that handle the highest volumes of
recognition procedures. MS committed to public-sector digitalisation would also be among
the strongest supporters of the preferred option. MS with lower levels of mobility or more
limited administrative capacity may be more cautious due to implementation requirements.
However, these concerns are expected to be mitigated by the fact that the preferred option
relies on a common EU-level solution, which minimises development and maintenance
burdens for individual MS.
Finally, employers and industry sectors facing critical labour and skills shortages also
expressed support for faster and simpler recognition procedures that would facilitate
recruitment, reduce administrative hiring friction, and boost business competitiveness. By
ensuring qualified professionals can enter the workforce without delay, this initiative
improves workforce availability, particularly for smaller companies in sectors facing critical
labour and skill shortages.
C. Impacts of the preferred option
What are the benefits of the preferred option?
The preferred option is expected to generate significant economic and social benefits.
It would reduce the administrative costs associated with the recognition of professional
qualifications. These savings would benefit applicants, CAs and employers where they bear
part of the costs related to recognition procedures. It would also generate significant time
savings: faster and more predictable procedures would allow professionals to access regulated
professions more quickly in the MS where they wish to work, enabling earlier entry into
employment and earlier earnings. Overall, the preferred option is estimated to generate direct
cumulative administrative cost savings of approximately EUR 269 million by 2040.
The preferred option would also reduce the processing time of recognition applications
considerably, allowing mobile professions to exercise the profession of their choice more
quickly. This generates monetised time savings for the applicants, which in the aggregate are
estimated at EUR 136.6 million/year.
Beyond these direct quantified impacts, PO3 generates significant wider economic and social
benefits:
- Employers would benefit from improved access to qualified professionals and more
efficient recruitment processes, helping to alleviate labour and skills shortages in key
sectors. This would improve productivity and competitiveness, particularly in
professions experiencing persistent shortages.
- At macro-level, the initiative would contribute to a more efficient allocation of skills
across the Single Market by facilitating better matching between labour demand and
labour supply.
- The preferred option would also accelerate the digitalisation of recognition procedures
and support greater interoperability among national administrations. Common digital
tools and workflows would improve efficiency, reduce administrative burdens,
strengthen cooperation among CAs and improve the overall quality and consistency of
public administration services.
- The initiative would strengthen the effective exercise of the right to free movement.
These benefits are expected to be particularly significant for younger professionals,
who are generally more likely to seek employment opportunities across borders. By
facilitating the recognition of qualifications, the initiative would improve access to
employment, support better matching between qualifications and jobs, and enable
professionals to make fuller use of their skills and competences throughout the Single
Market.
- By facilitating access to qualified professionals in sectors facing labour and skills
shortages, the initiative would generate wider societal benefits through improved
workforce availability and service provision. In particular, it would support the
resilience and capacity of essential public services in critical sectors such as
healthcare, long-term care, education and construction by helping to alleviate
persistent workforce shortages.
What are the costs of the preferred option?
The preferred option entails implementation and operational costs at both EU and national
levels.
- At EU level, the main costs relate to the development, deployment and operation of
the common EU digital recognition system. Development costs are estimated at
approximately EUR 4.5 million over the first two years of implementation (2027–
2028). Annual operational and maintenance costs are estimated at around EUR 1
million in 2029 and 2030 and less thereafter.
- At national level, CAs would incur implementation costs related to staff training,
adaptation of administrative procedures, alignment with the common digital system
and organisational adjustments necessary to implement the revised framework.
- The preferred option is also expected to increase the volume of recognition
applications as procedures become faster, simpler and more attractive. While this
increased mobility will generate an additional administrative workload for CAs, it
ultimately delivers one of the initiative's primary intended benefits.
Overall, the substantial administrative, economic and social benefits clearly outweigh the
associated costs.
How will enterprises and SMEs be affected?
Enterprises, and SMEs in particular, are expected to benefit significantly, especially in sectors
facing labour and skills shortages. By making recognition procedures faster, simpler and more
predictable, the initiative would enable employers to recruit qualified professionals more
quickly from a wider pool of candidates across the Single Market. This would reduce
recruitment bottlenecks, shorten vacancy-filling times and alleviate workforce shortages.
Faster access to qualified workers would reduce the costs associated with unfilled vacancies
and allow firms to operate more efficiently and competitively. While large corporations can
often absorb administrative delays, resource-constrained SMEs feel the operational weight of
a unfilled vacancies more immediately. Consequently, improvements in workforce
availability are expected to enhance productivity, competitiveness and growth prospects,
particularly for SMEs.
Will there be significant impacts on national budgets and administrations?
The most significant financial impact is expected to fall on the EU budget, primarily due to
the development, deployment and operation of the common EU digital recognition system.
National administrations will incur costs related to the transposition of the revised PQD and
the adaptation of national procedures and administrative systems. However, because the
preferred option relies on a common EU-level digital infrastructure, MS would avoid the
considerably higher costs that would arise from developing and maintaining separate national
systems. Consequently, the principal investment burden is borne at EU level, while national
administrations face more limited adaptation costs.
D. Follow-up
When will the policy be reviewed?
The revised PQD would include a transposition period allowing MS to implement the
necessary legislative, administrative and technical changes. The timing of this period would
be aligned with the development and deployment of the common EU digital recognition
system. Following implementation, the Commission would monitor the application of the
revised framework through the collection of relevant data and ongoing cooperation with MS
and CAs. A formal evaluation could be envisaged approximately five years after the expiry of
the transposition period. This would allow sufficient experience to be gained with the new
measures while ensuring that their effectiveness, efficiency, coherence, relevance and EU
added value can be assessed in a meaningful manner.